Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

Code · REGISTER · 2008-05-19 · PROPOSED RULES · Agriculture Agriculture Department See Forest Service Air Force Air Force Department NOTICES Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment: Disposal and Reuse of Buckley Annex, Colorado, 28806-28808 E · Unknown

Unknown. Final regulations

116,772 words·~531 min read·/register/2008/05/19/08-1273

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

--- schema: federal-register doc_type: fedreg source_file: FR-2008-05-19.xml --- 73 97 Monday, May 19, 2008 Contents Agriculture Agriculture Department See Forest Service Air Force Air Force Department NOTICES Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment: Disposal and Reuse of Buckley Annex, Colorado, 28806-28808 E8-11114 Meetings: US Air Force Scientific Advisory Board, 28808 E8-11108 Arts Arts and Humanities, National Foundation See National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities Coast Guard Coast Guard RULES Firework Events;
Great Lake Annual Firework Events, 28704-28707 E8-11139 Security Zone: Escorted Vessels in Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, FL, 28707-28710 E8-11141 Commerce Commerce Department See Industry and Security Bureau See International Trade Administration See National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Defense Defense Department See Air Force Department See Navy Department PROPOSED RULES Privacy Act; Systems of Records, 28767-28768 E8-11140 Transporter Proof of Delivery, 28788-28790 E8-11124 NOTICES Meetings:
Defense Acquisition University; Board of Visitors, 28799 E8-11159 Defense Science Board, 28799 E8-11122 DoD Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Board of Actuaries, 28800 E8-11119 Missile Defense Advisory Committee; Correction, 28800 E8-11121 Privacy Act; Systems of Records, 28800-28806 E8-11115 E8-11125 E8-11138 E8-11157 Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees, 28806 E8-11117 Education Education Department NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, E8-11127 28809-28810 E8-11128 E8-11129 Energy Energy Department See Federal Energy Regulatory Commission EPA Environmental Protection Agency PROPOSED RULES Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Proposed Exclusion, 28768-28786 E8-11004 Polychlorinated Biphenyls; Manufacturing (Import) Exemption for Veolia ES Technical Solutions, L.L.C., 28786-28788 E8-11177 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28818-28819 E8-11154 Ambient Air Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of a New Reference Method, 28819-28821 E8-11155 Meetings: Local Government Advisory Committee, 28821 E8-11175 National Drinking Water Advisory Council, 28821-28822 E8-11133 Proposed Agreement Pursuant to Section 122(h)(1) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act for the Lockformer Site, 28822 E8-11173 Executive Executive Office of the President See Presidential Documents Export Export-Import Bank NOTICES Meetings:
Advisory Committee of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, 28822 E8-11068 FAA Federal Aviation Administration PROPOSED RULES Airworthiness Directives: Bombardier Model CL 600 2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700 & 701) Series Airplanes and Model CL 600 2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) Series Airplanes, 28754-28756 E8-11112 Engine Components Inc. Reciprocating Engine Cylinder Assemblies, 28756-28764 E8-11116 Various Aircraft Equipped With Honeywell Primus II RNZ 850 etc., Integrated Navigation Units, 28751-28754 E8-11104 Proposed Establishment of Class D Airspace:
Victoria, TX, 28764-28765 E8-10953 FCC Federal Communications Commission RULES DTV Consumer Education Initiative, 28727-28733 E8-11156 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28822-28824 E8-11008 E8-11018 Meetings; Sunshine Act, 28824 08-1273 FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28824-28825 E8-11072 Federal Energy Federal Energy Regulatory Commission NOTICES Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions to Intervene, and Protests:
AER NY-Kinetics, LLC, 28813-28814 E8-11095 BPUS Generation Development, LLC, 28814-28815 E8-11096 MARMC Enterprises, LLC, 28810-28811 E8-11097 Red River Hydro, LLC, 28812-28813 E8-11098 Application Accepted for Filing, Soliciting Motions to Intervene and Protests: Rochester Gas and Electric Corp., 28815-28816 E8-11092 Application for Amendment: TransColorado Gas Transmission Company, LLC, 28816-28817 E8-11093 Combined Notice of Filings, 28817 E8-11090 Conference: Review of Wholesale Electricity Markets, 28817 E8-11099 Environmental Assessment;
Availability: Tennessee Gas Pipeline Co.; Concord Lateral Expansion Project, 28817-28818 E8-11094 Federal Highway Federal Highway Administration NOTICES Environmental Impact Statement: Fresno County, CA, 28854-28855 E8-11074 Milwaukee County, WI, 28855-28856 E8-11107 Federal Law Federal Law Enforcement Training Center NOTICES Charter Renewal; State and Local Training Advisory Committee, 28832 E8-11079 Federal Railroad Federal Railroad Administration NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28856 E8-11077 Federal Reserve Federal Reserve System PROPOSED RULES Fair Credit Reporting Risk-Based Pricing Regulations, 28966-29021 E8-10640 Truth in Lending, 28866-28901 E8-10242 Truth in Savings, 28739-28751 E8-10243 Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices, 28904-28964 E8-10247 NOTICES Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisition of Shares of Bank or Bank Holding Companies, 28825 E8-11134 Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies, 28826 E8-11135 FTC Federal Trade Commission PROPOSED RULES Fair Credit Reporting Risk-Based Pricing Regulations, 28966-29021 E8-10640 Federal Transit Federal Transit Administration PROPOSED RULES Proposed Policy Statement on FTA's School Bus Operations Regulations, 28790-28793 E8-11151 Fish Fish and Wildlife Service NOTICES Endangered Species Recovery Permit Applications, 28837-28838 E8-11113 Intent to Prepare Comprehensive Conservation Plan and Environmental Assessment:
Savannah Coastal Refuges’ Complex, 28838-28840 E8-11110 Forest Forest Service NOTICES Environmental Statements; Availability, Etc.: Lassen National Forest, Almanor Ranger District, CA, Creeks II Forest Restoration Project, 28794-28795 E8-11063 GSA General Services Administration RULES Federal Travel Regulation; Relocation Income Tax Allowance Tax Tables-2008 Update; Correction, 28726-28727 E8-11084 Health Health and Human Services Department See National Institutes of Health NOTICES Meetings:
National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics, 28826 E8-11070 National Vaccine Advisory Committee, 28826-28827 E8-11065 Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives (2020), 28827 E8-11071 Solicitation for Public Comments, 28827-28828 E8-11067 Homeland Homeland Security Department See Coast Guard See Federal Law Enforcement Training Center NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28831-28832 E8-11083 Housing Housing and Urban Development Department NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28832-28836 E8-11075 E8-11076 E8-11078 E8-11081 E8-11082 Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers: Implementation of the HUD-VA Supportive Housing Program; Correction, 28863 C8-1220 Indian Indian Affairs Bureau NOTICES Cancellation of the Environmental Impact Statement: Greenville Rancherias Trust Acquisition and Casino Project, Tehama County, CA, 28840 E8-11149 Lower Lake Rancheria Casino-Hotel Project, Oakland, CA, 28840-28841 E8-11150 Proposed Hannahville Tribe of Potawatomi Indians’ Hotel and Casino Project, Romulus, MI, 28841 E8-11152 Proposed Los Coyotes Band of Cahuilla and Cupeno Indians and Big Lagoon Rancherias Fee-to-Trust Transfer and Casino-Hotel Project, San Bernardino County, CA, 28841-28842 E8-11153 Industry Industry and Security Bureau NOTICES Request for Public Comments on Deemed Export Advisory Committee Recommendations:
Narrowing the Scope of Technologies on the Commerce Control List Subject to Deemed Export Licensing Requirements, etc., 28795-28797 E8-11169 Interior Interior Department See Fish and Wildlife Service See Indian Affairs Bureau See Land Management Bureau See National Park Service NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28836-28837 E8-11160 IRS Internal Revenue Service RULES Partners Distributive Share, 28699-28704 E8-11176 PROPOSED RULES Contributed Property, 28765-28767 E8-11174 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, E8-11163 28857-28858 E8-11165 E8-11168 International International Trade Administration NOTICES Antidumping Duties: Certain Forged Stainless Steel Flanges from India, 28798-28799 E8-11147 Justice Justice Department NOTICES Lodging of Modification of Consent Decree: United States of America v. Rohm and Haas Texas Inc., 28844 E8-11073 Labor Labor Department See Veterans Employment and Training Service NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28844-28845 E8-11126 Land Land Management Bureau NOTICES Meeting: Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board, 28842 E8-11143 Meetings: Twin Falls District Resource Advisory Council, 28843 E8-11120 Public land orders: Wyoming; Correction, 28863 C7-3135 Legal Legal Services Corporation NOTICES Meetings; Sunshine Act, 28845 08-1275 National Credit National Credit Union Administration PROPOSED RULES Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices, 28904-28964 E8-10247 National Foundation National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities NOTICES Meetings:
Arts Advisory Panel, 28845-28846 E8-11146 NIH National Institutes of Health NOTICES Meetings: Board of Scientific Counselors, National Institute of Mental Health, 28828 E8-11088 Microbiology, Infectious Diseases and AIDS Initial Review Group, 28828-28829 E8-10949 National Advisory Mental Health Council, 28829 E8-11087 National Advisory Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council Clinical Trials Subcommittee, 28829 E8-11089 National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Special Emphasis Panel, 28830 E8-11061 National Institute of Mental Health Special Emphasis Panel, 28830-28831 E8-11085 National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Special Emphasis Panel, 28829-28830 E8-10951 E8-10952 Type I Diabetes - Rapid Access to Intervention Development Special Emphasis Panel, 28831 E8-10950 NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RULES Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:
Individual Fishing Quota Program; Community Development Quota Program, 28733-28738 E8-11183 National Park National Park Service NOTICES Scoping for Preparing an Environmental Impact Analysis: Proposed Pilot Project at Everglades National Park, 28843-28844 E8-11111 Navy Navy Department NOTICES Privacy Act; Systems of Records, 28808 E8-11158 Presidential Presidential Documents ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS Burma; Continuation of National Emergency (Notice of May 16, 2008), 29033-29036 08-1280 SEC Securities and Exchange Commission NOTICES Self-Regulatory Organizations;
Proposed Rule Changes: International Securities Exchange, LLC, 28846-28847 E8-11035 NYSE Arca, Inc., 28848-28850 E8-11036 SBA Small Business Administration NOTICES Disaster Declaration: Maine, 28850-28851 E8-11102 Mississippi, 28851 E8-11100 Oklahoma, 28851 E8-11101 Meetings: Advisory Committee on Veterans Business Affairs, 28852 E8-11109 State State Department PROPOSED RULES Amendment to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations: The United States Munitions List; Correction, 28863 C8-1122 NOTICES Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs’ Strategic Objectives, 28852-28853 E8-11029 Meetings:
Overseas Security Advisory Council, 28853 E8-11136 Thrift Thrift Supervision Office PROPOSED RULES Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices, 28904-28964 E8-10247 TDA Trade and Development Agency NOTICES SES Performance Review Board, 28853-28854 E8-11181 Transportation Transportation Department See Federal Aviation Administration See Federal Highway Administration See Federal Railroad Administration See Federal Transit Administration NOTICES Guidance on Disclosure of Policies and Charges Associated With Checked Baggage, 28854 E8-11103 Treasury Treasury Department See Internal Revenue Service See Thrift Supervision Office Veterans Veterans Affairs Department RULES VA Veteran-Owned Small Business Verification Guidelines, 29024-29032 E8-10489 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities;
Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 28858-28862 E8-11162 E8-11164 E8-11166 E8-11167 E8-11170 E8-11172 Veterans Veterans Employment and Training Service RULES Annual Report from Federal Contractors, 28710-28725 E8-10916 Separate Parts In This Issue Part II Federal Reserve System, 28866-28901 E8-10242 Part III Federal Reserve System; National Credit Union Administration; Treasury Department, Thrift Supervision Office, 28904-28964 E8-10247 Part IV Federal Reserve System; Federal Trade Commission, 28966-29021 E8-10640 Part V Veterans Affairs Department, 29024-29032 E8-10489 Part VI Executive Office of the President, Presidential Documents, 29033-29036 08-1280 Reader Aids Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions. 73 97 Monday, May 19, 2008 Rules and Regulations DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 1 [TD 9398] RIN 1545-BD70 Partner's Distributive Share AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION:
Final regulations. SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations providing rules for testing whether the economic effect of an allocation is substantial within the meaning of section 704(b) where partners are look-through entities or members of a consolidated group. The final regulations clarify the application of section 704(b) to partnerships the interests of which are owned by look-through entities and members of consolidated groups and, through an example, reiterate the effect of other provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code)on partnership allocations. The final regulations affect partnerships and their partners. DATES: *Effective Date:* The final regulations are effective on May 19, 2008. *Applicability Date:* The final regulations apply to partnership taxable years beginning on or after May 19, 2008. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jonathan E. Cornwell and Kevin I. Babitz at
(202)622-3050 (not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background This document contains amendments to 26 CFR part 1 under section 704 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). On November 18, 2005, proposed regulations (REG-144620-04) regarding the substantiality of allocations to partners that are look-through entities or members of a consolidated group were published in the **Federal Register** (70 FR 69919). Because no requests to speak were submitted by January 25, 2006, no public hearing was held (see 71 FR 7453). The IRS did receive a number of written comments responding to the proposed regulations, and, after consideration of the comments, the proposed regulations are adopted as revised by this Treasury decision. Section 704(a) provides that a partner's distributive share of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit shall, except as otherwise provided, be determined by the partnership agreement. Section 704(b) provides that a partner's distributive share of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit (or item thereof) shall be determined in accordance with the partner's interest in the partnership (determined by taking into account all facts and circumstances) if the allocation to the partner under the partnership agreement of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit (or item thereof) does not have substantial economic effect. In order for an allocation to have substantial economic effect, it must have economic effect and such economic effect must be substantial. For an allocation to have economic effect, it must be consistent with the underlying economic arrangement of the partners. This means that, in the event there is an economic benefit or burden that corresponds to the allocation, the partner to whom the allocation is made must receive the economic benefit or bear such economic burden. See § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii). Allocations to a partner will have economic effect if, and only if, throughout the full term of the partnership, the partnership agreement provides for:
(i)The proper maintenance of the partners' capital accounts,
(ii)upon liquidation of the partnership (or any partner's interest in the partnership) liquidating distributions are required to be made in accordance with the positive capital account balances of the partners, as determined after taking into account all necessary adjustments for the partnership's taxable year during which the liquidation occurs, by the end of such taxable year, or if later, 90 days after the date of such liquidation, and
(iii)if such partner has a deficit balance in the partner's capital account following the liquidation of the interest after taking into account all necessary adjustments for the partnership taxable year during which the liquidation occurs, the partner is unconditionally obligated to restore the deficit balance by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation), which amount is paid to the partnership's creditors or distributed to the other partners in accordance with their positive capital account balances. See § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( *b* ). Even if the partnership agreement does not require an unlimited deficit restoration obligation of a partner, the allocation may still have economic effect to the extent such allocation does not cause or increase a deficit balance in the partner's capital account (in excess of any limited dollar amount of such partner's deficit restoration obligation) if requirements
(1)and
(2)of § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( *b* ) are satisfied and the partnership agreement contains a “qualified income offset.” Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( *d* ). Finally, allocations that do not otherwise have economic effect under the foregoing rules shall be deemed to have economic effect if at the end of each partnership taxable year a liquidation of the partnership at the end of such year or at the end of any future year would produce the same economic results to the partners if such rules had been satisfied regardless of the economic performance of the partnership. Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( *i* ). As a general rule, the economic effect of an allocation (or allocations) is substantial if there is a reasonable possibility that the allocation (or allocations) will affect substantially the dollar amounts to be received by the partners from the partnership, independent of tax consequences. See § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii). Even if the allocation affects substantially the dollar amounts to be received by the partners from the partnership, the economic effect of the allocation (or allocations) is not substantial if, at the time the allocation (or allocations) becomes part of the partnership agreement,
(1)the after-tax economic consequences of at least one partner may, in present value terms, be enhanced compared to such consequences if the allocation (or allocations) were not contained in the partnership agreement, and
(2)there is a strong likelihood that the after-tax economic consequences of no partner will, in present value terms, be substantially diminished compared to such consequences if the allocation (or allocations) were not contained in the partnership agreement. See § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii). This test is commonly referred to as the after-tax test. In determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment of an allocation to a partner, the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with such partner's tax attributes that are unrelated to the partnership will be taken into account. Finally, the economic effect of an allocation is not substantial in two situations described in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *b* ) and (b)(2)(iii)( *c* ). The latter two situations are generally described as “shifting” and “transitory” allocations, respectively. If the partnership agreement provides for an allocation of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit (or item thereof) to a partner that does not have substantial economic effect, then the partner's distributive share of the income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit (or item thereof) is determined in accordance with the partner's interest in the partnership. References in section 704(b) or § 1.704-1 to a partner's interest in the partnership, or to the partners' interests in the partnership, signify the manner in which the partners have agreed to share the economic benefit or burden (if any) corresponding to the income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit (or item thereof) that is allocated, taking into account all facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners. See § 1.704-1(b)(3). Section 1.704-1(b)(1)(iii) provides that an allocation that is respected under section 704(b) nevertheless may be reallocated under other provisions, such as section 482, section 704(e)(2), section 706(d) (and related assignment of income principles), and § 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii). The proposed regulations clarify several aspects of the regulations under section 704. The proposed regulations generally provide a “look-through rule” for purposes of testing the substantiality of an allocation. The proposed regulations provide that in determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment of a partnership allocation to any partner that is a look-through entity, the look-through rule takes into account the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of any owner of the look-through entity. Similarly, in determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment to any partner that is a member of a consolidated group, the proposed regulations generally provide that the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of the consolidated group and with the tax attributes of another member with respect to a separate return year must be taken into account. The proposed regulations provide that a look-through entity means a partnership, subchapter S corporation, trust, an entity disregarded for Federal tax purposes, or certain controlled foreign corporations (CFCs). The proposed regulations clarify that, for purposes of § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), the after-tax economic consequences of an allocation contained in the partnership agreement was compared to the after-tax economic consequences of the allocation made in accordance with the partners' interest in the partnership (within the meaning of § 1.704-1(b)(3)). For that purpose, the partners' interest in the partnership was determined as if the allocations tested were not contained in the partnership agreement. Also, the proposed regulations remove the per capita presumption in § 1.704-1(b)(3)(i). Finally, the proposed regulations include an example illustrating one circumstance where a provision other than section 704(b) may be used to reallocate partnership items. Summary of Comments and Explanation of Provisions The final regulations adopt the proposed regulations with clarification of certain aspects in response to the comments received. A. Look-Through Entities and Members of a Consolidated Group For purposes of applying the after-tax, shifting, and transitory tests to a partner that is a look-through entity, the final regulations provide that the tax consequences that result from the interaction of an allocation with the tax attributes of any person that is an owner, or in the case of a trust or estate, the beneficiary, of an interest in such partner must be taken into account. The final regulations define a look-through entity as a partnership, subchapter S corporation, trust, estate, an entity disregarded for Federal tax purposes, or certain controlled foreign corporations (CFCs). The final regulations change the look-through rule for CFCs (CFC look-through rule) to provide an ownership threshold that must be met in order to trigger look-through treatment. One comment suggested that, for administrative reasons, the look-through rule should apply only in cases involving partnerships (whether U.S. or foreign) that meet the control test in section 6038. The IRS and the Treasury Department agree that administrative concerns justify limiting the CFC look-through rule but are concerned that limiting the application of the rule as suggested would provide opportunities for abuse. Accordingly, the final regulations limit application of the CFC look-through rule to cases in which United States shareholders (within the meaning of section 951(b)) of the CFC in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, at least 10 percent of the capital or profits interests of the partnership. In addition, the final regulations clarify that a CFC is treated as a look-through entity, but only with respect to allocations of items of income, gain, loss, or deduction that enter into the computation of a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, enter into any person's income attributable to a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, or would enter into the computations described in this paragraph if such items were allocated to the controlled foreign corporation. The Treasury Department and the IRS are further considering whether a CFC partner should be treated as a look-through entity in all cases and how any impact on the tax liability of a direct or indirect owner of the CFC partner resulting from actual or anticipated distributions of property by the CFC partner under section 301 should be taken into account in testing the substantiality of an allocation. Comments were also received on other aspects of the look-through rule. One comment suggested that the definition of look-through entity be expanded to include estates. Because estates generally pass through attributes in the same manner as trusts, this comment is adopted. Another comment questioned the inclusion of disregarded entities in the list of look-through entities. The proposed regulations included disregarded entities because such entities are the actual state law partners in the partnership. The final regulations include disregarded entities in the list of look-through entities for this reason only. Several comments requested modifications to the look-through rule based upon their contention that the rule was burdensome. One comment suggested the abandonment of the look-through rule entirely, believing the application of § 1.701-2 would protect the concerns underlying the proposed regulations and would be less burdensome. Another comment suggested that a five year presumption be included with respect to the after-tax test in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), such that the economic effect of any allocation occurring five years after the date upon which the allocation became a part of the partnership agreement would be presumed to be substantial. Finally, several comments requested either that the look-through rule apply only to partners owning more than 20 percent of the profits or capital of the partnership or that the look-through rule provide procedures to help partnerships ease the burden of considering the tax attributes of their partners and indirect owners. One proposal to simplify the application of the look-through rule was to include a presumption that the partnership did not know and would not be required to investigate the tax attributes of any partner unless that partner directly or indirectly owns more than a 25 percent interest in the partnership's capital or profits. Alternatively, it was suggested that the final regulations provide certification procedures pursuant to which a partnership would be entitled to rely on a statement from its direct or indirect owner regarding such person's tax attributes. The substantiality test in its present form was adopted in 1986. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that the final regulations merely confirm the proper application of the substantiality test in those instances in which the partnership is owned by one or more look-through entities. In that respect, the look-through rule in the final regulations is not a change to the substantiality test. The Treasury Department and the IRS do not believe that it is necessary at this time to simplify the application of the substantiality test as suggested by the comments. However, to address the concerns expressed regarding the burden of the substantiality test as it applies to partnerships with look-through entity partners, the final regulations include a de minimis rule that provides that, for purposes of determining substantiality, the tax attributes of de minimis partners need not be taken into account. A de minimis partner is any partner, including a look-through entity, that owns less than 10 percent of the capital and profits of a partnership, and who is allocated less than 10 percent of each partnership item. Because of the inclusion of this de minimis rule, the final regulations do not provide for a certification procedure. Some comments requested that the final regulations clarify what constitutes a “tax attribute” and an “interaction.” The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that this issue is sufficiently addressed under the current regulations, and, therefore, no further guidance is provided in the final regulations. Finally, one comment requested that the final regulations provide guidance for situations in which the interaction of an allocation to a look-through entity, such as a trust or estate, and the tax attributes of the beneficiary of the entity are dependent on other factors such as the timing and amount of distributions from the trust or estate to the beneficiary. For example, it may be difficult to evaluate an allocation to a partner that is a trust where it is not known what distributions the trust will make. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that this issue is addressed by the “strong likelihood” language of the substantiality test and, therefore, the final regulations do not provide additional guidance. B. The Baseline for Comparison in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii) Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* ) provides that the economic effect of an allocation is not substantial if, at the time the allocation becomes part of the partnership agreement, the after-tax economic consequences of at least one partner may, in present value terms, be enhanced compared to such consequences if the allocation were not contained in the partnership agreement, and there is a strong likelihood that the after-tax economic consequences of no partner will, in present value terms, be substantially diminished compared to such consequences if the allocation were not contained in the partnership agreement. Because taxpayers have suggested that the baseline comparison required by this provision is unclear, the proposed regulations clarified this rule, consistent with the provisions of § 1.704-1(b)(1)(i), by explaining that the after-tax economic consequences that result from the allocation must be compared to such consequences that would result if the allocations were not contained in the partnership agreement and were determined in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership. One comment suggested that an inconsistency existed between identifying the partners' interests in the partnership as the baseline for comparison in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* )( *1* ) and
(2)and the conclusions reached by § 1.704-1(b)(5) *Example 5.* According to this comment, paragraph
(ii)of § 1.704-1(b)(5) *Example 5* provides that the sharing percentages under the partners' interests in the partnership standard was 36 percent for one partner and 64 percent for the other partner. Comparing the after-tax economic consequences of the allocations contained in the partnership agreement with the 36/64 sharing percentages results in the after-tax economic consequences of one partner being enhanced and those of the other partner being substantially diminished. Thus, according to the comment, the conclusion in paragraph
(i)of § 1.704-1(b)(5) *Example 5* cannot be correct. The after-tax test, however, is applied by comparing the allocations contained in the partnership agreement with the consequences determined in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership had the allocations not been part of the partnership agreement. In *Example 5* , aside from the allocations being tested, the partners shared all other items equally and made equal capital contributions. To apply the substantiality test to the special allocations in that example, the results were compared to what would have occurred if the partners had 50/50 sharing percentages. This comparison revealed that one partner's after-tax economic return was enhanced and no partner's after-tax return was substantially diminished. Thus, the specially allocated items had to be reallocated under the partners' interests in the partnership. Under the facts of *Example 5* , the partners' interests in the partnership were the 36/64 sharing percentages, which were the same percentages in which they actually shared the partnership's total income for the year. The reallocation did not change the percentages in which the partners shared total income, but rather, required that each item of income (that is, tax-exempt income and taxable interest and dividends included in total income) be shared in those same percentages. Thus, in *Example 5* the partners' interests in the partnership for purposes of reallocating the items that lacked substantial economic effect was determined to be different than the partners' interests in the partnership used to test substantiality. One comment suggested that the comparison to the partners' interests in the partnership is equally applicable when testing shifting and transitory allocations under § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *b* ) and ( *c* ) as it is to the after-tax test under § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), and suggested that the final regulations so provide. This comment is adopted and, in order to further clarify that the partners' interests in the partnership (determined without regard to the allocation or allocations being tested) is the baseline for comparison when testing the substantiality of an allocation, whether under the after-tax test or the shifting or transitory allocation test, the final regulations remove the parenthetical clauses inserted by the proposed regulations and add a sentence to the end of § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii)( *a* )( *1* ) that provides that references in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii) to an allocation (or allocations) not contained in the partnership agreement mean that the allocation (or allocations) is determined in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership (within the meaning of paragraph § 1.704-1(b)(3)), disregarding the allocation (or allocations) being tested under § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii). C. Removal of Per Capita Presumption in § 1.704-1(b)(3) The proposed regulations removed the per capita presumption in § 1.704-1(b)(3). Because this section generally does not contain mechanical rules to determine the partners' interests in the partnership, one comment suggested that the presumption was necessary to reduce complexity, and therefore recommended that the final regulations reinsert the presumption. However, because the per capita presumption failed to consider factors relevant to a determination of the manner in which the partners agreed to share the economic benefits or burdens corresponding to the allocation of partnership items, the correct result was reached in very few cases. Accordingly, the Treasury Department and IRS believe that any benefits of the presumption are outweighed by the potential for incorrect determinations. D. Example 29 In *Example 29* of the proposed regulations, B, a domestic corporation, and C, a controlled foreign corporation, form BC, a partnership organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, with equal capital contributions. B and C are both wholly owned by A, a domestic corporation. Substantially all of BC's income would not be subpart F income if earned directly by C. For the first fifteen years of the partnership, gross income is allocated 10 percent to B and 90 percent to C, and all deductions and losses will be allocated 90 percent to B and 10 percent to C. After the initial fifteen year period, BC's gross income will be allocated 90 percent to B and 10 percent to C, and all deductions and losses will be allocated 10 percent to B and 90 percent to C. The example concludes that, apart from the application of section 704(b), the Commissioner may reallocate or otherwise not respect the allocations under other Code sections. One comment questioned why *Example 29* did not contain a substantial economic effect analysis. Another comment inferred from the absence of a citation to § 1.701-2 in *Example 29* that the partnership anti-abuse rule did not apply and would not be asserted by the IRS. *Example 29* was included in the proposed regulations only to reiterate the provisions contained in § 1.704-1(b)(1)(iii) regarding the effect other sections may have on partnership allocations. Accordingly, the Treasury Department and IRS do not believe that any further analysis is necessary. Moreover the list of other sections that can affect the validity of a partnership allocation in § 1.704-1(b)(1)(iii) is not an exhaustive list and, accordingly, the absence of a citation to § 1.701-2 or other potentially applicable sections does not preclude the applicability of those provisions of law in the appropriate circumstances. The Treasury Department and IRS continue to consider issuing additional guidance addressing the proper treatment of special allocations of items of a partnership that is owned primarily by related parties. *Examples 29* and *30* in the proposed regulations have been renumbered as *Examples 28* and *29* , respectively, in these final regulations. Effective/Applicability Date The amendments made by these final regulations apply to partnership taxable years beginning on or after May 19, 2008. Special Analyses It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, and because these regulations do not impose on small entities a collection of information requirement, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Therefore, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice of rulemaking preceding these regulations was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business. Drafting Information The principal authors of this regulation are Jonathan E. Cornwell and Kevin I. Babitz, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs & Special Industries). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in its development. List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1 Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows: PART 1—INCOME TAXES **Paragraph 1.** The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. * * * **Par. 2.** Section 1.704-1 is amended as follows: 1. A sentence is added at the end of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)( *a* ). 2. A sentence is added at the end of paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *a* ). 3. Paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)( *d* ) and ( *e* ) are added. 4. The last two sentences of paragraph (b)(3)(i) are removed. 5. Paragraph (b)(5) *Examples 28* , *29* and *30* are added. The additions and revisions read as follows: § 1.704-1 Partner's distributive share.
(b)* * *
(1)* * *
(ii)*Effective/applicability dates* . ( *a* ) * * * Paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)( *a* ) (last sentence), (b)(2)(iii)( *d* ), (b)(2)(iii)( *e* ), and (b)(5) *Example 28* , *Example 29* , and *Example 30* of this section apply to partnership taxable years beginning on or after May 19, 2008.
(2)* * *
(iii)* * * ( *a* ) * * * References in this paragraph (b)(2)(iii) to a comparison to consequences arising if an allocation (or allocations) were not contained in the partnership agreement mean that the allocation (or allocations) is determined in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership (within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of this section), disregarding the allocation (or allocations) being tested under this paragraph (b)(2)(iii).
(d)*Partners that are look-through entities or members of a consolidated group* — ( *1* ) *In general* . For purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), ( *b* ), and ( *c* ) of this section to a partner that is a look-through entity, the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of any person that is an owner, or in the case of a trust or estate, the beneficiary, of an interest in such a partner, whether directly or indirectly through one or more look-through entities, must be taken into account. For purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), ( *b* ), and ( *c* ) of this section to a partner that is a member of a consolidated group (within the meaning of § 1.1502-1(h)), the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of the consolidated group and with the tax attributes of another member with respect to a separate return year must be taken into account. See paragraph (b)(5) *Example 29* of this section. ( *2* ) *Look-through entity* . For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *d* ), a *look-through entity* means— ( *i* ) A partnership; ( *ii* ) A subchapter S corporation; ( *iii* ) A trust or an estate; ( *iv* ) An entity that is disregarded for Federal tax purposes, such as a qualified subchapter S subsidiary under section 1361(b)(3), an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under §§ 301.7701-1 through 301.7701-3 of this chapter, or a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of section 856(i)(2); or ( *v* ) A controlled foreign corporation if United States shareholders of the controlled foreign corporation in the aggregate own, directly or indirectly, at least 10 percent of the capital or profits of the partnership on any day during the partnership's taxable year. In such case, the controlled foreign corporation shall be treated as a look-through entity, but only with respect to allocations of income, gain, loss, or deduction (or items thereof) that enter into the computation of a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, enter into any person's income attributable to a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, or would enter into the computations described in this paragraph if such items were allocated to the controlled foreign corporation. See paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *d* )( *6* ) for the definition of indirect ownership. ( *3* ) *Controlled foreign corporations* . For purposes of this section, the term *controlled foreign corporation* means a controlled foreign corporation as defined in section 957(a) or section 953(c). In the case of a controlled foreign corporation that is a look-through entity, the tax attributes to be taken into account are those of any person that is a United States shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *d* )(5) of this section) of the controlled foreign corporation, or, if the United States shareholder is a look-through entity, a United States person that owns an interest in such shareholder directly or indirectly through one or more look-through entities. ( *4* ) *United States person* . For purposes of this section, a *United States person* is a person described in section 7701(a)(30). ( *5* ) *United States shareholder* . For purposes of this section, a *United States shareholder* is a person described in section 951(b) or section 953(c). ( *6* ) *Indirect ownership* . For purposes of this section, indirect ownership of stock or another equity interest (such as an interest in a partnership) shall be determined in accordance with the principles of section 318, substituting the phrase “10 percent” for the phrase “50 percent” each time it appears. ( *e* ) *De minimis rule* . For purposes of applying this paragraph (b)(2)(iii), the tax attributes of *de minimis* partners need not be taken into account. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(e), a *de minimis* partner is any partner, including a look-through entity that owns, directly or indirectly, less than 10 percent of the capital and profits of a partnership, and who is allocated less than 10 percent of each partnership item of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit. See paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *d* )( *6* ) of this section for the definition of indirect ownership.
(5)* * * Example 28.
(i)B, a domestic corporation, and C, a controlled foreign corporation, form BC, a partnership organized under the laws of country X. B and C each contribute 50 percent of the capital of BC. B and C are wholly-owned subsidiaries of A, a domestic corporation. Substantially all of BC's income would not be subpart F income if earned directly by C. The BC partnership agreement provides that, for the first fifteen years, BC's gross income will be allocated 10 percent to B and 90 percent to C, and BC's deductions and losses will be allocated 90 percent to B and 10 percent to C. The partnership agreement also provides that, after the initial fifteen year period, BC's gross income will be allocated 90 percent to B and 10 percent to C, and BC's deductions and losses will be allocated 10 percent to B and 90 percent to C.
(ii)Apart from the application of section 704(b), the Commissioner may reallocate or otherwise not respect the allocations under other sections. See paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. For example, BC's allocations of gross income, deductions, and losses may be evaluated and reallocated (or not respected), as appropriate, if it is determined that the allocations result in the evasion of tax or do not clearly reflect income under section 482. Example 29. PRS is a partnership with three equal partners, A, B, and C. A is a corporation that is a member of a consolidated group within the meaning of § 1.1502-1(h). B is a subchapter S corporation that is wholly owned by D, an individual. C is a partnership with two partners, E, an individual, and F, a corporation that is member of a consolidated group within the meaning of § 1.1502-1(h). For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, in determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment of an allocation to A, the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation to A with the tax attributes of the consolidated group of which A is a member must be taken into account. In determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment of an allocation to B, the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of D must be taken into account. In determining the after-tax economic benefit or detriment of an allocation to C, the tax consequences that result from the interaction of the allocation with the tax attributes of E and the consolidated group of which F is a member must be taken into account. Example 30.
(i)A, a controlled foreign corporation, and B, a foreign corporation that is not a controlled foreign corporation, form AB, a partnership organized under the laws of country X. The partnership agreement contains the provisions necessary to comply with the economic effect safe harbor of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)( *b* ) of this section. A is wholly-owned by C, a domestic corporation that is not a member of a consolidated group within the meaning of § 1.1502-1(h). B is wholly owned by an individual who is a citizen and resident of country X and is not related to A. Neither A, B, nor AB, is engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A and B each contribute 50 percent of the capital of AB. There is a strong likelihood that in each of the next several years AB will realize equal amounts of gross income that would constitute subpart F income if allocated to A, and gross income that would not constitute subpart F income if allocated to A (“non-subpart F income”). A and B agree to share bottom-line net income from AB equally; however, rather than share all items of gross income equally, A and B agree that B will be allocated all of AB's subpart F income to the extent of its 50 percent share of bottom-line net income. In year 1, AB earns $60x of income, $30x of which is subpart F income and is allocated to B, and $30x of which is non-subpart F income and is allocated to A.
(ii)Although neither A nor B is subject to U.S. tax with respect to its distributive share of the income of AB, under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *d* ) of this section, the tax attributes of C must be taken into account with respect to A for purposes of applying the tests described in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)( *a* ), ( *b* ), and ( *c* ) of this section. The allocations in year 1 have economic effect. However, the economic effect of the allocations is not substantial under the test described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)( *b* ) of this section because there was a strong likelihood, at the time the allocations became part of the AB partnership agreement, that the net increases and decreases to A's and B's capital accounts in year 1 would not differ substantially when compared to the net increases and decreases to A's and B's capital accounts for year 1 if the allocations were not contained in the partnership agreement, and the total tax liability from the income earned by AB in year 1 (taking into account the tax attributes of the allocations to C) would be reduced as a result of such allocations. Under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the subpart F income and non-subpart F income earned by AB in year 1 must each be reallocated 50 percent to A and 50 percent to B. Approved: May 8, 2008. Linda E. Stiff, Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement. Eric Solomon, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy). [FR Doc. E8-11176 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4830-01-P DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Coast Guard 33 CFR Part 165 [Docket No. USCG-2008-0219] RIN 1625-AA00 Firework Events; Great Lake Annual Firework Events AGENCY: Coast Guard, DHS. ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: The Coast Guard is establishing safety zones for various fireworks events in the Captain of the Port Buffalo zone. This rule consolidates current regulations establishing safety zones for annual fireworks events in the former Captain of the Port Cleveland Zone and the former Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone. In addition, it adds events not previously published in Coast Guard regulations. These safety zones are necessary to protect spectators, participants, and vessels from the hazards associated with fireworks displays or other events. DATES: This rule is effective June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Comments and material received from the public as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, are part of docket USCG-2008-0219 and are available online at *http://www.regulations.gov.* This material is also available for inspection or copying at two locations: The Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays and Coast Guard Sector Buffalo, 1 Fuhrmann Boulevard, Buffalo, NY 14203 between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: If you have questions on this rule, call CDR Joseph Boudrow, Prevention Department, Coast Guard Sector Buffalo, Buffalo, NY at
(716)843-9572. If you have questions on viewing or submitting material to the docket, call Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, at
(202)366-9826. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Regulatory Information On April 3, 2008, we published a notice of rulemaking
(NPRM)entitled Annual Events Requiring Safety Zones in the Captain of the Port Buffalo zone in the **Federal Register** (73 FR 18225). We received no letters commenting on the rule. No public meeting was requested, and none was held. Background and Purpose On July 22, 2005, the Coast Guard consolidated the Captain of the Port Cleveland zone and the Captain of the Port Buffalo zone into one zone re-defining the Captain of the Port Buffalo zone. This rule will consolidate the regulations found in 33 CFR 165.202, Safety Zones; Annual Fireworks Events in the Captain of the Port Cleveland Zone, the regulations found in 33 CFR 165.914, Safety Zones; Annual Fireworks Events in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone so that all the annual fireworks events in the current Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone are found in one CFR section. In addition this rule adds events not previously published in the CFR. These safety zones are necessary to protect vessels and people from the hazards associated with fireworks displays or other events. Such hazards include obstructions to the waterway that may cause marine casualties and the explosive danger of fireworks and debris falling into the water that may cause death or serious bodily harm. Discussion of Comments and Changes No comments were received regarding this rule. Regulatory Evaluation This rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under that Order. We expect the economic impact of this rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation is unnecessary. The Coast Guard's use of these safety zones will be periodic, of short duration, and designed to minimize the impact on navigable waters. These safety zones will only be enforced immediately before, during, and after the time the events occur. Furthermore, these safety zones have been designed to allow vessels to transit unrestricted to portions of the waterways not affected by the safety zones. The Coast Guard expects insignificant adverse impact to mariners from the activation of these safety zones. Small Entities Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered whether this rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule will affect the following entities, some of which might be small entities: The owners of operators of vessels intending to transit or anchor in the areas designated as safety zones in subparagraphs
(1)through
(26)during the dates and times the safety zones are being enforced. These safety zones will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reasons: This rule will be in effect for short periods of time, and only once per year, per zone. The safety zones have been designed to allow traffic to pass safely around the zone whenever possible and vessels will be allowed to pass through the zones with the permission of the Captain of the Port. Assistance for Small Entities Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), in the NPRM we offered to assist small entities in understanding the rule so that they could better evaluate its effects on them and participate in the rulemaking process. Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard. Collection of Information This rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). Federalism A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on State or local governments and would either preempt State law or impose a substantial direct cost of compliance on them. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such expenditure, we nevertheless discuss its effects elsewhere in this preamble. Taking of Private Property This rule will not effect the taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights. Civil Justice Reform This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden. Protection of Children We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and does not create an environmental risk to health or safety that may disproportionately affect children. Indian Tribal Governments The Coast Guard recognizes the treaty rights of Native American Tribes. Moreover, the Coast Guard is committed to working with Tribal Governments to implement local policies and to mitigate tribal concerns. We have determined that these regulations and fishing rights protection need not be incompatible. We have also determined that this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Nevertheless, Indian Tribes that have questions concerning the provisions of this rule or options for compliance are encourage to contact the point of contact listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT . Energy Effects We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. We have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has not designated it as a significant energy action. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under Executive Order 13211. Technical Standards The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., specifications of materials, performance, design, or operation; test methods; sampling procedures; and related management systems practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards. Environment We have analyzed this rule under Commandant Instruction M16475.lD which guides the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA)(42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded that there are no factors in this case that would limit the use of a categorical exclusion under section 2.B.2 of the Instruction. Therefore, this rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph 34(g) of the Instruction, from further environmental documentation. A final “Environmental Analysis Check List” and a final “Categorical Exclusion Determination” are available in the docket where indicated under ADDRESSES . List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 165 Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, and Waterways. For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows: PART 165—REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS 1. The authority citation for part 165 continues to read as follows: Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1226, 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. 2. Add § 165.939 to read as follows: § 165.939 Safety Zones; Annual Fireworks Events in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone.
(a)*Safety Zones.* The following areas are designated Safety zones and are listed geographically from New York to Ohio.
(1)*Boldt Castle 4th of July Fireworks, Heart Island, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the St. Lawrence River within a 500-foot radius of the land position: 44°20′39″ N, 075°55′16″ W; at Heart Island, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9 p.m. to 10 p.m. on July 4 of each year.
(2)*Clayton Chamber of Commerce Fireworks, Calumet Island, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the St. Lawrence River within a 500-foot radius of land position: 44°15′05″ N, 076°05′35″ W; in Calumet Island Harbor, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9 p.m. to 10 p.m. on July 1 of each year.
(3)*French Festival Fireworks, Cape Vincent, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the St. Lawrence River within a 500-foot radius of land position: 44°07′53″ N, 076°20′02″ W. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first or second weekend of July each year.
(4)*Brewerton Fireworks, Brewerton, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Oneida within a 500-foot radius of barge position: 43°14′15″ N, 076°08′03″ W; in Brewerton, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first weekend of July each year.
(5)*Celebrate Baldwinsville Fireworks, Baldwinsville, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the Seneca River within a 500-foot radius of land position: 43°09′21″ N, 076°20′01″ W. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10 p.m. on the third weekend of September each year.
(6)*Island Festival Fireworks Display, Baldwinsville, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the Seneca River within a 500-foot radius of land position: 43°09′25″ N, 076°20′21″ W; in Baldwinsville, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 10 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first weekend of July each year.
(7)*Seneca River Days, Baldwinsville, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the Seneca River within a 500-foot radius of land position: 43°09′25″ N, 076°20′21″ W; in Baldwinsville, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first weekend of July each year.
(8)*Oswego Harborfest, Oswego, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Ontario within a 1,000-foot radius of barge position 43°28′10″ N, 076°31′04″ W; in Oswego, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9 p.m.to 10 p.m. on the last Saturday in July each year.
(9)*Village Fireworks, Sodus Point, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Sodus Bay within a 500-foot radius of land position: 43°16′27″ N, 076°58′27″ W; in Sodus Point, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 10 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first Saturday in July each year.
(10)*City of Syracuse Fireworks Celebration, Syracuse, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Onondaga Lake within a 350-foot radius of land position 43°03′37″ N, 076°09′59″ W; in Syracuse, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the last weekend in June each year.
(11)*Tom Graves Memorial Fireworks, Port Bay, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Port Bay within a 500-foot radius of barge position: 43°17′46″ N, 076°50′02″ W; in Port Bay, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 10 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(12)*Rochester Harbor and Carousel Festival, Rochester, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Ontario within a 500-foot radius of land position: 43°15′21″ N, 077°36′19″ W in Rochester, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 8 p.m. to 10 p.m. on June 24th of each year.
(13)*North Tonawanda Fireworks Display, Tonawanda, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the East Niagara River within a 500-foot radius of a barge located at position: 43°01′12″ N, 078°53′36″ W; in North Tonawanda, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 10:15 p.m. on July 4th of each year.
(14)*Tonawanda's Canal Fest Fireworks, Tonawanda, NY.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the East Niagara River within a 500-foot radius of barge position: 43°01′12″ N, 078°53′36″ W; in Tonawanda, NY. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:30 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday in July each year.
(15)*Celebrate Erie Fireworks, Erie, PA.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Presque Isle Bay within an 800-foot radius of land position: 42°08′19″ N, 080°05′29″ W; at the end of Dobbins Landing Pier, Erie, PA. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. on the third weekend in August each year.
(16)*Ashtabula Area Fireworks, Walnut Beach, Ashtabula, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Erie and Ashtabula Harbor within a 300-yard radius of land position: 41°54.167′ N, 080°48.416′ W; in Ashtabula, OH. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the second weekend in July each year.
(17)*Fairport Harbor Mardi Gras, Fairport Harbor, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Fairport Harbor and Lake Erie within a 300-yard radius of land position: 41°45.500′ N, 081°16.300′ W; east of the harbor entrance at Fairport Harbor Beach, OH. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first Saturday of July each year.
(18)*Lake County Perchfest Fireworks, Fairport, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Fairport Harbor and Lake Erie within a 300-yard radius of land position: 41°45.500′ N, 081°16.300′ W; in Fairport, OH. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the second weekend in September each year.
(19)*Mentor Harbor Yacht Club Fireworks, Mentor Harbor, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Erie and Mentor Harbor within a 200-yard radius of 41°43.200′ N, 081°21.400′ W (west of the harbor entrance); in Mentor Harbor, OH. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(20)*Browns Football Halftime Fireworks, Cleveland, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All navigable waters of Cleveland Harbor and Lake Erie beginning in approximate land position: 41°30.823′ N, 081°41.620′ W (the northwest corner of Burke Lakefront Airport); continuing northwest to 41°31.176′ N, 081°41.884′ W; then southwest to 41°30.810′ N, 081°42.515′ W; then southeast to 41°30.450′ N, 081°42.222′ W (the northwest corner of dock 28 at the Cleveland Port Authority) then northeast back to the starting point at 41°30.823′ N, 081°41.620′ W. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective on a Sunday during the second or third Cleveland Brown's home game each year.
(21)*City of Cleveland 4th of July Fireworks, Cleveland, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All navigable waters of Cleveland Harbor and Lake Erie within a 400-yard radius of Main Entrance Light 5 (LLNR 4180) at position: 41°30.23′ N, 081°42.7′ W; in Cleveland, OH (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(22)*Dollar Bank Jamboree Fireworks Display, Cleveland, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All navigable waters of Cleveland Harbor and Lake Erie beginning at land position: 41°30.823′ N, 081°41.620′ W (the northwest corner of Burke Lakefront Airport); continuing northwest to 41°31.176′ N, 081°41.884′ W; then southwest to 41°30.810′ N, 081°42.515′ W; then southeast to 41°30.450′ N, 081°42.222′ W (the northwest corner of dock 28 at the Cleveland Port Authority) then northeast back to the starting point at 41°30.823′ N, 081°41.620′ W. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(23)*Lakewood City Fireworks Display, Lakewood, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lake Erie within a 200-yard radius of land position: 41°29.755′ N, 081°47.780′ W (off of Lakewood Park); in Lakewood, OH. (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(24)*Cleveland Yachting Club Fireworks Display, Rocky River, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of the Rocky River and Lake Erie within a 200-yard radius of land position 41°29.428′ N, 081°50.309′ W (DATUM: NAD 83) at Sunset Point on the western side of the mouth of the Rocky River in Cleveland, OH.
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the third weekend in July each year.
(25)*Lorain 4th of July Celebration Fireworks Display, Lorain, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lorain Harbor within a 300-yard radius of land position 41°28.591′ N, 082°10.855′ W (DATUM: NAD 83), east of the harbor entrance on the end of the break wall near Spitzer's Marina.
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the first weekend in July each year.
(26)*Lorain Port Fest Fireworks Display, Lorain, OH.*
(i)*Location.* All waters of Lorain Harbor within a 250-yard radius of land position: 41°28.040′ N, 082°10.365′ W; in Lorain, OH (DATUM: NAD 83).
(ii)*Enforcement date.* This section is effective from 9:45 p.m. to 11 p.m. on the third weekend in July each year.
(b)*Definitions.* The following definitions apply to this section:
(1)*Designated Representative* means any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer designated by the Captain of the Port Buffalo to monitor a safety zone, permit entry into the zone, give legally enforceable orders to persons or vessels within the zones, and take other actions authorized by the Captain of the Port.
(2)*Public vessel* means vessels owned, chartered, or operated by the United States, or by a State or political subdivision thereof.
(c)*Regulations.*
(1)In accordance with the general regulations in section 165.23 of this part, entry into, transiting, or anchoring within this safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Buffalo, or his designated representative. (2)(i) These safety zones are closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative.
(ii)All persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port or his designated representative.
(iii)Upon being hailed by the U.S. Coast Guard by siren, radio, flashing light or other means, the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed. (3)(i)All vessels must obtain permission from the Captain of the Port or his designated representative to enter, move within, or exit the safety zone established in this section when this safety zone is enforced.
(ii)Vessels and persons granted permission to enter the safety zone must obey all lawful orders or directions of the Captain of the Port or a designated representative.
(iii)While within a safety zone, all vessels must operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a safe course.
(d)*Exemption.* Public vessels, as defined in paragraph
(b)of this section, are exempt from the requirements in this section.
(e)*Waiver.* For any vessel, the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative may waive any of the requirements of this section, upon finding that operational conditions or other circumstances are such that application of this section is unnecessary or impractical for the purposes of public or environmental safety.
(f)*Notification.* The Captain of the Port Buffalo will notify the public that that the zones in this proposal are or will be enforced by all appropriate means to the affected segments of the public including publication in the **Federal Register** as practicable, in accordance with 33 CFR 165.7(a). Such means of notification may also include, but are not limited to Broadcast Notice to Mariners or Local Notice to Mariners. The Captain of the Port will issue a Broadcast Notice to Mariners notifying the public when enforcement of the safety zone established by this section is cancelled. § 165.202 [Removed] 3. Remove and reserve § 165.202. § 165.914 [Removed] 4. Remove and reserve § 165.914. Dated: May 9, 2008. S.J. Ferguson, Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port Buffalo. [FR Doc. E8-11139 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-15-P DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Coast Guard 33 CFR Part 165 [Docket No. USCG-2008-0203] RIN 1625-AA87 Security Zone; Escorted Vessels in Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, FL AGENCY: Coast Guard, DHS. ACTION: Interim rule with request for comments. SUMMARY: The Coast Guard is establishing a security zone around any vessel being escorted by one or more Coast Guard, State, or local law enforcement assets within the Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, FL. This action is necessary to ensure the safe transit of escorted vessels as well as the safety and security of personnel and port facilities. No vessel or person is allowed inside the security zone unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Jacksonville, FL or a designated representative. DATES: This interim rule is effective May 19, 2008. Comments and related material must reach the Docket Management Facility on or before June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number USCG-2008-0203 to the Docket Management Facility at the U.S. Department of Transportation. To avoid duplication, please use only one of the following methods:
(1)*Online: http://www.regulations.gov* .
(2)*Mail:* Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(3)*Hand delivery:* Room W12-140 on the Ground Floor of the West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The telephone number is 202-366-9329.
(4)*Fax:* 202-493-2251. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: If you have questions on this rule, call LCDR Austin Ives at Sector Jacksonville
(904)564-7563. If you have questions on viewing or submitting material to the docket, call Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, telephone 202-366-9826. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Public Participation and Request for Comments We encourage you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting comments and related materials. All comments received will be posted, without change, to *http://www.regulations.gov* and will include any personal information you have provided. We have an agreement with the Department of Transportation
(DOT)to use the Docket Management Facility. Please see DOT's “Privacy Act” paragraph below. Submitting Comments If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking (USCG-2008-0203), indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and give the reason for each comment. We recommend that you include your name and a mailing address, an e-mail address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that we can contact you if we have questions regarding your submission. For example, we may ask you to resubmit your comment if we are not able to read your original submission. You may submit your comments and material by electronic means, mail, fax, or delivery to the Docket Management Facility at the address under ADDRESSES ; but please submit your comments and material by only one means. If you submit them by mail or delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8 1/2 by 11 inches, suitable for copying and electronic filing. If you submit them by mail and would like to know that they reached the Facility, please enclose a stamped, self-addressed postcard or envelope. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. We may change this rule in view of them. Viewing Comments and Documents To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to *http://www.regulations.gov* at any time. Enter the docket number for this rulemaking (USCG-2008-0203) in the Search box, and click “Go >>.” You may also visit either the Docket Management Facility in Room W12-140 on the ground floor of the DOT West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays or the Coast Guard Sector Jacksonville Prevention Department, 4200 Ocean Street, Atlantic Beach, Florida 32233, between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Privacy Act Anyone can search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review the Department of Transportation's Privacy Act Statement in the **Federal Register** published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477), or you may visit *http://DocketsInfo.dot.gov* . Public Meeting We do not now plan to hold a public meeting. But you may submit a request for one to the Docket Management Facility at the address under ADDRESSES explaining why one would be beneficial. If we determine that one would aid this rulemaking, we will hold one at a time and place announced by a later notice in the **Federal Register** . Regulatory Information We did not publish a notice of proposed rulemaking
(NPRM)for this regulation. Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing an NPRM. Publishing a NPRM and delaying the effective date would be contrary to public interest since the security zones around escorted vessels are necessary to ensure the safe transit of the escorted vessels as well as the public. Certain vessel movements are more vulnerable to terrorist acts and it would be contrary to the public interest to publish an NPRM that would delay the effective date of this rule. The Coast Guard coordinates escorts for vessels in this waterway for the port's safety and security. Recently, recreational boaters have endangered themselves and others by not following the verbal guidance of on scene law enforcement officials. To ensure safe boating, it is imperative that a standard exclusionary zone be broadcast and safe speeds be followed for all escorted vessels. For the same reasons above, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the **Federal Register** . Background and Purpose The terrorist attacks of September 2001 heightened the need for development of various security measures throughout the seaports of the United States, particularly around vessels and facilities whose presence or movement creates a heightened vulnerability to terrorist acts; or those for which the consequences of terrorist acts represent a threat to national security. The President of the United States has found that the security of the United States is and continues to be endangered following the attacks of September 11 (E.O. 13,273, 67 FR 56215, Sep. 3, 2002 and 72 FR 54205, Sep. 21, 2007). Additionally, national security and intelligence officials continue to warn that future terrorist attacks are likely. King's Bay, GA, and the Ports of Jacksonville, FL, and Canaveral, FL frequently receive vessels that require additional security, including, but not limited to, vessels that carry sensitive Department of Defense cargoes, vessels that carry dangerous cargoes, and foreign naval vessels. The Captain of the Port
(COTP)Jacksonville has determined that these vessels have a significant vulnerability to subversive activity by vessels or persons or, in some cases, themselves pose a risk to a port and the public, within the Jacksonville Captain of the Port Zone, as described in 33 CFR 3.35-20. This rule enables the COTP Jacksonville to provide effective port security, while minimizing the public's confusion and ease the administrative burden of implementing separate temporary security zones for each escorted vessel. Discussion of Rule This rule establishes a security zone that prohibits persons and vessels from coming within 500 yards of all escorted vessels within the navigable waters of the Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, FL, as described in 33 CFR 3.35-20. Persons or vessels that receive permission to enter the security zone must proceed at a minimum safe speed and must comply with all orders issued by the COTP or a designated representative. No vessel or person may enter within a 100-yard radius of an escorted vessel. An *escorted vessel* is defined as a vessel, other than a large U.S. naval vessel as defined in 33 CFR 165.2015, that is accompanied by one or more Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State or local law enforcement agency assets clearly identifiable by lights, vessel markings, or with agency insignia as listed below: Coast Guard surface or air asset displaying the Coast Guard insignia. State and/or local law enforcement asset displaying the applicable agency markings and/or equipment associated with the agency. When escorted vessels are moored, dayboards or other visual indications such as lights or buoys may be used. In all cases, broadcast notice to mariners will be issued to advise mariners of these restrictions. Regulatory Evaluation This rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under that Order. We expect the economic impact of this rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation under the regulatory policies and procedures of DHS is unnecessary. The limited geographic area impacted by the security zone will not restrict the movement or routine operation of commercial or recreational vessels through the Ports within the Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville. Small Entities Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered whether this rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule may affect the following entities, some of which may be small entities: the owners or operators of vessels intending to transit in the vicinity of escorted vessels. This rule would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities because the zones are limited in size, in most cases leaving ample space for vessels to navigate around them. The zones will not significantly impact commercial and passenger vessel traffic patterns, and mariners will be notified of the zones via Broadcast Notice to Mariners. Where such space is not available and security conditions permit, the Captain of the Port will attempt to provide flexibility for individual vessels to transit through the zones as needed. Assistance for Small Entities Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we offer to assist small entities in understanding the rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on them and participate in the rulemaking process. Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard. Collection of Information This rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). Federalism A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on State or local governments and would either preempt State law or impose a substantial direct cost of compliance on them. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble. Taking of Private Property This rule will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights. Civil Justice Reform This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden. Protection of Children We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and does not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that may disproportionately affect children. Indian Tribal Governments This rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Energy Effects We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. We have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has not designated it as a significant energy action. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under Executive Order 13211. Technical Standards The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., specifications of materials, performance, design, or operation; test methods; sampling procedures; and related management systems practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards. Environment We have analyzed this rule under Commandant Instruction M16475.lD which guides the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA)(42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded that there are no factors in this case that would limit the use of a categorical exclusion under section 2.B.2 of the Instruction. Therefore, this rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph (34)(g), of the Instruction, from further environmental documentation. A final “Environmental Analysis Check List” and a final “Categorical Exclusion Determination” are available in the docket where indicated under ADDRESSES . List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 165 Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways. For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows: PART 165—REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS 1. The authority citation for part 165 continues to read as follows: Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1226, 1231; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Pub. L. 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. 2. Add § 165.773 to read as follows: § 165.773 Security Zone; Escorted Vessels in Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, Florida.
(a)*Definitions* . The following definitions apply to this section: *COTP* means Captain of the Port Jacksonville, FL. *Designated representatives* means Coast Guard Patrol Commanders including Coast Guard coxswains, petty officers and other officers operating Coast Guard vessels or aircraft, and federal, state, and local officers designated by or assisting the COTP, in the enforcement of the security zone. *Escorted vessel* means a vessel, other than a large U.S. naval vessel as defined in 33 CFR 165.2015, that is accompanied by one or more Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency assets clearly identifiable by lights, vessel markings, or with agency insignia as follows:
(1)Coast Guard surface or air asset displaying the Coast Guard insignia.
(2)State and/or local law enforcement asset displaying the applicable agency markings and/or equipment associated with the agency.
(3)When escorted vessels are moored, dayboards or other visual indications such as lights or buoys may be used. In all cases, broadcast notice to mariners will be issued to advise mariners of these restrictions. *Minimum safe speed* means the speed at which a vessel proceeds when it is fully off plane, completely settled in the water and not creating excessive wake. Due to the different speeds at which vessels of different sizes and configurations may travel while in compliance with this definition, no specific speed is assigned to minimum safe speed. In no instance should minimum safe speed be interpreted as a speed less than that required for a particular vessel to maintain steerageway. A vessel is not proceeding at minimum safe speed if it is:
(1)On a plane;
(2)In the process of coming up onto or coming off a plane; or
(3)Creating an excessive wake.
(b)*Regulated Area* . All navigable waters, as defined within Captain of the Port Zone, Jacksonville, Florida as defined in 33 CFR 3.35-20.
(c)*Security Zone* . A 500-yard security zone is established around each escorted vessel within the regulated area described in paragraph
(b)of this section. This is a moving security zone when the escorted vessel is in transit and becomes a fixed zone when the escorted vessel is anchored or moored. A security zone will not extend beyond the boundary of the regulated area in this section.
(d)*Regulations* .
(1)The general regulations for security zones contained in § 165.33 of this part applies to this section.
(2)A vessel may request the permission of the COTP or a designated representative to enter the security zone described in paragraph
(c)of this section. If permitted to enter the security zone, a vessel must proceed at the minimum safe speed and must comply with the orders of the COTP or a designated representative. No vessel or person may enter the inner 100-yard portion of the security zone closest to the vessel.
(e)*Notice of Security Zone* . The COTP will inform the public of the existence or status of the security zones around escorted vessels in the regulated area by Broadcast Notice to Mariners. Coast Guard assets or other Federal, State or local law enforcement agency assets will be clearly identified by lights, vessel markings, or with agency insignia. When escorted vessels are moored, dayboards or other visual indications such as lights or buoys may be used.
(f)*Contact Information* . The COTP Jacksonville may be reached via phone at
(904)564-7513. Any on scene Coast Guard or designated representative assets may be reached via VHF-FM channel 16. Dated: May 6, 2008. P.F. Thomas, Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port Zone Jacksonville, Florida. [FR Doc. E8-11141 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-15-P DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Veterans' Employment and Training Service 41 CFR Part 61-300 RIN 1293-AA12 Annual Report From Federal Contractors AGENCY: Veterans' Employment and Training Service (VETS), Labor. ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: The Veterans' Employment and Training Service is publishing a new set of regulations, and adopting a new Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100A (“VETS-100A Report”) form, to implement the requirement under the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 (“VEVRAA”) that Government contractors track and annually report the number of employees in their workforces who are veterans covered under the law. The final regulations published today implement amendments to the reporting requirements under VEVRAA that were made by the Jobs for Veterans Act (“JVA”) in 2002. The JVA amendments: Raised the dollar amount of the Government contracts that trigger a contractor's obligation to report on veterans' employment; and changed the categories of veterans that contractors are to track and report. The final regulations published today apply only to covered Government contracts entered into or modified on or after December 1, 2003. The existing regulations in 41 CFR part 61-250, which require contractors to use the Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100 (“VETS-100 Report”) form to provide the information on the covered veterans in their workforces, will continue to apply to Government contracts entered into before December 1, 2003. DATES: *Effective Date:* These regulations are effective June 18, 2008. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert Wilson, Chief, Investigations and Compliance Division, Veterans' Employment and Training Service, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Room S-1312, Washington, DC 20210, *RMWilson@dol.gov,*
(202)693-4719 (this is not a toll-free number). For press inquiries, contact Michael Biddle, Office of Public Affairs, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Room S-1032, Washington, DC 20210, *Biddle.Michael@dol.gov* ,
(202)693-5051 (this is not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background The Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 (“VEVRAA”), 38 U.S.C. 4212(d), requires that Federal contractors report annually to the Secretary of Labor about their employment of certain categories of veterans. The Department of Labor has promulgated regulations found at 41 CFR part 61-250, which require contractors to use the Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100 (“VETS-100 Report”) form for reporting information on the number of covered veterans in their workforces. On November 7, 2002, the President signed the Jobs for Veterans Act
(JVA)(Pub. L. 107-288, 116 Stat. 2033). Section 2(d)(1)(A) of JVA amended the Federal contractor reporting requirements contained in 38 U.S.C. 4212(d). Section (2)(b)(3) of JVA made the amendments applicable to Government contracts entered into on or after December 1, 2003. Prior to amendment by JVA, VEVRAA required contractors with a Government contract of $25,000 or more to report at least annually to the Secretary on the number of employees in their workforces, by job category and hiring location, who are “special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, recently separated veterans, or other veterans who served on active duty during a war or in a campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized.” In addition, prior to amendment by JVA, VEVRAA required contractors to report on the number of employees hired during the period covered by the report who belong to the specified categories of covered veterans. The JVA amendments to VEVRAA made two changes to the reporting requirements applicable to contracts entered into on or after December 1, 2003. First, the JVA amendments increased from $25,000 to $100,000, the dollar amount of the contract that subjects a Government contractor to the requirement to report the number of employees in their workforces who are covered veterans. Second, the JVA amendments changed the categories of covered veterans under VEVRAA and thus the categories of veterans that contractors are required to track and report on annually. JVA eliminated the coverage category of Vietnam era veterans. However, many Vietnam era veterans may remain covered in other categories. JVA added a new category of covered veterans—those “veterans who, while serving on active duty in the Armed Forces, participated in a United States military operation for which an Armed Forces service medal was awarded pursuant to Executive Order 12985.” In addition, the JVA amendments expanded the coverage of recently separated veterans from one year after discharge or release from active duty, to three years. Finally, JVA expanded the coverage of veterans with disabilities. Prior to amendment by JVA, VEVRAA covered veterans rated as having 10% to 20% serious employment handicap or a disability rated 30% or more by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As a result of the JVA amendments, all veterans who were discharged or released from active duty because of a service-connected disability are covered under VEVRAA. On August 8, 2006, VETS published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), (71 FR 44945), to implement the changes made by JVA to the reporting requirements under VEVRAA. The NPRM proposed to adopt a new set of regulations that would be codified in a new 41 CFR part 61-300. The NPRM also proposed to adopt a new form for reporting the information on veterans' employment required by the JVA amendments to VEVRAA and name it the “VETS-100A Report.” VETS received a total of six comments: Two from employer associations whose members include Federal contractors, one from a management consulting firm that specializes in human resources, one from a government agency, one from a human resources professional, and one from an attorney. Generally, the comments discussed the confusion that might result from VETS maintaining two sets of VEVRAA regulations and requested clarification of certain provisions. VETS reviewed and carefully considered the comments in the development of this final rule. VETS recognized that contractors will need time to update their recordkeeping systems to collect the data required by the VETS-100A Report, and stated in the NPRM that the reporting requirements in the new part 61-300 would become effective for the calendar year 2007, and would be reported in the VETS-100A Report to be filed by September 30, 2008. We received two comments on the proposed effective date of the final rule. One commenter asked that VETS extend the effective date of the new reporting requirements to 2008, and the date for filing the VETS-100A Report for the first time to September 30, 2009, in order to allow contractors sufficient time to adjust their computer systems. Another commenter requested that VETS clarify in the final rule that contractors do not have to begin collecting and maintaining data required for the 2008 VETS-100A Report until the first day of the 12-month period for which new hire data will be reported on the 2008 report. When the effective dates stated in the NPRM were proposed, VETS anticipated that today's final rule and its information collection requirements would be effective by a date that would allow contractors sufficient time to collect the data needed to complete and file a VETS-100A Report for the 2008 reporting cycle. The VETS-100A Report calls for contractors to provide data on veterans' employment for a 12-month period ending on a date in the report year between July 1 and August 31 that represents the end of a payroll period. However, today's final rule will not take effect in time for contractors to collect data for the entire 12-month period ending on a date between July 1 and August 31, 2008. Accordingly, VETS has decided to extend the effective date for the reporting requirements in the new part 61-300 regulations. Contractors are to collect and maintain the data prescribed by the new part 61-300 regulations beginning in the calendar year 2008, and report the data in the VETS-100A Report to be filed by September 30, 2009. Overview of the Final Rule The final regulations implementing the JVA changes to the reporting requirements under VEVRAA will be codified in a new 41 CFR part 61-300. As was explained in the NPRM, the provisions in part 61-300 are modeled after the existing regulations in part 61-250 implementing the reporting requirements under VEVRAA prior to amendment by JVA. The part 61-300 regulations differ from the regulations in part 61-250 in two ways: The part 61-300 regulations reflect the changes to the requirements under VEVRAA made by JVA, and certain provisions in the part 61-300 have been revised to improve the readability of the rule. The Section-by-Section Analysis of the NPRM highlighted the differences between the provisions in the proposed rule and existing part 61-250. Throughout the regulation, changes have been made to clarify the wording in accordance with plain language principles. Unless specified below, the minor language differences are not intended to create a difference in substantive meaning between the final rule and parallel provisions in part 61-250. The final rule, for the most part, adopts the provisions that were proposed in the NPRM. However, a few provisions have been modified in response to the public comments. The discussion that follows identifies the significant issues raised in the comments received in response to the NPRM, provides VETS responses to those comments, and explains any resulting changes to the proposed rule. Section-by-Section Analysis of Comments and Revisions Section 61-300.1 What are the purpose and scope of this part? This section outlines the purpose and scope of the regulations. Proposed paragraph
(a)states that each contractor or subcontractor who enters into a contract on or after December 1, 2003, in the amount of $100,000 or more with any department or agency of the United States, and who is subject to 38 U.S.C. 4212(a) (the affirmative action provisions of VEVRAA), must submit a report according to the requirements of part 61-300. In addition, proposed paragraph
(a)states that any contractor or subcontractor whose only contract was entered into before December 1, 2003, must follow the regulations in part 61-250. Further, proposed paragraph
(a)provides that any contractor that has a contract of $25,000 or more entered into before December 1, 2003, and has a contract of $100,000 or more entered into on or after December 1, 2003, is required to file both the VETS-100 Report and the VETS-100A Report as instructed in parts 61-250 and 61-300. Three commenters—two employer associations and a consulting firm—were critical of the requirement in paragraph
(a)that contractors holding a covered contract entered into before December 1, 2003, as well as a covered contract entered into on or after December 1, 2003, comply with both the regulations in existing part 61-250 and new part 61-300. They maintained that it would be confusing and burdensome for contractors to collect and report data about the same workforce on both the VETS-100 Report required under part 61-250 and the VETS-100A Report prescribed by new part 61-300 for the same reporting period, where each form calls for data on the number of employees in four different categories of covered veterans, and only one of those categories is found on both forms. All of the commenters offered a recommendation for minimizing the recordkeeping and reporting burden. One commenter asserted that VETS has flexibility, and as a matter of enforcement policy the agency could adopt a rule that requires contractors to comply with only one set of VEVRAA regulations. The commenter argued that VETS could state in the final rule that contractors with a contract of at least $100,000 entered into on or after December 1, 2003, are required to file only the VETS-100A Report, even if the contractors also have covered contracts that were entered into before December 1, 2003. Further, the commenter stated that the final rule could provide that, if a contractor with contracts subject to the regulations in part 61-250 enters into a contract that is subject to new part 61-300 regulations after the start of the Affirmative Action Program
(AAP)year, the contractor has the option of continuing to comply only with the reporting requirements under the part 61-250 regulations until the end of the AAP year. VETS disagrees with the assertion that the final rule could provide that contractors need comply with the reporting requirements of only one set of VEVRAA regulations. Some employees may be counted in more than one of the covered veteran categories. For example, an employee may be both a Vietnam era veteran and an other protected veteran. Thus, some veterans in the pre-JVA categories will be included in one or more of the categories covered under the JVA as well. However, a small number of Vietnam era veterans do not belong to any other covered veteran category and would not be tracked and reported if VETS were to adopt a rule requiring contractors with contracts entered into both before and on or after December 1, 2003, to comply only with the new part 61-300 regulations. Conversely, some categories of veterans that are covered under the JVA were not previously covered under VEVRAA, and therefore, would not be tracked and reported if VETS were to allow contractors to comply only with the existing part 61-250 regulations. The rulemaking authority of VETS can only be exercised in a manner that carries out the provisions of the statute. Here, Congress expressly made the JVA reporting requirements applicable to contracts entered into on or after December 1, 2003, and thereby provided that contracts entered before December 1, 2003, would continue to be subject to the pre-JVA reporting requirements. Consequently, VETS has no authority to allow contractors with contracts entered into both before and on or after December 1, 2003, to track and report only the categories of covered veterans covered under the JVA. Likewise, VETS cannot adopt a rule that allows contractors with contracts entered into both before and on or after December 1, 2003, to track and report only the pre-JVA categories. Accordingly, the final rule provides that a contractor with covered contracts entered into both before and on or after December 1, 2003, must comply with the regulations in existing part 61-250 and new part 61-300 and file both the VETS-100 Report and the VETS-100A Report. However, a contractor that is covered under existing part 61-250 that enters into a contract of $100,000 or more after the start of the AAP year does not have to file a VETS-100A Report during that year. The instructions for completing the VETS-100A Report state “[e]ntering into a covered federal contract or subcontract during a given calendar year establishes the requirement to file a VETS-100A Report during the following calendar year.” Another commenter recommended that VETS adopt a rule allowing contractors to comply with only one set of VEVRAA regulations. This commenter suggested that VETS permit those contractors that are subject to both sets of regulations “to use the regulations covering the majority of their employees.” The commenter stated that this approach would allow contractors to submit a report for all employees based on whether a majority of their employees are covered under contracts dated prior to December 1, 2003, or after that date. The date of the Government contract determines the categories of veterans contractors must track and report. However, the date of the Government contract does not affect whether the particular employees are covered by the reporting requirement. Once a business or organization is awarded a covered Government contract, all of the establishments or facilities of the business or organization are subject to the same regulatory requirements, regardless of where the Government contract is to be performed. Consequently, if a contractor is subject to the reporting requirements under VEVRAA, the contractor is required to report the number of employees in its entire workforce, by job category, and by hiring location, who belong to the specified categories of covered veterans. Thus, the commenter's suggestion that contractors be permitted to comply with the regulations that cover the “majority of their employees” misconstrues the scope of coverage under VEVRAA, and does not address the concern about the burdens of dual reporting. The remaining commenter recommended that to minimize duplicative reporting for those with covered contracts entered into both before December 1, 2003, and on or after that date, VETS should clarify that modification of a pre-December 1, 2003, contract for at least $100,000 will incorporate the VETS-100A reporting requirements in today's final rule. We agree that modification of an otherwise covered contract on or after December 1, 2003, will substitute the VETS-100A requirements of 41 CFR 61-300 for the VETS-100 requirements of 41 CFR 61-250 in the modified contract. Two Department of Labor agencies have promulgated regulations implementing 38 U.S.C. 4212. VETS has published regulations at 41 CFR part 61-250 (and now 41 CFR part 61-300) implementing the reporting requirements, and OFCCP has published regulations at 41 CFR parts 60-250 and 60-300 implementing the affirmative action provisions. Because the requirements of Section 4212 apply to the same Federal contractors and apply to the same categories of veterans, VETS and OFCCP use the same definitions for common terms found in both rules. Section 61-300.2(a) of the final rule states that, unless otherwise indicated, the terms set forth in part 61-300 have the same meaning as those set forth in part 60-300. Accordingly, the definitions pertinent to contract coverage under part 61-300 are contained in 41 CFR 60-300.2. The term “Government contract” is defined at 41 CFR 60-300.2(i) as “any agreement or modification thereof between any contracting agency and any person for the purchase, sale, or use of personal property or nonpersonal services (including construction).” A “modification” is “any alteration in the terms and conditions of a contract, including supplemental agreements, amendments and extensions.” 41 CFR 60-300.2(i)(1) JVA applies to Government contracts entered on or after December 1, 2003. Because a contract modification is a “Government contract” JVA applies to modifications of otherwise covered contracts made on or after December 1, 2003. Consequently, modification of a contract that would otherwise be covered by 41 CFR 61-300 on or after December 1, 2003, but for the date the contract was entered into would have the effect of modifying the VEVRAA reporting clause; the new VETS-100A requirements of 41 CFR 61-300 would be applicable to the modified contract, rather than the old VETS-100 requirements of 41 CFR 61-250. The effect of contract modification is addressed in § 61-300.10, which provides that the VETS-100A reporting clause must be included in each covered Government contract or subcontract “and modifications, renewals, or extensions thereof if not included in the original contract.” To further clarify the effect of modifying a contract on the reporting requirements applicable after modification, language has been added to § 61-300.1(a) addressing the issue. In the final rule, § 61-300.1(a) has been revised to state “[e]ach contractor or subcontractor who enters into or modifies a contract or subcontract on or after December 1, 2003, in the amount of $100,000 or more with any department or agency of the United States * * * must submit a report according to the requirements of part 61-300.” In addition, § 61-300.1(a) of the final rule states “[a]ny contractor or subcontractor whose only contract with any department or agency * * * was entered into before December 1, 2003 (and not modified as described above), must follow part 61-250.” Paragraph
(c)of this section states that reporting requirements of part 61-300 will be deemed waived in those instances where the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance has granted a waiver under 41 CFR 60-300.4(b)(1) (waiver granted in the “national interest”) or under 41 CFR 60-300.4(b)(3) (separate facility waiver). Paragraphs
(b)and
(d)refer to the obligations of contractors to comply with the regulations implementing the affirmative action provisions of VEVRAA found in 41 CFR part 60-300 that are administered by OFCCP. Except for the clarification set forth in paragraph
(a)regarding the reporting requirements that apply to contract modifications entered into on or after December 1, 2003, § 61-300.2 is adopted in the final rule as proposed. Section 61-300.2 What definitions apply to this part? In the NPRM, VETS proposed to incorporate many of the definitions in existing § 61-250.2 without any changes. The proposal called for some definitions to be incorporated in § 61-300.2 with modifications necessary to implement the JVA. Likewise, some definitions in existing § 61-250.2 were not carried over to § 61-300.2. Paragraph (b)(4) defines “disabled veteran,” paragraph (b)(5) defines “other protected veteran,” paragraph (b)(6) defines “Armed Forces service medal veteran,” paragraph (b)(7) defines “recently separated veteran,” paragraph (b)(8) defines “covered veteran,” and paragraph (b)(9) defines the term “qualified,” as required by the JVA. The definition of “eligibility period” has not been carried over from the part 61-250 regulations because it is not used in this regulation. Lastly, a definition for the phrase “covered incumbent veteran,” has been added to paragraph (b)(14) to provide a shorthand phrase that can be used for collectively referring to all categories of protected veterans. Two comments addressed the proposed definition of the term “job category” in paragraph (b)(3), which referenced the job categories that are used in the EEO-1 Standard Employer Information Report EEO-1 Report (“EEO-1 Report”). The commenters pointed out that the job categories described in proposed paragraph (b)(3) were used for the final time in the EEO-1 Report filed for the 2006 reporting period, which ended on September 30, 2006. On November 28, 2005, EEOC published a notice setting forth the final revisions to the EEO-1 Report (70 FR 71294), which were approved by OMB following a 30-day period for public comment. Employers, including Government contractors with 50 or more employees and a contract of $50,000 or more, must use the revised EEO-1 Report form beginning with the report that must be filed by September 30, 2007. The approved revisions to the EEO-1 Report include an increase in the number of job categories as a result of dividing the Officials and Managers category into two subgroups—Executives/Senior Level Officials and Managers and First/Mid Level Officials and Managers, as well as changes in the definitions of the job categories. The revisions to the EEO-1 job categories and other changes are discussed in the **Federal Register** notice published on November 28, 2005 (70 FR 71294); available on EEOC's Web site at *http://www.eeoc.gov/eeo1/index.html* . The commenters urged VETS to change the definition of job category in the final rule to reflect the revised EEO-1 job categories. In response to these comments, VETS has revised the definition of “job category” in paragraph (b)(3) of the final rule. In addition, during the course of reviewing the revisions made to EEO-1 job categories we noted that the definition of “employee” in proposed paragraph (b)(2) was consistent with the definition of “employee” used in the 2006 EEO-1 Report, but did not track the definition of that term found in the EEO-1 Report for 2007. Accordingly, in the final rule, the definition of “employee” in paragraph (b)(2) has been revised to conform to the definition of “employee” adopted in the revised EEO-1 Report. Finally, VETS added clarifying language to the definitions for the terms “disabled veteran” in paragraph (b)(4) and “recently separated veteran” in paragraph (b)(7) to indicate that the reporting requirements under VEVRAA apply to veterans of the United States armed forces, as opposed to veterans of the armed forces of other nations. The definitions for the terms “other protected veteran” in paragraph (b)(5) and “Armed Forces service medal veteran” in paragraph (b)(8) already contain this clarification. The remaining definitions in § 61-300.2 have been adopted in the final rule as proposed. Section 61-300.10 What reporting requirements apply to Federal contractors and subcontractors, and what specific wording must the reporting requirements contract clause contain? This section is identical to existing § 61-250.10 except for updates necessary to implement the JVA. Section 61-300.10 sets forth the reporting requirements clause that is to be included in each covered Government contract or subcontract (and modifications, renewals, or extensions thereof if not included in the original contract). Paragraph (a)(1) states that covered contractors and subcontractors agree to report at least annually the total number of employees who are disabled veterans, other protected veterans, Armed Forces service medal veterans, and recently separated veterans. Paragraph (a)(1) differs from the parallel provision of part 61-250 in that the word “total” has been added to clarify that the report must reflect the total number of employees in the workforce of the contractor. Paragraph
(b)provides that the required information on veterans' employment is to be reported by completing the VETS-100A Report form. Paragraph (c), which prescribes the date for filing a VETS-100A Report, is the same as the parallel provision in § 61-250.10 except for editing to improve readability and designating the name of the report as “VETS-100A Report.” Paragraphs
(d)and
(e)are identical to the parallel provisions in § 61.250.10, except that this section references the “VETS-100A Report.” Paragraph
(d)addresses the dates of the reporting period, and paragraph
(e)discusses the methods contractors may use to acquire information about the veterans status of their employees. No comments were received on this section. Accordingly, the final rule adopts § 61-300.10 as proposed. Section 61-300.11 On what form must the data required by this part be submitted? This section states that the data on veterans employment specified in the reporting requirements clause set forth in § 61-250.10 must be reported on the VETS-100A Report. A major difference between this section and existing § 61-250.11 involves the instructions for completing the report. Some instructions for completing the VETS-100 Report are located in the regulations (§ 61-250.11) and additional instructions are located in the VETS-100 Report form (Appendix A.) The instructions for completing the VETS-100A Report are provided only in Appendix A (discussed below), and not in the regulations. Paragraph
(a)provides that a copy of the VETS-100A Report and instructions may be found in Appendix A. Another difference between this section and existing § 61-250.11 is that paragraph
(a)states that the report is “provided” annually to contractors who are included in the VETS-100 database, while existing § 61-250.11(a) states that the VETS-100 Report is “mailed” annually to contractors who are included in the VETS-100 database. The use of the term “provided” will allow VETS greater flexibility in distribution format of the VETS-100A Report. Paragraph
(a)also states that VETS' failure to provide a contractor with a VETS-100A Report does not excuse a contractor from the requirement of submitting a VETS-100A Report. Paragraph
(b)is identical to paragraph
(b)in existing § 61-250.11. Paragraph
(c)contains the same information found in existing paragraph
(c)of existing § 61-250.11(c), however, the text has been simplified in accordance with plain language principles. Paragraphs
(d)and
(e)are also identical to the parallel provisions in § 61-250.11, except that an updated Internet address has been provided for requesting copies of the VETS-100A Report form. Section 61-300.11 is adopted in the final rule without change. Section 61-300.20 How will DOL determine whether a contractor or subcontractor is complying with the requirements of this part? This section is identical to existing § 61-250.20. No comments were received on this section. Accordingly, it is adopted in the final rule as proposed. Section 61-300.99 What is the OMB control number for this part? This section has been revised in the final rule to indicate that OMB has assigned Control Number 1293-0005 to the information collection requirements of this part. Appendix A to Part 61-300—Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100A Appendix A contains the VETS-100A Report form as well as the instructions for completing the report form. Appendix A to the final rule differs substantially from Appendix A to the existing part 61-250 regulations. A section-by-section description of those differences was provided in the NPRM's preamble discussion of Appendix A. As was previously mentioned, a major difference between the two Appendices is that all the instructions for completing the VETS-100A Report form are set forth in Appendix A to part 61-300, while the instructions for completing the VETS-100 Report are found in both § 61-250.11 and Appendix A to part 61-250. Other differences between Appendix A to the final rule and Appendix A to the existing part 61-250 regulations reflect the changes made by JVA to the contract coverage threshold and the categories of covered veterans. VETS received a few comments on Appendix A. One commenter noted that the VETS-100A Report contained the category “newly separated veterans” while the term used in the statute and the part 61-300 regulations is “recently separated veterans.” VETS has corrected this error in the final rule. Other comments recommended several minor technical corrections to the VETS-100A Report form, which have been incorporated in the final rule. In addition, VETS revised proposed Appendix A to reflect the changes made to § 61-300.1(a) and § 61-300.2 in response to the public comments. Thus, in the instructions regarding “Who must file” and “How to prepare forms” VETS clarified that modification of an otherwise covered contract on or after December 1, 2003, will mean that the contractor must comply with the VETS-100A Report requirements of 41 CFR part 61-300, and not the VETS-100 Report requirements of 41 CFR part 61-250. Further, the definition of “job categories” set forth in the instructions has been changed to reflect the job categories adopted in the revised EEO-1 Report, and the revised EEO-1 job categories have been added to the VETS-100A Report form set forth in Appendix A. Regulatory Procedures Paperwork Reduction Act This final rule contains information collection requirements that are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). This final rule adopts a new set of regulations to implement the JVA amendments to the reporting requirements under VEVRAA, and is applicable to covered Government contracts entered into or modified on or after December 1, 2003. The information collection in this final rule relates to the requirement under the JVA amendments that contractors track and report annually the number of new hires and incumbent employees, by job category and hiring location, who are disabled veterans, other protected veterans, Armed Forces service medal veterans, and recently separated veterans (within three years from the date of discharge or release from active duty). This final rule adopts a new form titled the “Federal Contractor Veterans” Employment Report VETS-100A Report” (“VETS-100A Report”) for reporting the information on veterans' employment required by the JVA amendments. This final rule impacts the information collection request for the Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100 (“VETS-100 Report”) that is currently approved under OMB No. 1293-0005. The existing regulations in 41 CFR part 61-250, which apply to covered contracts of $25,000 or more entered into before December 1, 2003, require contractors to use the VETS-100 Report for reporting information on the number of new hires and incumbent employees who are special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, other protected veterans, and recently separated veterans (within one year from the date of discharge or release from active duty). Some contractors with Government contracts that were entered into before December 1, 2003, are still subject to the VETS-100 reporting requirement in 41 CFR part 61-250. Therefore, VETS has determined that it will be necessary to maintain two sets of regulations to implement the reporting requirements under VEVRAA, and use two different forms for providing the required information on the employment of covered veterans. On October 2, 2007, VETS issued a **Federal Register** notice (72 FR 56103) providing a 60-day public comment period under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)on its proposal to revise the currently approved information collection request for the VETS-100 Report to include the VETS-100A Report. In the **Federal Register** notice, VETS invited the public to comment on:
(1)Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary to the proper performance of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2)the accuracy of agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3)ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and
(4)ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology. One comment was received in response to the 60-day notice from the management consulting firm specializing in human resources that also submitted comments in response to the NPRM. The consulting firm again asserted that the proposed regulations “would place an enormous burden on contractors” by requiring those contractors that have contracts dated prior to December 1, 2003, and contracts dated after that date, to file both the VETS-100 Report and the VETS-100A Report. The consulting firm maintained that the lack of correlation between the two reports places great burden on contractors to collect and maintain two sets of data. VETS appreciates the burdens imposed on those contractors that are required to file both the VETS-100 and the VETS-100A Reports, but the agency is constrained to carry out the provisions of the statute. However, as previously explained in the preamble, VETS estimates that only a small percentage of contractors will be required to file both reports. Because a contract modification is a “Government contract,” modification of a contract that otherwise would be covered under the JVA amendments but for the date the contract was entered into renders the contract subject to the VETS-100A reporting requirements, rather than the VETS-100 reporting requirements. Consequently, VETS estimates that the vast majority of contractors (80%) will file either the VETS-100 Report or the VETS-100A Report, but not both. The consulting firm also argued that it is burdensome for contractors to report on the VETS-100A Report the total number of employees in the workforce, when there is no such requirement under the VETS-100 Report. The JVA amendments to VEVRAA require that contractors report on the total number of employees in their workforces by job category and hiring location, and the VETS-100A merely implements the statutory requirement. The VETS-100 Report implements the reporting requirements prior to amendment by the JVA, which did not call for contractors to report on their total employment. Further, the consulting firm asserted that the proposed regulations do not provide clear guidance on what contractors are obligated to do to comply with the proposed new regulations. However, VETS maintains that the final regulations and the instructions for completing the VETS-100A Report adequately explain what is required for reporting on veterans' employment. VETS will provide additional technical support through the *http://www.VETS100.com* Web site to further assist contractors in understanding the reporting requirements. Finally, the consulting firm maintained that the Department “substantially underestimated” the time and costs for contractors required to comply with reporting requirements of two sets of regulations. We disagree. The consulting firm seemed to believe that most contractors will have to file both the VETS-100 and VETS-100A Reports, but as explained above, VETS estimates that fewer contractors will be subject to filing both the VETS-100 and the VETS-100A Reports than the consulting firm's comment suggests. Further, that number will decrease as the contracts entered into before December 1, 2003, are either completed or modified. On February 15, 2008, VETS submitted the information collection request for the VETS-100 and the VETS-100A Reports to the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)for review and clearance in accordance with the PRA. VETS also published a notice in the **Federal Register** (73 FR 8905, February 15, 2008) advising the public the information collection request for the VETS-100 and VETS-100A Reports had been submitted to OMB, and inviting the public to submit comments within 30 days. In its final submission to OMB, VETS estimated that a total of 264,000 reports will be filed annually and that the total annual filing burden will be 156,000 hours. On April 23, 2008, OMB approved the information collection request for the VETS-100 Report and the VETS-100A Report under OMB Control Number 1293-0005. Executive Order 12866 The Department is issuing this final rule in conformance with Executive Order 12866, section 1(b), Principles of Regulation. The Department has determined that this rule is a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866, section 3(f), Regulatory Planning and Review, but is not economically significant as defined in section 3(f)(1). Therefore, the information enumerated in section 6(a)(3)(C) of the order is not required. Pursuant to Executive Order 12866, this rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. Unfunded Mandates Executive Order 12875—This rule will not create an unfunded Federal Mandate upon any State, local, or tribal government. Unfunded Mandate Reform Act of 1995—This rule does not include any Federal mandate that may result in increased expenditures by State, local and tribal governments in the aggregate of $100 million or more, or increased expenditures by the private sector of $100 million or more. Executive Order 13132, Federalism The Department has reviewed this rule in accordance with Executive Order 13132 regarding federalism, and has determined that it does not have “federalism implications.” This rule does not “have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” Regulatory Flexibility Act This rule does not substantively change existing reporting requirements for Federal contractors. Therefore, the Department concludes that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The Secretary has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration to this effect. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act is not required. List of Subjects in 41 CFR Part 61-300 Government contracts, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Veterans. Signed at Washington, DC, this 12th day of May, 2008. John M. McWilliam, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans' Employment and Training Service. Accordingly, for the reasons stated in the preamble, Chapter 61 of Title 41 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended by adding part 61-300 to read as follows: PART 61-300—ANNUAL REPORT FROM FEDERAL CONTRACTORS Sec. 61-300.1 What are the purpose and scope of this part? 61-300.2 What definitions apply to this part? 61-300.10 What reporting requirements apply to Federal contractors and subcontractors, and what specific wording must the reporting requirements contract clause contain? 61-300.11 On what form must the data required by this part be submitted? 61-300.20 How will DOL determine whether a contractor or subcontractor is complying with the requirements of this part? 61-300.99 What is the OMB control number for this part? Appendix A to Part 61-300—Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100A Authority: 38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212. § 61-300.1 What are the purpose and scope of this part?
(a)This part 61-300 implements 38 U.S.C. 4212(d) as amended by the Jobs for Veterans Act. Each contractor or subcontractor who enters into or modifies a contract or subcontract on or after December 1, 2003, in the amount of $100,000 or more with any department or agency of the United States for the procurement of personal property and non-personal services (including construction), and who is subject to 38 U.S.C. 4212(a), must submit a report according to the requirements of part 61-300. Any contractor or subcontractor whose only contract with any department or agency of the United States for the procurement of personal property and non-personal services (including construction) was entered into before December 1, 2003 (and not modified as described above) must follow part 61-250 implementing 38 U.S.C. 4212(d). Any contractor or subcontractor who has both a contract subject to part 61-250 and a contract subject to part 61-300 is required to file both the VETS-100 Report and the VETS-100A Report.
(b)Notwithstanding the regulations in this part, the regulations at 41 CFR part 60-300, administered by OFCCP continue to apply to contractors' and subcontractors' affirmative action obligations regarding veterans.
(c)Reporting requirements of this part regarding veterans will be deemed waived in those instances in which the Deputy Assistant Secretary, OFCCP, has granted a waiver under 41 CFR 60-300.4(b)(1), or has concurred in the granting of a waiver under 41 CFR 60-300.4(b)(3), from compliance with all the terms of the equal opportunity clause for those establishments not involved in Government contract work. Where OFCCP grants only a partial waiver, compliance with these reporting requirements regarding veterans will be required.
(d)41 CFR 60-300.42 and Appendix B to part 60-300 provide guidance concerning the affirmative action obligations of Federal contractors and subcontractors toward applicants for employment who are qualified covered veterans. § 61-300.2 What definitions apply to this part?
(a)For the purposes of this part, and unless otherwise indicated in paragraph
(b)of this section, the terms set forth in this part have the same meaning as those set forth in 41 CFR part 60-300.
(b)For purposes of this part:
(1)*Hiring location* (this definition is identical to *establishment* as defined by the instructions for completing Employer Information Report EEO-1, Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report)) means an economic unit which produces goods or services, such as a factory, office, store, or mine. In most instances the establishment is at a single physical location and is engaged in one, or predominantly one, type of economic activity. Units at different locations, even though engaged in the same kind of business operation, should be reported as separate establishments. For locations involving construction, transportation, communications, electric, gas, and sanitary services, oil and gas fields, and similar types of physically dispersed industrial activities, however, it is not necessary to list separately each individual site, project, field, line, etc., unless it is treated by the contractor as a separate legal entity. For these physically dispersed activities, list as establishments only those relatively permanent main or branch offices, terminals, stations, etc., which are either:
(i)Directly responsible for supervising such dispersed activities; or
(ii)The base from which personnel and equipment operate to carry out these activities. (Where these dispersed activities cross State lines, at least one such establishment should be listed for each State involved.)
(2)*Employee* means any individual on the payroll of an employer who is an employee for purposes of the employer's withholding of Social Security taxes except insurance sales agents who are considered to be employees for such purposes solely because of the provisions of 26 U.S.C. 3121(d)(3)(B) (the Internal Revenue Code). Leased employees are included in this definition. Leased employee means a permanent employee provided by an employment agency for a fee to an outside company for which the employment agency handles all personnel tasks including payroll, staffing, benefit payments and compliance reporting. The employment agency shall, therefore, include leased employees in its VETS-100A Report. The term employee shall not include persons who are hired on a casual basis for a specified time, or for the duration of a specified job (for example, persons at a construction site whose employment relationship is expected to terminate with the end of the employee's work at the site); persons temporarily employed in any industry other than construction, such as temporary office workers, mariners, stevedores, lumber yard workers, etc., who are hired through a hiring hall or other referral arrangement, through an employee contractor or agent, or by some individual hiring arrangement, or persons (except leased employees) on the payroll of an employment agency who are referred by such agency for work to be performed on the premises of another employer under that employer's direction and control.
(3)*Job category* means any of the following: Officials and managers (Executive/Senior Level Officials and Managers and First/Mid Level Officials and Managers), professionals, technicians, sales workers, administrative support workers, craft workers, operatives, laborers and helpers, and service workers, as required by the Employer Information Report EEO-1, Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report), as follows:
(i)*Officials and managers* as a whole is to be divided into the following two subcategories: Executive/Senior Level Officials and Managers and First/Mid Level Officials and Managers.
(A)*Executive/Senior Level Officials and Managers* means individuals who plan, direct and formulate policies, set strategy and provide the overall direction of enterprises/organizations for the development and delivery of products and services, within the parameters approved by boards of directors of other governing bodies. Residing in the highest levels of organizations, these executives plan, direct, or coordinate activities with the support of subordinate executives and staff managers. They include, in larger organizations, those individuals within two reporting levels of the CEO, whose responsibilities require frequent interaction with the CEO. Examples of these kinds of managers are: Chief executive officers, chief operating officers, chief financial officers, line of business heads, presidents or executive vice presidents of functional areas or operating groups, chief information officers, chief human resources officers, chief marketing officers, chief legal officers, management directors and managing partners.
(B)*First/Mid Level Officials and Managers* means individuals who serve as managers, other than those who serve as Executive/Senior Level Officials and Managers, including those who oversee and direct the delivery of products, services or functions at group, regional or divisional levels of organizations. These managers receive directions from Executive/Senior Level management and typically lead major business units. They implement policies, programs and directives of Executive/Senior Level management through subordinate managers and within the parameters set by Executives/Senior Level management. Examples of these kinds of managers are: Vice presidents and directors; group, regional or divisional controllers; treasurers; and human resources, information systems, marketing, and operations managers. The First/Mid Level Officials and Managers subcategory also includes those who report directly to middle managers. These individuals serve at functional, line of business segment or branch levels and are responsible for directing and executing the day-to-day operational objectives of enterprises/organizations, conveying the directions of higher level officials and managers to subordinate personnel and, in some instances, directly supervising the activities of exempt and non-exempt personnel. Examples of these kinds of managers are: First-line managers; team managers; unit managers; operations and production managers; branch managers; administrative services managers; purchasing and transportation managers; storage and distribution managers; call center or customer service managers; technical support managers; and brand or product managers.
(ii)*Professionals* means individuals in positions that require bachelor and graduate degrees, and/or professional certification. In some instances, comparable experience may establish a person's qualifications. Examples of these kinds of positions include: Accountants and auditors; airplane pilots and flight engineers; architects; artists; chemists; computer programmers; designers; dieticians; editors; engineers; lawyers; librarians; mathematical scientists; natural scientists; registered nurses; physical scientists; physicians and surgeons; social scientists; teachers; and surveyors.
(iii)*Technicians* means individuals in positions that include activities requiring applied scientific skills, usually obtained by post secondary education of varying lengths, depending on the particular occupation, recognizing that in some instances additional training, certification, or comparable experience is required. Examples of these types of positions include: Drafters; emergency medical technicians; chemical technicians; and broadcast and sound engineering technicians.
(iv)*Sales workers* means individuals in positions including non-managerial activities that wholly and primarily involve direct sales. Examples of these types of positions include: Advertising sales agents; insurance sales agents; real estate brokers and sales agents; wholesale sales representatives; securities, commodities, and financial services sales agents; telemarketers; demonstrators; retail salespersons; counter and rental clerks; and cashiers.
(v)*Administrative support workers* means individuals in positions involving non-managerial tasks providing administrative and support assistance, primarily in office settings. Examples of these types of positions include: Office and administrative support workers; bookkeeping; accounting and auditing clerks; cargo and freight agents; dispatchers; couriers; data entry keyers; computer operators; shipping, receiving and traffic clerks; word processors and typists; proofreaders; desktop publishers; and general office clerks.
(vi)*Craft Workers* means individuals in positions that include higher skilled occupations in construction (building trades craft workers and their formal apprentices) and natural resource extraction workers. Examples of these types of positions include: Boilermakers; brick and stone masons; carpenters; electricians; painters (both construction and maintenance); glaziers; pipelayers, plumbers, pipefitters and steamfitters; plasterers; roofers; elevator installers; earth drillers; derrick operators; oil and gas rotary drill operators; and blasters and explosive workers. This category also includes occupations related to the installation, maintenance and part replacement of equipment, machines and tools, such as: Automotive mechanics; aircraft mechanics; and electric and electronic equipment repairers. This category also includes some production occupations that are distinguished by the high degree of skill and precision required to perform them, based on clearly defined task specifications, such as: Millwrights; etchers and engravers; tool and die makers; and pattern makers.
(vii)*Operatives* means individuals in intermediate skilled occupations and includes workers who operate machines or factory-related processing equipment. Most of these occupations do not usually require more than several months of training. Examples include: Textile machine workers; laundry and dry cleaning workers; photographic process workers; weaving machine operators; electrical and electronic equipment assemblers; semiconductor processors; testers, graders and sorters; bakers; and butchers and other meat, poultry and fish processing workers. This category also includes occupations of generally intermediate skill levels that are concerned with operating and controlling equipment to facilitate the movement of people or materials, such as: Bridge and lock tenders; truck, bus or taxi drivers; industrial truck and tractor (forklift) operators; parking lot attendants; sailors; conveyor operators; and hand packers and packagers.
(viii)*Laborers and Helpers* means individuals with more limited skills who require only brief training to perform tasks that require little or no independent judgment. Examples include: Production and construction worker helpers; vehicle and equipment cleaners; laborers; freight, stock and material movers; service station attendants; construction laborers; refuse and recyclable materials collectors; septic tank servicers; and sewer pipe cleaners.
(ix)*Service Workers* means individuals in positions that include food service, cleaning service, personal service, and protective service activities. Skill may be acquired through formal training, job-related training or direct experience. Examples of food service positions include: Cooks; bartenders; and other food service workers. Examples of personal service positions include: Medical assistants and other healthcare support positions; hairdressers; ushers; and transportation attendants. Examples of cleaning service positions include: Cleaners; janitors; and porters. Examples of protective service positions include: Transit and railroad police and fire fighters; guards; private detectives and investigators.
(4)*Disabled veteran* means:
(i)A veteran of the U.S. military, ground, naval or air service who is entitled to compensation (or who but for the receipt of military retired pay would be entitled to compensation) under laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or
(ii)A person who was discharged or released from active duty because of a service-connected disability.
(5)*Other protected veteran* means a veteran who served on active duty in the U.S. military, ground, naval, or air service during a war or in a campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized under the laws administered by the Department of Defense.
(6)*Armed forces service medal veteran* means a veteran who, while serving on active duty in the U.S. military, ground, naval or air service, participated in a United States military operation for which an Armed Forces service medal was awarded pursuant to Executive Order 12985 (61 FR 1209, 3 CFR, 1996 Comp., p. 159).
(7)*Recently separated veteran* means a veteran during the three-year period beginning on the date of such veteran's discharge or release from active duty in the U.S. military, ground, naval or air service.
(8)*Covered veteran* means a veteran as defined in paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(7) of this section.
(9)*Qualified* means, with respect to an employment position, having the ability to perform the essential functions of the position with or without reasonable accommodation for an individual with a disability.
(10)*OFCCP* means the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor.
(11)*VETS* means the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' Employment and Training Service, U.S. Department of Labor.
(12)*States* means each of the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Wake Island, and the Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands.
(13)*NAICS* means the North American Industrial Classification System.
(14)*Covered incumbent veteran* means a veteran as defined in paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(7) of this section who is employed by a covered contractor. § 61-300.10 What reporting requirements apply to Federal contractors and subcontractors, and what specific wording must the reporting requirements contract clause contain? Each contractor or subcontractor described in § 61-300.1 must submit reports in accordance with the following reporting clause, which must be included in each of its covered government contracts or subcontracts (and modifications, renewals, or extensions thereof if not included in the original contract). Such clause is considered as an addition to the equal opportunity action clause required by 41 CFR 60-300.5. The reporting requirements clause is as follows: Employment Reports on Disabled Veterans, Other Protected Veterans, Armed Forces Service Medal Veterans, and Recently Separated Veterans
(a)The contractor or subcontractor agrees to report at least annually, as required by the Secretary of Labor, on:
(1)The total number of employees in the workforce of such contractor or subcontractor, by job category and hiring location, and the number of such employees by job category and hiring location, who are disabled veterans, other protected veterans, Armed Forces service medal veterans, and recently separated veterans;
(2)The total number of new employees hired by the contractor or subcontractor during the period covered by the report, and of such employees, the number who are disabled veterans, other protected veterans, Armed Forces service medal veterans, and recently separated veterans; and
(3)The maximum number and minimum number of employees of such contractor or subcontractor at each hiring location during the period covered by the report.
(b)The above items must be reported by completing the form entitled “Federal Contractor Veterans” Employment Report VETS-100A.”
(c)VETS-100A Reports must be submitted no later than September 30 of each year following a calendar year in which a contractor or subcontractor held a covered contract or subcontract.
(d)The employment activity report required by paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this clause must reflect total new hires and maximum and minimum number of employees during the 12-month period preceding the ending date that the contractor selects for the current employment report required by paragraph (a)(1) of this clause. Contractors may select an ending date:
(1)As of the end of any pay period during the period July 1 through August 31 of the year the report is due; or
(2)as of December 31, if the contractor has previous written approval from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission to do so for purposes of submitting the Employer Information Report EEO-1, Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report).
(e)The number of veterans reported according to paragraph
(a)above must be based on data known to contractors and subcontractors when completing their VETS-100A Reports. Contractors' and subcontractors' knowledge of veterans status may be obtained in a variety of ways, including, in response to an invitation to applicants to self-identify in accordance with 41 CFR 60-300.42, voluntary self-disclosures by covered incumbent veterans, or actual knowledge of an employee's veteran status by a contractor or subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph
(e)relieves a contractor from liability for discrimination under 38 U.S.C. 4212. § 61-300.11 On what form must the data required by this part be submitted?
(a)Data items required in paragraph
(a)of the contract clause set forth in § 61-300.10 must be reported for each hiring location on the VETS-100A Report. This form is provided annually to those contractors who are included in the VETS-100 database. VETS failure to provide a contractor with a VETS-100A Report does not excuse the contractor from the requirement to submit a VETS-100A Report. The form, and instructions for preparing it, are set forth in Appendix A to 41 CFR part 61-300—Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report VETS-100A and Instructions.
(b)Contractors and subcontractors that submit computer-generated output for more than 10 hiring locations to satisfy their VETS-100A reporting obligations must submit the output in the form of an electronic file. This file must comply with current Department of Labor specifications for the layout of these records, along with any other specifications established by the Department for the applicable reporting year. Contractors and subcontractors that submit VETS-100A Reports for 10 locations or less are exempt from this requirement, but are strongly encouraged to submit an electronic file. In these cases, state consolidated reports count as one location each.
(c)VETS-100A Reports must be submitted no later than September 30 of each year following a calendar year in which a contractor or subcontractor held a covered contract or subcontract.
(d)VETS or its designee will use all available information to distribute the required forms to contractors identified as subject to the requirements of this part.
(e)It is the responsibility of each contractor or subcontractor to obtain necessary supplies of the VETS-100A Report before the annual September 30 filing deadline. Contractors and subcontractors who do not receive forms should request them in time to meet the deadline. VETS-100A Report forms may be obtained by mailing a request to: Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' Employment and Training, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attn: VETS-100A Report Form Request; or on the Internet at the Internet address *http://vets.dol.gov/vets100/vets100login.htm.* § 61-300.20 How will DOL determine whether a contractor or subcontractor is complying with the requirements of this part? During the course of a compliance evaluation, OFCCP may determine whether a contractor or subcontractor has submitted its report as required by this part. § 61-300.99 What is the OMB control number for this part? Pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 *et seq.,* and its implementing regulations at 5 CFR part 1320, the Office of Management and Budget has assigned Control No. 1293-0005 to the information collection requirements of this part. Appendix A to Part 61-300—Federal Contractor Veterans' Employment Report Vets-100A BILLING CODE 4510-79-P ER19MY08.024 ER19MY08.025 ER19MY08.026 ER19MY08.027 ER19MY08.028 ER19MY08.029 [FR Doc. E8-10916 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4510-79-C GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 41 CFR Part 302-17 [FTR Amendment 2008-03; FTR Case 2008-302; Docket 2008-002, Sequence 1] RIN 3090-AI48 Federal Travel Regulation; Relocation Income Tax
(RIT)Allowance Tax Tables—2008 Update; Correction AGENCY: Office of Governmentwide Policy, General Services Administration (GSA). ACTION: Correcting amendments. SUMMARY: The General Services Administration published a document in the **Federal Register** on May 7, 2008 (73 FR 25539), that updated Federal, State, and Puerto Rico tax tables for calculating the relocation income tax
(RIT)allowance. This document corrects that final rule. DATES: *Effective Date:* This final rule is effective May 19, 2008. *Applicability date:* January 1, 2008. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: The Regulatory Secretariat (VPR), Room 4035, GSA Building, Washington, DC 20405, telephone
(202)501-4755, for information pertaining to status or publication schedules. For clarification of content, contact Ed Davis, Office of Governmentwide Policy, Travel Management Policy (MTT), Washington, DC 20405, telephone
(202)208-7638. Please cite the correction to FTR Amendment 2008-03, FTR case 2008-302. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A. Background A final rule was published in the **Federal Register** on May 7, 2008 (73 FR 25539). This document makes corrections to that final rule. List of Subjects in 41 CFR Part 302-17 Government employees, Income taxes, Relocation allowances and entitlements, Transfers, Travel and transportation expenses. Dated: May 12, 2008. Henry Maury, Director, Relocation Management Policy. Accordingly, 41 CFR part 302-17 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments: PART 302-17—RELOCATION INCOME TAX
(RIT)ALLOWANCE 1. The authority citation for 41 CFR part 302-17 is amended to read as follows: Authority: 5 U.S.C. 5738; 20 U.S.C. 905(a); E.O. 11609, as amended, 36 FR 13747, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 586. 2. Revise Appendix A to part 302-17 to read as follows: Appendix A to Part 302-17—Federal Tax Tables for RIT Allowance Federal Marginal Tax Rates by Earned Income Level and Filing Status—Tax Year 2007 [Use the following table to compute the RIT allowance for Federal taxes, as prescribed in 302-17.8(e)(1), on Year 1 taxable reimbursements received during calendar year 2007] Marginal tax rate Percent Single taxpayer Over But not over Head of household Over But not over Married filing jointly/qualifying widows & widowers Over But not over Married filing separately Over But not over 10 $9,287 $17,545 $18,060 $29,399 $26,173 $41,393 $14,049 $21,441 15 17,545 43,394 29,399 62,576 41,393 91,201 21,441 45,388 25 43,394 93,101 62,576 138,856 91,201 162,117 45,388 81,616 28 93,101 183,867 138,856 216,022 162,117 233,656 81,616 119,660 33 183,867 376,616 216,022 389,045 233,656 387,765 119,660 197,483 3. Revise Appendix C to part 302-17 to read as follows: Appendix C to Part 302-17—Federal Tax Tables for RIT Allowance—Year 2 Estimated Ranges of Wage and Salary Income Corresponding to Federal Statutory Marginal Income Tax Rates by Filing Status In 2008 [The following table is used to determine the Federal marginal tax rate for Year 2 for computation of the RIT allowance as prescribed in 301-17.8(e)(1). This table is to be used for employees whose Year 1 occurred during calendar years 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 or 2007] Marginal tax rate Percent Single taxpayer Over But not over Head of household Over But not over Married filing jointly/qualifying widows & widowers Over But not over Married filing separately Over But not over 10 $9,597 $18,107 $18,364 $30,153 $27,463 $42,942 $14,203 $21,913 15 18,107 44,461 30,153 64,200 42,942 94,016 21,913 46,764 25 44,461 95,997 64,200 142,780 94,016 167,442 46,764 84,076 28 95,997 191,453 142,780 225,385 167,442 243,961 84,076 124,354 33 191,453 390,566 225,385 405,567 243,961 404,547 124,354 205,412 35 390,566 405,567 404,547 205,412 [FR Doc. E8-11084 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6820-14-P FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION 47 CFR Part 15 and 54 [MB Docket No. 07-148; FCC 08-119] DTV Consumer Education Initiative AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission. ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: In this document, the Commission reconsider in part, *sua sponte* , our March 3, 2008, decision in this proceeding, in which we adopted digital television
(DTV)transition consumer education and outreach requirements for a number of industry participants, and clarify some of those requirements. In this Order, the Commission modifies our requirements regarding the timing, scope, and content of manufacturer notices and the method of delivery of ETC notices, and clarifies other manufacturer requirements. DATES: Effective May 30, 2008. ADDRESSES: Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For more information on this proceeding, please contact Lyle Elder, *Lyle.Elder@fcc.gov* , or Eloise Gore, *Eloise.Gore@fcc.gov* , of the Media Bureau, Policy Division,
(202)418-2120. For additional information concerning the Paperwork Reduction Act information collection requirements contained in this document, contact Cathy Williams on
(202)418-2918, or via the Internet at *PRA@fcc.gov* . SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Order of Reconsideration (Order) in MB Docket No. 07-148, FCC 08-119, adopted April 23, 2008 and released April 23, 2008. The full text of this document is available for public inspection and copying during regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street, SW., CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. These documents will also be available via ECFS ( *http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/ecfs/* ). (Documents will be available electronically in ASCII, Word 97, and/or Adobe Acrobat.) The complete text may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554. To request this document in accessible formats (computer diskettes, large print, audio recording, and Braille), send an e-mail to *fcc504@fcc.gov* or call the Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau at
(202)418-0530 (voice),
(202)418-0432 (TTY). Summary of the Order of Reconsideration I. Introduction 1. In this Order on Reconsideration, we reconsider in part, *sua sponte* , our March 3, 2008, decision in this proceeding, in which we adopted digital television
(DTV)transition consumer education and outreach requirements for a number of industry participants, and clarify some of those requirements. In the *DTV Consumer Education Order* we required, among other things, that consumer electronics manufacturers include information about the DTV transition with certain products and eligible telecommunications carriers
(ETC)include information about the DTV transition in customer bills. 73 FR 15431 March 24, 2008. In this Order, we modify our requirements regarding the timing, scope, and content of manufacturer notices and the method of delivery of ETC notices, and clarify other manufacturer requirements. II. Background 2. In the *DTV Consumer Education Order* the Commission sought to ensure widespread consumer understanding of the benefits and mechanics of the transition by promoting a coordinated, national DTV consumer education campaign. One facet of this campaign was the establishment of a requirement that manufacturers of television receivers and related devices include information with those devices explaining the DTV transition and what effect, if any, it would have on the use of the device, and providing contact information for consumers to find out more. In particular, we required that such information had to be included with receivers and “related devices” (a term defined only by a non-exclusive list) that were “shipped” between the effective date of the rules and March 31, 2009, by any party that manufactured, imported, or shipped the device. The rules as adopted also required ETCs that receive federal universal service funds to provide DTV transition information to low-income subscribers and potential subscribers. In particular, we required that ETCs provide notice to their Lifeline and Link-Up customers, by notices in their monthly bills or billing notices. The rules also required education by a number of industry groups not at issue in the instant Order. For example, full-power broadcasters are required to engage in extensive on-air education via public service announcements and other efforts, and must file quarterly reports with the Commission on their voluntary and mandatory efforts and make those reports available to the public. *Id* . at Appendix A. 3. Following release of the *DTV Consumer Education Order* , we received a number of ex parte filings and pleadings raising concerns about the manufacturer requirements and the manner of notification required by ETCs. Specifically, the Consumer Electronics Retailers Coalition (CERC), along with the Consumer Electronics Association
(CEA)and several individual retailers and manufacturers, ask the Commission to clarify the parties responsible for inclusion of the notices, and the point in the manufacturing process that is relevant for application of the rules. CEA and CERC also seek delayed implementation of the rules with respect to manufacturers, the removal of manufacturers from the list of contacts from which consumers can seek further information, and a narrowing of the list of devices covered. On the separate issue of ETC education, Rural Cellular Corporation (RCC), followed by a number of other ETCs, filed petitions for reconsideration, or in the alternative, limited waiver, seeking authorization for using alternative methods ( *i.e.,* not bill notices) to notify Lifeline and Link-Up customers of the transition. III. Order on Reconsideration 4. In this Order on Reconsideration, we provide manufacturers and those acting on their behalf with greater certainty regarding the devices that are covered by these rules, additional time to prepare to include the required notices, and a modified list of contact points to list in those notices. We also clarify the parties responsible for inclusion of the notices, and the relevant point in the manufacturing process at which the requirement begins, and take this opportunity to revise the rules to better capture the devices and parties to which they apply. Finally, we revise our rules to permit ETCs to educate their low-income customers via targeted monthly mailings, as an alternative to inclusion of notices in or on billing statements. A. Manufacturer Notice Requirements 1. Devices Covered 5. Every consumer electronics commenter supported changes to the “related devices” standard in § 15.124 paragraph
(a)of the Commission's rules. CEA, in its initial *ex parte* filing, argues for excluding “related devices” from the rule entirely, and requiring notices only with television receivers. The consumer electronics commenters initially supported this proposal, but offered a number of variations over the course of their presentations to the Commission. *See generally, e.g.* , Pioneer March 12 *ex parte* and Pioneer April 2 *ex parte* . We note that CERC's March 17 *ex parte* contained three distinct proposals, each of which, if adopted, would cover slightly different groups of devices. Our decision, *sua sponte* , is largely consistent with these proposals but eliminates the inconsistency and ambiguity. We agree with the essential thrust of these *ex partes* , that the group of “related devices” to which the notice requirement applies should be certain and clear. They support:
(1)A discrete list of devices rather than the open ended category of “related devices,” and
(2)limiting that list to devices that work closely with television receivers. 6. Upon reconsideration, we will limit the “related devices” covered by this rule to the following categories, which are derived in large part from existing rule requirements, with specific adjustments that are appropriate to these consumer education requirements. The “related devices” included within this rule by no means constitute a full list of devices related to televisions. When used in the context of this Order, the term refers to the devices covered by the rule. Its use in this manner, however, reflects neither the limits of the term's meaning or the limits of the Commission's authority. The categories are: Television broadcast receivers as defined in § 15.3 paragraph
(w)of the rules; TV interface devices as defined in § 15.3 paragraph
(y)of the rules; devices that record and/or display signals received from television broadcast receivers (This category includes only those devices designed for use with television receivers, such as DVD and Blu-ray recorders. It also includes only those monitors with at least one baseband NTSC input, thus excluding monitors intended solely for use with computer equipment.); and set-top boxes available for sale at retail that receive video programming provided by multi-channel video programming distributors (MVPDs). This definition creates a discrete and definable universe of “related devices,” most of which interact directly with a television receiver either by receiving information from it or relying on its presence to convey information to a viewer. The rule also requires manufacturers to provide information with MVPD set-top boxes even if they do not contain or rely on a television receiver. This information is needed to counter consumer confusion about the functioning of such boxes in light of the over-the-air digital transition. In this instance, for example, the information provided could explain that the transition does not affect the use or functioning of these boxes or clarify that such boxes are not eligible for NTIA coupons. 7. We make these modest changes because we believe that some of the concerns of the consumer electronics commenters regarding scope are well taken. The devices related to televisions and television use are many and varied, and, upon reconsideration, we are convinced that requiring that notices be included with every such device will create a greater burden on consumer electronics manufacturers and importers than is justified by the incremental gains in consumer awareness. Because we find that this revised rule more clearly reflects the best approach to educating consumers, the Commission will exercise its enforcement discretion and decline to penalize entities for not adhering to the requirements of the original rule while waiting for the modified rule to go into effect. 2. Parties Responsible 8. The *DTV Consumer Education Order* imposed responsibility for compliance with the manufacturer rules on parties that “manufacture, import, or ship interstate television receivers and related devices.” CERC, the first consumer electronic manufacturer to file an *ex parte* raising concern about this language, argued that the language was “potentially highly misleading,” and, at best, “entirely redundant” because “law and regulation already define the parties responsible for part 15 compliance.” Over the course of its filings, CERC argued that the language as written could impose responsibility and liability on parties far beyond “the party responsible as the `manufacturer,' ” and that this would expand the rule beyond that contemplated in the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Furthermore, as noted, CERC argued that the parties responsible for compliance were already clear under the rules, and that to go beyond that existing understanding would add burden by making it unclear which party was responsible for the notices without reaching any additional consumers. Subsequent filers agreed, and Pioneer in its April 4 filing proposed to revise § 15.124 paragraph
(c)of the rules to explicitly cite to § 2.909 of the Commission's rules. 9. Upon reconsideration, we revise § 15.124 paragraph
(c)of the Commission's rules to clarify that the party responsible for inclusion of the notice is the “manufacturer,” or the party acting as the manufacturer under our rules. We are revising the rule in accordance with the suggestion of Pioneer (speaking with the concurrence of all the consumer electronics commenters), to simply direct parties to § 2.909 of the rules in order to determine the “responsible party” for the purposes of enforcement of this rule. Because we find that this revised rule more clearly reflects the best approach to educating consumers, the Commission will exercise its enforcement discretion and decline to penalize entities for not adhering to the requirements of the original rule while waiting for the modified rule to go into effect. 3. Point of “Manufacture” 10. The consumer electronics commenters, including LG, Hitachi, and Samsung, argue that the current language of the rules, under which devices “shipped” during the effective period of the rules are covered by the rules, is neither clear as to its intent nor, on its face, limited to manufacturers and those acting in their stead. Instead, they argue that the word “manufactured” should be used to clarify that our rules do not “require notices to be applied at secondary logistics centers, which would require opening or repackaging, or to products staged in containers for delivery to dealers after such products had already been imported or shipped from the point of manufacture.” Indeed, CERC argues that “a rule that would apply to all interstate shipments, whether or not from the factory, would be unworkable because identical products could be in various stages of preparation, shipment, and storage when the regulation becomes effective,” and indeed under such a regime that it would be “impossible” to determine whether compliance was required for any given product. The industry commenters on this question ask the Commission to clarify that we are applying the rules to devices “packed and sealed” for eventual retail purchase, not simply devices shipped by any party during the effective period of the rules. 11. Upon reconsideration, we find that it is in the public interest to revise the language of our rules, replacing “shipped” with “manufactured” to more accurately and clearly reflect the intent of the rule. The requirement to ensure that each covered device include, on or in the packaging, the required consumer education information, rests with the responsible party. Therefore, as under the existing rule, we will require notices to be included with any television receiver or related device if the date of manufacture of the final product occurs during the effective period of the rules. Because we find that this revised rule more clearly reflects the best approach to educating consumers, the Commission will exercise its enforcement discretion and decline to penalize entities for not adhering to the requirements of the original rule while waiting for the modified rule to go into effect. 4. Start Date 12. The *DTV Consumer Education Order* created consumer notice requirements requiring printed notices for three groups: MVPDs, ETCs, and manufacturers. In the Order as adopted, both MVPDs and ETCs were given 30 days from the effective date of the rules to begin complying, but manufacturers were required to begin compliance immediately ( *i.e.* , on March 31, 2008). Shortly after the release of the *DTV Consumer Education Order* , CERC, CEA, Sony Electronics, Inc. (Sony), Pioneer North America, Inc. (Pioneer), and Panasonic Corporation of North America (Panasonic) (collectively, “the consumer electronics commenters”) made *ex parte* presentations requesting that manufacturers be granted the same time period for implementation of the DTV notice requirements as MVPDs and ETCs. The parties argued that a certain “lead time” is necessary to ensure compliance with the Commission requirements, due to the time necessary for reconfiguring packaging equipment and printing notices. CEA in particular expressed concern that the rules as drafted would put manufacturers out of compliance immediately upon becoming effective. Thus, they request that the Commission delay their effective date, as the Commission had done for the other groups who were required by the Order to provide written notice to consumers. 13. We find upon reconsideration that it is in the public interest to revise the start date for our manufacturer notice requirements. Due to the urgent need for consumer education, we found good cause to make the original rules effective immediately upon publication in the **Federal Register** . As a result, manufacturers did not get the more common 30 day lead time after notice of publication before the rules became effective. We are persuaded that they need additional time to come into compliance, and the approval and publication process associated with implementation of the amended rules will give manufacturers sufficient time to fully comply. As noted above, CEA, later joined by CERC and other consumer electronics commenters, sought a delay of enforcement of the manufacturer notice rules, requesting “the same time period for implementation of the notice requirement that is required of MVPDs” and ETCs. CEA March 6 *ex parte* at 1. MVPDs and ETCs will be required to be compliant with the rules governing them on April 30, 2008. Because of the approval and publication process through which these revised manufacturer rules must go, they will be effective no earlier than May 30, 2008. Thus, consumer electronics commenters will have sufficient time to comply. To further assist the manufacturers in ensuring their readiness for compliance, we are establishing a date certain, May 30, 2008, as the effective date for these rules. The rule revisions adopted in this *Order on Reconsideration* modify information collections and will be effective May 30, 2008. We will be seeking emergency review by OMB, and will note in our request that the amended rules give manufacturers additional flexibility beyond that granted in the rules already in place, which were granted emergency review. Furthermore, as discussed above, the Commission will refrain from enforcement of any manufacturer rules until the new rules go into effect. Consequently, manufacturers will have ample time after adoption and release of this Order to come into compliance before the rules take effect. 5. Manufacturer Contact Information in Notices 14. The *DTV Consumer Education Order* required that the notices included with television receivers and related devices contain a number of contact points in order for consumers to be able to find more information about the transition. The rules required that one of these contact points be the “manufacturer at [telephone number].” CERC and CEA point out that “in many cases a manufacturer does not maintain an appropriate telephone number, so this requirement could result in consumer confusion.” The notices also must contain Web site addresses and contact information to allow consumers to find additional information about the DTV transition. 15. Upon reconsideration, we recognize and share the consumer electronics commenters' concerns. We also recognize the importance of providing consumers with a variety of effective resources. Therefore, in order to ensure that consumers have straightforward access to the best sources of information about the transition, we will eliminate the requirement that manufacturers include their phone number on the notices shipped with televisions and certain related devices, but will require that manufacturers include the FCC Call Center's number on these notices. B. Eligible Telecommunications Carrier Notice Requirements 16. As discussed above, the ETC education rules require that ETCs include transition notices in the monthly bills or bill notices of their low-income (Lifeline/Link-Up) customers. The Commission has received two independent Petitions for Reconsideration, on behalf of several ETCs in the Midwest, which seek expedited reconsideration of the *DTV Consumer Education Order* , or, in the alternative, limited waivers, to allow ETCs to provide notice via monthly postcards, rather than in the bills themselves. The ETCs argue that a monthly postcard would be significantly less expensive than a bill notice. They also argue that it would be, at a minimum, impractical to include notices in the bills of only Lifeline and Link-Up customers, and that a portion of the cost savings will come from targeting Lifeline/Link-up subscribers, as our Order required, instead of distributing the notices to all customers. The ETCs also argue that a postcard will be a better vehicle for customer education than a bill notice, because it is more noticeable than information included with a bill. 17. We find, upon reconsideration, that it is in the public interest to revise our rules to permit alternative methods of monthly outreach by ETCs to Lifeline and Link-Up customers. We adopt the proposal of RCC, to permit use of a monthly stand-alone mailer to these customers in lieu of inclusion of transition information in bills or billing notices. This change has no impact on the information which must be conveyed in the notice, it simply expands the permissible forms in which the notice may be provided. We also remind ETCs of their obligation to include DTV transition information in all Lifeline and Link-Up publicity and advertising, and that this obligation is not affected by these revisions. We note that the revised rules will not be effective until May 30, 2008, but that, pursuant to the existing effective rules, beginning April 30, 2008, ETCs must provide monthly DTV transition notices to their low-income customers. We intend to enforce these existing rules, beginning on April 30. However, we will apply our prosecutorial discretion, and will not enforce the existing rules against ETCs that use a monthly stand-alone mailer ( *e.g.* , postcard, brochure), rather than a billing insert, prior to May 30, so long as they otherwise comply with the customer notice rules. IV. Procedural Matters A. Supplemental Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 18. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(IRFA)was incorporated into the *Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM)* . The Commission sought written public comment on the proposals in the *NPRM* , including comment on the IRFA. This present Supplemental Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(FRFA)conforms to the RFA. 1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Order on Reconsideration 19. Following release of the *DTV Consumer Education Order* , we received a number of *ex parte* filings and pleadings raising concerns about the manufacturer requirements and the manner of notification required by eligible telecommunications carriers (ETCs). Specifically, the Consumer Electronics Retailers Coalition (CERC), along with the Consumer Electronics Association
(CEA)and several individual retailers and manufacturers, ask the Commission to clarify the parties responsible for inclusion of the notices, and the point in the manufacturing process that is relevant for application of the rules. CEA and CERC also seek delayed implementation of the rules with respect to manufacturers, and a narrowing of the list of devices covered. On the separate issue of ETC education, Rural Cellular Corporation (RCC), followed by a number of other ETCs, filed petitions for reconsideration, or in the alternative, limited waiver, seeking authorization for using alternative methods (i.e., not bill notices) to notify Lifeline and Link-Up customers of the transition. This *Order on Reconsideration* provides manufacturers and those acting on their behalf with greater certainty regarding the devices that are covered by the consumer education rules, and additional time to prepare to include the required notices. We also clarify the parties responsible for inclusion of the notices, and the relevant point in the manufacturing process at which the requirement begins, and take this opportunity to revise the rules to better capture the devices and parties to which they apply. Finally, we revise our rules to permit ETCs to educate their low-income customers via targeted monthly mailings, as an alternative to inclusion of notices in or on billing statements. We make these modest changes because we believe that some of the concerns of the consumer electronics and ETC commenters are appropriate, and find that these revised rules more clearly reflect the best approach to educating consumers. 2. Summary of Issues Raised by Post-Order Filings 20. We received no filings directly in response to the previous FRFA. 3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the Report and Order Will Apply 21. The RFA directs the Commission to provide a description of and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that will be affected by the rules adopted herein. The RFA defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small business concern” under section 3 of the Small Business Act. Under the Small Business Act, a small business concern is one which:
(1)Is independently owned and operated;
(2)is not dominant in its field of operation; and
(3)satisfies any additional criteria established by the Small Business Administration (SBA). The rules adopted herein will directly affect small consumer electronics
(CE)manufacturers and those acting in that capacity (frequently CE retailers) and small eligible telecommunications carriers (ETCs). A description of these small entities, as well as an estimate of the number of such small entities, is provided below. 22. *Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (LECs)* . Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for incumbent local exchange services. The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Commission data, 1,307 carriers have reported that they are engaged in the provision of incumbent local exchange services. Of these 1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,019 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 288 have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that most providers of incumbent local exchange service are small businesses. 23. *Competitive Local Exchange Carriers, Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), “Shared-Tenant Service Providers,” and “Other Local Service Providers.”* Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for these service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Commission data, 859 carriers have reported that they are engaged in the provision of either competitive access provider services or competitive local exchange carrier services. Of these 859 carriers, an estimated 741 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 118 have more than 1,500 employees. In addition, 16 carriers have reported that they are “Shared-Tenant Service Providers,” and all 16 are estimated to have 1,500 or fewer employees. In addition, 44 carriers have reported that they are “Other Local Service Providers.” Of the 44, an estimated 43 have 1,500 or fewer employees and one has more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that most providers of competitive local exchange service, competitive access providers, “Shared-Tenant Service Providers,” and “Other Local Service Providers” are small entities. 24. *Audio and Video Equipment Manufacturing* . These establishments manufacture “electronic audio and video equipment for home entertainment, motor vehicle, public address and musical instrument amplifications.” The SBA has developed a small business size standard for this category of manufacturing; that size standard is 750 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data, there were 571 establishments in this category that operated with payroll during 2002. Of these, 560 had employment of under 500, and ten establishments had employment of 500 to 999. Consequently, we estimate that the majority of these establishments are small entities. 25. *Other Communications Equipment Manufacturing.* The Census Bureau defines this category as follows: “This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in manufacturing communications equipment (except telephone apparatus, and radio and television broadcast, and wireless communications equipment).” The SBA has developed a small business size standard for Other Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having 750 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2002, there were a total of 503 establishments in this category that operated for the entire year. U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder, 2002 Economic Census, Industry Series, Industry Statistics by Employment Size, NAICS code 334290 (released May 26, 2005); *http://factfinder.census.gov.* The number of “establishments” is a less helpful indicator of small business prevalence in this context than would be the number of “firms” or “companies,” because the latter take into account the concept of common ownership or control. Any single physical location for an entity is an establishment, even though that location may be owned by a different establishment. Thus, the numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of businesses in this category, including the numbers of small businesses. In this category, the Census breaks-out data for firms or companies only to give the total number of such entities for 2002, which was 471. Of this total, 493 had employment of under 500, and an additional 7 had employment of 500 to 999. *Id.* An additional 3 establishments had employment of 1,000 or more. Thus, under this size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small. 26. *Retailers.* The rules adopted herein will apply only to retailers that are subject to the Commission's rules governing manufacturers because they qualify as the “responsible party” under § 2.909 of the Commission's rules. The SBA has developed a small business size standard for Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores, which is: all such firms having $8 million or less in annual receipts. This standard is described below. 27. *Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores.* The Census Bureau defines this economic census category as follows: “This U.S. industry comprises:
(1)Establishments known as consumer electronics stores primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new consumer-type electronic products;
(2)establishments specializing in retailing a single line of consumer-type electronic products (except computers); or
(3)establishments primarily engaged in retailing these new electronic products in combination with repair services.” The SBA has developed a small business size standard for Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores, which is: all such firms having $8 million or less in annual receipts. According to Census Bureau data for 2002, there were 10,380 firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 10,080 firms had annual sales of under $5 million, and 177 firms had sales of $5 million or more but less than $10 million. *Id.* An additional 123 firms had annual sales of $10 million or more. As a measure of small business prevalence, the data on annual sales are roughly equivalent to what one would expect from data on annual receipts. Thus, the majority of firms in this category can be considered small. 28. *Electronic Shopping.* According to the Census Bureau, this economic census category “comprises establishments engaged in retailing all types of merchandise using the Internet.” The SBA has developed a small business size standard for Electronic Shopping, which is: all such entities having $23 million or less in annual receipts. According to Census Bureau data for 2002, there were 4,959 firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 4,742 firms had annual sales of under $10 million, and an additional 133 had sales of $10 million to $24,999,999. *Id.* An additional 84 firms had annual sales of $25 million or more. Thus, the majority of firms in this category can be considered small. 4. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements for Small Entities 29. The rules adopted by this *Order on Reconsideration* impose reporting and other compliance requirements on small entities. These burdens are less than those imposed by prior rules. Manufacturers or those acting in their stead must include DTV transition notices with certain devices manufactured between June 16, 2008, and March 31, 2009. ETCs must provide DTV transition notices to their low-income customers on a monthly basis, either via targeted mailings or by inclusion with or on bills or bill notices. 5. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Impact on Small Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered 30. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others):
(1)The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities;
(2)the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3)the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and
(4)an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities. 31. The rules adopted by this *Report and Order* limit the existing requirements on consumer electronics
(CE)manufacturers and those acting in their stead, and provide greater flexibility to ETCs in their required consumer notifications. The rules clarify that only one party is the “responsible party” for purposes of enforcement of the manufacturer rules, and provide those responsible parties with additional time to come into compliance. They also more clearly delineate the devices to which the rules apply, and reduce the number of such devices. Finally, we revise our rules to permit the use of an alternative method by which ETCs may educate their low-income customers, as requested by several small ETCs. These reductions in burden apply to both small and non-small entities, while retaining the requirements for consumer education that are necessary to ensure the success of the transition. Thus, no alternative rules would be appropriate. B. Report to Congress 32. The Commission will send a copy of the *Order on Reconsideration,* including this supplemental FRFA, in a report to be sent to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act. In addition, the Commission will send a copy of the *Order on Reconsideration,* including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the *Order on Reconsideration* and FRFA (or summaries thereof) will also be published in the **Federal Register** . 1. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis 33. This *Order on Reconsideration* was analyzed with respect to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA)and contains modified information collection requirements, relating to the following approved collections:
(1)Manufacturers of television receivers and related devices must provide notice to consumers buying their devices of the transition's impact on that equipment; and
(2)ETCs that receive federal universal service funds must provide notice of the transition to their low income customers and potential customers. The Commission will publish a separate **Federal Register** document seeking comments from OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies on the final information collection requirements contained in this proceeding. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, we will also seek specific comment on how we might “further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees” in the **Federal Register** document seeking comment on the information collections. 2. Congressional Review Act 34. The Commission will send a copy of this *Order on Reconsideration* in a report to be sent to Congress and the Government Accountability Office, pursuant to the Congressional Review Act. C. Additional Information 35. For more information on this *Order on Reconsideration and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,* please contact Lyle Elder, *Lyle.Elder@fcc.gov,* or Eloise Gore, *Eloise.Gore@fcc.gov,* of the Media Bureau, Policy Division,
(202)418-2120. V. Ordering Clauses 36. *It is ordered* that, pursuant to the authority contained in sections 1, 2, 4(i), 7, 254, 303, and 309 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 157, 254, 303, and 309, this Order on Reconsideration is adopted and parts 15 and 54 of the Commission's rules are amended as set forth in Appendix A. These amended rules will be effective beginning May 30, 2008. We anticipate that the summary of the Order will be published in the **Federal Register** at least 30 days before the effective date of May 30, 2008. In the event that publication is delayed, however, we find good cause for these rules to be effective on May 30, 2008, to ensure that consumers are informed about the digital television transition on February 17, 2009, the statutory deadline for all full power television broadcasters to transition to all digital service. 37. *It is further ordered* that the Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of this *Order on Reconsideration and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking* , including the Supplemental Final and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analyses, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. List of Subjects in 47 CFR Parts 15 and 54 Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Digital television, Digital television equipment, Labeling, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Telecommunications, Telephone. Federal Communications Commission. Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary. Final Rules For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 15 and 54 to read as follows: PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES 1. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows: Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 336, and 544a. 2. Section 15.124 is revised to read as follows: § 15.124 DTV Transition Notices by Manufacturers of Televisions and Related Devices.
(a)Television receivers and related devices manufactured between May 30, 2008, and March 31, 2009, must include notices about the digital television
(DTV)transition. Related devices covered by this requirement: All television broadcast receivers as defined in § 15.3(w); TV interface devices as defined in § 15.3(y); devices that record and/or display signals received from television broadcast receivers; and set-top boxes available for sale at retail that receive video programming provided by multi-channel video programming distributors.
(b)The notices required under paragraph
(a)of this section must:
(1)Be in clear and conspicuous print;
(2)Convey at least the following information about the DTV transition:
(i)After February 17, 2009, a television receiver with only an analog broadcast tuner will require a converter box to receive full power over-the-air broadcasts with an antenna because of the Nation's transition to digital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs should continue to work as before to receive low power, Class A or translator television stations and with cable and satellite TV services, gaming consoles, VCRs, DVD players, and similar products.
(ii)Information about the DTV transition is available from *http://www.DTV.gov* or 1-888-CALL-FCC, and from *http://www.dtv2009.gov* or 1-888-DTV-2009 for information about subsidized coupons for digital-to-analog converter boxes; and
(3)Explain clearly what effect, if any, the DTV transition will have on the use of the receiver or related device, including any limitations or requirements associated with connecting a related device to a DTV receiver.
(c)This notice requirement applies to all responsible parties, as defined in § 2.909 of this chapter. PART 54—UNIVERSAL SERVICE 3. The authority citation for part 54 continues to read as follows: Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 201, 205, 214, and 254 unless otherwise noted. 4. Section 54.418 is revised to read as follows: § 54.418 Digital Television Transition Notices by Eligible Telecommunications Carriers.
(a)Eligible telecommunications carriers
(ETCs)that receive federal universal service funds shall provide their Lifeline or Link-Up customers with notices about the transition for over-the-air full power broadcasting from analog to digital service (the “DTV Transition”) in the monthly bills or bill notices received by such customers, or as a monthly stand-alone mailer ( *e.g.* , postcard, brochure), beginning April 30, 2008, and concluding in March 2009.
(b)The notice must be provided as part of an information section on the bill or bill notice itself or on a secondary document mailed with the bill or bill notice, or as part of a monthly stand-alone mailer ( *e.g.* , postcard, brochure) in the same language or languages as the customer's bill or bill notice. These notices must:
(1)Be in clear and conspicuous print;
(2)Convey at least the following information about the DTV transition:
(i)After February 17, 2009, a television receiver with only an analog broadcast tuner will require a converter box to receive full power over-the-air broadcasts with an antenna because of the Nation's transition to digital broadcasting. Analog-only TVs should continue to work as before to receive low power, Class A or translator television stations and with cable and satellite TV services, gaming consoles, VCRs, DVD players, and similar products.
(ii)Information about the DTV transition is available from *http://www.DTV.gov,* and from *http://www.dtv2009.gov* or 1-888-DTV-2009 for information about subsidized coupons for digital-to-analog converter boxes;
(c)If an ETC's Lifeline or Link-Up customer does not receive paper versions of either a bill or a notice of billing, then that customer must be provided with equivalent monthly notices in whatever medium they receive information about their monthly bill or as a monthly stand-alone mailer ( *e.g.* , postcard, brochure).
(d)ETCs that receive federal universal service funds shall provide information on the DTV Transition that is equivalent to the information provided pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section as part of any Lifeline or Link-Up publicity campaigns conducted by the ETC between March 27, 2008, and March 31, 2009. [FR Doc. E8-11156 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6712-01-P DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 679 [Docket No. 070717351-8507-02] RIN 0648-AV64 Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Individual Fishing Quota Program; Community Development Quota Program AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce. ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: NMFS issues a final rule to modify the Individual Fishing Quota
(IFQ)Program and the Community Development Quota
(CDQ)Program for the fixed-gear commercial Pacific halibut and sablefish fisheries. This action amends current regulations to allow the use of longline pot fishing gear in the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ and sablefish CDQ fisheries in the month of June. This action also adds regulatory provisions to allow members of the National Guard and military reserves who are mobilized to active duty to temporarily transfer their annual halibut and sablefish IFQ to other eligible IFQ recipients. This final rule is necessary to increase the efficiency of fishermen operating longline pot vessels in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery and to allow guardsmen and reservists to accrue some economic benefit from their annual IFQ if unable to harvest it due to military service. This action is intended to promote the conservation and management provisions in the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area
(FMP)and the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 (Halibut Act). DATES: Effective June 18, 2008, except the amendment to § 679.24(c)(4), which is effective May 19, 2008. ADDRESSES: Copies of the Regulatory Impact Review
(RIR)and Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(FRFA)prepared for this action are available by mail from NMFS, Alaska Region, P. O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668, Attn: Ellen Sebastian, Records Officer; in person at NMFS, Alaska Region, 709 West 9th Street, Room 420A, Juneau, AK; or via the NMFS, Alaska Region website at *http://www.fakr.noaa.gov* . Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this final rule may be submitted to NMFS at the above address and by e-mail to *David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov* or by fax to
(202)395-7285. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Obren Davis, 907-586-7228 or *obren.davis@noaa.gov* . SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: NMFS manages the U.S. groundfish fisheries of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands
(BSAI)in the Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ)under the FMP. The FMP was prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 *et seq.* ) (Magnuson-Stevens Act) and is implemented by regulations at 50 CFR part 679. General regulations that pertain to U.S. fisheries appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600. NMFS manages fishing for sablefish ( *Anoplopoma fimbria* ) through regulations established under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Sablefish is managed as a groundfish species under the FMP, as well as under the IFQ Program that allocates sablefish and Pacific halibut (Hippoglossus stenolepis) harvesting privileges among U.S. fishermen. The International Pacific Halibut Commission
(IPHC)and NMFS manage fishing for Pacific halibut through regulations established under the authority of the Convention between the United States and Canada for the Preservation of the Halibut Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea (Convention) and the Halibut Act. The IPHC promulgates regulations pursuant to the Convention. The IPHC's regulations are subject to approval by the Secretary of State with concurrence from the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary). After approval by these two officials, the IPHC regulations are published in the **Federal Register** as annual management measures pursuant to 50 CFR 300.62 (73 FR 12280; March 7, 2008). Federal regulations governing the halibut fisheries in the BSAI management area appear at 50 CFR parts 300 and 679. Background and Need for Action The background and need for this action were described in detail in the preamble to the proposed rule published in the **Federal Register** on March 5, 2008 (73 FR 11851). The proposed rule's comment period ended April 4, 2008. NMFS received two responses that contained four unique comments. These comments are summarized under “Response to Comments.” In summary, this final rule removes a regulation that prohibits using longline pot gear in the Bering Sea during the month of June and amends regulations to allow military reservists and National Guard members to temporarily transfer their IFQ if mobilized to active duty. This action also makes several administrative changes to amend certain modifiers that describe IFQ and CDQ permits in paragraphs
(d)and
(e)of § 679.4. This includes revising terms such as “original,” “copy,” and “valid” to read “legible copy.” These changes are intended to make the descriptors used in association with such permits consistent throughout these paragraphs. Description of Regulatory Amendments The following sections explain in detail the regulatory amendments contained in this final rule. Allow Longline Pot Gear to be Used in the Bering Sea Sablefish Fishery in June This rule will amend regulations in 50 CFR part 679 to remove a prohibition against the use of longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery during the month of June. Existing regulations prohibit deployment of longline pot gear during this month, due to past concerns about conflicts between vessel operators that use different types of fishing gear. Specifically, § 679.24(c)(4) is revised to remove a June closure for longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery. The use of longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery became an issue in 1991. The nature of longline pot gear and strategies used in fishing with longline pot gear were once thought to deter fishermen from deploying hook-and-line gear on fishing grounds where longline pot gear is set. The groundline (to which baited pots are attached) used with longline pot gear is heavier and stronger than that used for longline hook-and-line gear. If longline pot gear is set over previously deployed longline hook-and-line gear, the weaker hook-and-line gear could be damaged or lost while being retrieved. The Council recommended a prohibition against longline pot gear in the Bering Sea subarea to avoid potential conflicts between vessel operators using different gear types on common fishing grounds. Final regulations prohibiting the use of longline pot gear and the rationale for implementing this gear restriction were published on August 21, 1992 (57 FR 37906). In 1995, the IFQ Program extended the fishing season for halibut and sablefish in Federal waters off Alaska to approximately eight months. Prior seasons typically consisted of one or two day openings of concentrated effort. By allowing the sablefish fleet to spread its operations over time, the IFQ Program reduced the likelihood of congestion and preemption of common fishing grounds. During the first IFQ season, fishing industry representatives reported to the Council that the annual Bering Sea sablefish quota had been under-harvested due, in part, to fishery interactions with orcas and sperm whales. Whales are able strip hooked fish from fishing gear, reducing the amount of sablefish landed by fishermen using hook-and-line gear. Attempts to deter whales from preying on fish caught on hook-and-line gear by various non-lethal means have proven unsuccessful. One viable method for reducing whale predation is to harvest sablefish with longline pot gear instead of hook-and-line gear. This realization led to a reconsideration of the ban on longline pot gear in the sablefish fishery. On September 18, 1996, a Bering Sea closure to longline pot gear from June 1 through June 30 replaced the year-round longline pot gear prohibition (61 FR 49076). The reintroduction of longline pot gear into the Bering Sea fisheries posed less of a concern for fishing grounds preemption in 1996 than in 1992, when longline pot gear originally was prohibited. Authorizing the use of longline pot gear, with limitations, in the Bering Sea directed sablefish fishery allowed fishermen to use this gear and reduce interactions with whales. When recommending the removal of the ban on longline pots, the Council expressed concern that, despite the decreased likelihood of grounds preemption, fishermen using traditional hook-and-line gear in relatively small boats may be preempted from grounds by fishermen in larger boats using longline pot gear. Thus, a June closure was retained for the benefit of small vessels using hook-and-line gear to fish for sablefish. June was chosen for the closure because it generally has fair weather, a safety advantage for small vessels. In October 2004, a representative for longline pot fishermen proposed that gear competition between the sablefish longline pot fleet and other fisheries had not occurred in June, and asserted that such potential conflicts were no longer a valid concern (as described below) and that the regulatory prohibition was unnecessary and burdensome. No public testimony was received in opposition to this proposal. As a result, the Council initiated an analysis of allowing longline pot gear during June in both the fixed gear Bering Sea IFQ and CDQ sablefish fisheries. This action will implement the Council's June 2006 recommendation to remove the June longline pot gear closure. Doing so may provide an opportunity for longline pot fishermen to harvest additional amounts of the annual sablefish IFQ and sablefish CDQ allocations. These allocations historically have not been fully harvested. In 2007, 67 percent of the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ allocation was harvested, compared with 94 to 100 percent in the four different Gulf of Alaska sablefish regulatory areas. The fixed gear sablefish CDQ fishery caught 79 percent of the Bering Sea sablefish fixed gear CDQ allocation that year. On average, 56 percent of the annual Bering Sea sablefish IFQ allocation was harvested during the years 2003 through 2007. The existing June longline pot gear prohibition in the Bering Sea sablefish fisheries creates operational inefficiencies because of the constraints that are placed on vessel operators using longline pot gear during the middle of the sablefish season. Allowing this gear type to be used in June may provide additional harvesting opportunities for participants in the sablefish fishery. This action will not change the catch monitoring and accounting practices in place for the sablefish IFQ and sablefish CDQ fisheries. Removing the June closure will mean that enforcement personnel would no longer have to monitor whether vessels fishing with longline pot gear in June are targeting sablefish, which was a prohibited activity. Neither the NOAA Office for Law Enforcement nor the U.S. Coast Guard have indicated any concerns or objections to the removal of this prohibition. Allow Military Reservists and National Guardsmen to Temporarily Transfer Annual IFQ This action will amend IFQ Program regulations to allow military reservists and members of the National Guard to temporarily transfer their halibut or sablefish IFQ to other eligible IFQ recipients, should they be mobilized to active duty. This change is intended to allow reservists and guardsmen the potential to gain some economic benefit from their quota share (QS), should they be unavailable to fish their IFQ during a given year due to active military duty or deployment. Specifically, this rule will add a new paragraph to § 679.41 to establish the conditions and criteria for allowing the temporary transfer of annual IFQ issued to reservists and National Guardsmen to other eligible IFQ recipients. Existing QS and IFQ transfer regulations generally do not allow temporary transfers (leasing) of catcher vessel IFQ. Such restrictions are intended to ensure that QS holders also fish the IFQ associated with their QS, rather than leasing or otherwise assigning their IFQ to other parties to fish on their behalf. Thus, mobilized reservists and guardsmen (who are not otherwise authorized to hire a master to harvest their IFQ) may not temporarily transfer their annual IFQ so that it may be fished by another party. The inability to temporarily transfer IFQs during a military mobilization could constitute an economic hardship to affected service members and their dependents. This action will implement the Council's recommendation to allow halibut and sablefish QS holders to request temporary IFQ transfers, if the applicant meets specified requirements related to eligibility and evidence of military mobilization or activation. This regulatory change does not jeopardize the Council's policy of having an owner-operator IFQ fleet. This alternative may further promote stable, owner-operated businesses in the halibut and sablefish IFQ fisheries. The Council modeled the policy elements associated with temporary military transfers
(TMT)on those associated with emergency medical IFQ transfers. This type of transfer will be limited to guardsmen and reservists that are deemed eligible to make such transfers, based on eligibility criteria established by this final rule. Such criteria includes evidence of active duty military service that precludes the QS holder from fishing his or her IFQ during a given time period. A transfer would be temporary and restricted to a given fishing year. Qualified applicants would be required to request a TMT annually, even if the length of their deployment or mobilization exceeded one year. The application process for a TMT will be similar to existing transfer applications under the IFQ Program. The application, provided by NMFS, will describe the requirements necessary to receive a TMT. Information collected on these applications will include basic identifying information about the proposed transferor and transferee, documentation of the transferor's active duty military service, as well as identifying characteristics of the IFQ being transferred. If NMFS denies an application for a TMT, the applicant may appeal the decision by following the existing appeal procedures at § 679.43. Administrative Changes This action amends certain terms (such as “original,” “copy,” and “valid”) that are used to describe some of the different IFQ and CDQ permits that are required in regulations at § 679.4(d) and (e). These paragraphs are associated with halibut IFQ and sablefish IFQ permits, and halibut CDQ permits, respectively. Each of these paragraphs describes the different types of permits required to participate in the IFQ and CDQ fisheries, the activities authorized by different permit types, and other conditions of use, inspection, and validity. These two paragraphs were amended on August 9, 2007 (72 FR 44795), to replace the obsolete terms “IFQ card” and “CDQ card” with “IFQ hired master permit” and “CDQ hired master permit,” respectively. This rule removes the word “original” from the description of IFQ hired master permits in paragraphs § 679.4(d)(2)(ii) and § 679.4(d)(6)(i)(B). This word will be replaced by the term “legible copy.” Regulations at § 679.4(d)(1)(ii) previously required that an “original IFQ hired master permit” must be onboard a vessel used to harvest halibut IFQ or sablefish IFQ. NMFS intended to change “original” to “legible copy” when it revised this paragraph to replace the term “IFQ card” with “IFQ hired master permit,” as described previously. However, the deletion of the word “original” was inadvertently omitted. The requirement to have the original permit onboard is a holdover from a requirement for IFQ fishermen to have their original, plastic IFQ landing card (similar to a credit or debit card) onboard the harvesting vessel. This requirement has since been revised. Requiring fishermen to possess an original IFQ hired master permit currently is unnecessary for administrative or enforcement purposes. No ready means exist to distinguish an original hired master permit from a high quality copy. Additionally, NMFS notes that the time necessary to mail or otherwise convey an original IFQ hired master permit to a recipient is often lengthy, given the remote location of many of the Alaska communities to which such permits are sent. Allowing a copy of an IFQ hired master permit to be onboard a vessel will enhance the speed and efficiency of transmitting such permits to IFQ hired masters via facsimile or other electronic formats. Furthermore, this action makes several other changes to the descriptive language associated with IFQ permits and CDQ hired master permits. The word “copy” associated with IFQ permits is replaced with the term “legible copy” in paragraphs § 679.4(d)(6)(i)(A) and (B), as well as § 679.4(e)(2). The word “valid” associated with CDQ hired master permits in § 679.4(e)(3) is replaced with the term “legible copy.” This clarifies and makes consistent how IFQ permits and CDQ permits are described in § 679.4(d) and
(e)with respect to the need for copies of permits to be legible. Finally, this action replaces the term “without a CDQ card” with “without a CDQ hired master permit” in a prohibition at § 679.7(f)(6)(iii). Recent regulatory revisions to 50 CFR part 679 replaced the term “CDQ card” with the term “CDQ hired master permit.” However, due to an inadvertent error, this change was not made to § 679.7(f)(6)(iii); this final rule corrects that error. Response to Comments *Comment 1:* The use of longline pot gear should be prohibited in the Bering Sea at all times, not just during June. *Response:* This final rule implements a revision to a seasonal gear restriction applicable to the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ and CDQ fisheries. Longline pot gear is one of several types of fixed gear that are legally permissible to use to harvest various groundfish species in the Bering Sea. This action will remove a one month closure specifically applicable to the Bering Sea sablefish fisheries. Prohibiting the use of longline pot gear at all times in the Bering Sea is outside of the scope of this action. *Comment 2:* Members of the National Guard or military personnel should not be allowed to give away their IFQ to anyone else. IFQ holders who do not use their IFQ should lose it. *Response:* NMFS disagrees. This final rule implements regulations to allow military reservists and National Guard members to temporarily transfer their IFQ to other eligible IFQ fishermen. This is intended to allow such QS holders to avoid the economic hardship associated with being unable to catch their IFQ. QS holders already may permanently transfer their QS and associated IFQ to other parties. Such transfers are an integral part of the halibut and sablefish IFQ program, and allow fishing privileges to move between fishermen based on market forces. *Comment 3:* The ability to purchase and process Bering Sea sablefish IFQ and CDQ during June is operationally important to small seafood processors in the Aleutian Islands. *Response:* Support is noted. *Comment 4:* Given their service and sacrifice to the Nation, it is more than appropriate to allow military reservists and members of the National Guard the flexibility to either use or transfer their IFQ. *Response:* Support is noted. Changes from the Proposed Rule This final rule revises § 679.41(m)(3)(iii) to clarify that the range of serial numbers that must be included with a TMT application are the serial numbers associated with the QS from which the IFQ being transferred are derived. QS represents the percentage of an annual catch limit that a QS holder may catch. It is used to calculate the annual amount of halibut or sablefish IFQ that is allocated to a QS holder. There are no serial numbers associated with IFQ. Classification The Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS determined that this final rule is necessary for the conservation and management of the groundfish fisheries, and that it is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable laws. This final rule has been determined to be not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866. NMFS is not aware of any other Federal rules that would duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this action. Because this rule relieves a restriction on using longline pot gear to fish for sablefish IFQ and CDQ during June, the revision to § 679.24(c)(4) is not subject to the 30-day delayed effectiveness provision of the Administrative Procedures Act pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1). Existing regulations prohibit the use of longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery during June. This restriction originally was intended to protect vessel operators using hook-and-line gear from potential conflicts on the fishing grounds with operators using longline pot gear. Changes in the operational characteristics of the Bering Sea sablefish fishery have rendered this protection measure obsolete. The sablefish IFQ season lasts approximately eight months, opening in mid-March and closing in mid-November. Requiring vessel operators using longline pot gear to stand down from fishing for sablefish with this gear type for one month during the middle of the fishing season is operationally inefficient and economically disadvantageous. The remainder of the changes in this rule will be effective 30 days after publication of the rule in the **Federal Register** . A final regulatory flexibility analysis
(FRFA)was prepared. The FRFA incorporates the initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA), a summary of the significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the IRFA, NMFS's responses to those comments, and a summary of the analyses completed to support the action. A copy of the FRFA is available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES ). A description of the action, why it is being considered, and the legal basis for this action are presented in the preamble to this rule. NMFS received four public comments about the proposed rule prepared for this action. This includes one comment apiece in support, and one comment apiece in opposition, of the two primary actions that will be implemented by this rule. Both of the comments expressing opposition are outside of the scope of this action; none of the comments contained specific comments about the economic effects of this action. A summary of the remainder of the FRFA follows. Allow Longline Pot Gear to be Used in the Bering Sea Sablefish Fishery in June Two different classes of small entities were identified in the FRFA to remove the longline pot gear restriction in the Bering Sea during June. The first includes holders of Bering Sea sablefish QS. This action may directly affect approximately 115 sablefish QS holders (as of 2006) in the Bering Sea regulatory area. The 2006 ex-vessel value of the sablefish IFQ harvested in the Bering Sea was approximately $4 million. Based on available data, and more general information concerning the probable economic activity of vessels in these IFQ fisheries, no vessel operation subject to the June gear closure restrictions could have been used to land more than $4 million in combined gross receipts in 2006 (the maximum gross revenue threshold for a small catcher vessel). Therefore, all sablefish QS holders who would be directly regulated by this action are assumed to be small entities for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). At present, NMFS does not have sufficient ownership and affiliation information to determine precisely the number of small entities in the IFQ Program, the subset of Bering Sea sablefish QS holders, or the number of such small entities that could benefit from the removal of a regulatory restriction. The second class of small entities that would be directly regulated by this action includes the six CDQ groups that receive allocations of Bering Sea sablefish CDQ. CDQ groups are non-profit corporations that manage the fisheries allocations and other business matters for communities participating in the CDQ Program. Each of these groups is organized as a not-for-profit entity and none is dominant in its field; consequently, each is a small entity under the RFA. Testimony from participants in this fishery suggests that approximately six vessels may choose to use longline pot gear to fish for sablefish in June if the longline pot gear prohibition is removed from regulation. Such vessels may participate in either the IFQ or CDQ sablefish fisheries during the sablefish fishing season. These vessels also may concurrently harvest IFQ and CDQ allocations on the same fishing trip. The FRFA prepared for this action examined two alternatives. Alternative 1, status quo, would maintain the June closure for longline pot gear for the fixed gear sablefish fishery in the Bering Sea. As such, it would continue to impose adverse economic impacts on the small entities currently participating in this fishery, without offsetting benefits. Alternative 2, the preferred alternative, would amend regulations to remove the June closure, per the request of participants in the Bering Sea sablefish fishery. This alternative would result in a regulatory change that would reduce economic and operational burdens on those small entities that use longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish fisheries. The sablefish IFQ and CDQ season begins in March and ends in November. Entities that begin harvesting sablefish IFQ or CDQ prior to June, but that do not catch all of their annual sablefish allocation during this time must cease fishing for sablefish with longline pot gear during June, prior to resuming fishing. A June stand-down presumably requires additional costs to entities, such as removing longline pot gear from the fishing grounds, switching to another fishery or to another gear type to continue fishing for sablefish, as well as transit costs to and from fishing grounds. NMFS does not have sufficient cost information to approximate the actual costs associated with the effects of the June closure on entities involved in the longline pot gear fishery for sablefish. No adverse economic impacts on other user groups, including operators of hook-and-line vessels that also are small entities, were identified. Such entities fish concurrently with longline pot gear vessels during the remainder of the IFQ season without reported gear or fishing grounds conflicts. NMFS is not aware of any additional alternatives to those considered that would accomplish the objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable statutes and that would minimize the adverse economic impact of this action on small entities. The objective for this action was to relieve an operational restriction, and associated adverse economic effects, by eliminating a one month fishery closure that is specific to longline pot gear vessels. The original impetus for the June longline pot gear closure has been superseded by ongoing changes in the characteristics of the sablefish IFQ and CDQ fisheries; specifically, the increased use of longline pot gear to prosecute this fishery and the decreased use of hook-and-line gear. Allow Military Reservists and National Guard Members to Temporarily Transfer Annual IFQ This action would amend regulations in 50 CFR part 679 that govern quota transfers conducted under the Pacific Halibut and Sablefish IFQ Program. Existing regulations allow permanent QS and IFQ transfers, but preclude temporary transfers of IFQ except under limited circumstances. At present, NMFS does not have sufficient ownership and affiliation information to determine precisely the number of small entities in the IFQ program that could be affected by this action. The number of military reservists or guardsmen that hold the category of QS that may not be legally fished by a hired master under current rules cannot be determined with available information. The number of these “citizen soldiers” who hold such restricted QS and who may be mobilized to active duty status during their fishing career cannot be estimated. Given these uncertainties, it is not possible to know how many QS holders could be expected to request a temporary military transfer of IFQs, if the final rule were adopted. Thus, the FRFA prepared for this action assumes that all halibut and sablefish QS holders are small entities, for RFA purposes. Based on this assumption, this action has the potential to directly regulate any of the 3,467 small entities (as of 2006) that hold halibut QS and sablefish QS. The FRFA prepared for this action examined two alternatives. Under Alternative 1, mobilized military reservists or guardsmen would not be able to temporarily transfer their IFQ. This could impose a financial burden on such QS holders because they would have to forego the economic benefit that could accrue from leasing their IFQ to other fishermen. It is not possible to quantify what such foregone benefits could be, absent information about how many reservists and guardsmen hold QS, whether and when such persons could be mobilized, and the amount of annual IFQ that could be left unharvested due to a QS holder's inability to catch their IFQ. Based on the standard prices used to assess IFQ fees (for all ports with IFQ landings, as of November 30, 2007), halibut was worth $4.37 per pound and sablefish was worth $2.95 per pound. This approximates the value of each pound of halibut and sablefish IFQ to those QS holders whose harvesting operations could be affected by being mobilized or ordered to active duty. Alternative 2, the preferred alternative, would amend regulations to allow temporary IFQ transfers for mobilized guardsmen and reservists, decreasing the likelihood that such QS holders would suffer economic hardship from being unable to catch his or her halibut or sablefish IFQ. Furthermore, Alternative 2 would minimize adverse impacts that may be attributable to idled IFQ that could accrue to processors, fishery dependent communities, and other fishing support businesses. However, absent information about the number of QS holders that could be affected by this change, as well as the amount of QS and corresponding IFQ that could be left unharvested, NMFS is unable to provide the total estimate of the impacts of this rule. NMFS is not aware of any additional alternatives to those considered that would accomplish the objectives of the Halibut Act and the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable statutes that would minimize the economic impact of this action on small entities. The objective of this action is to relax the policy of requiring halibut and sablefish QS holders to be onboard a vessel when associated IFQ is caught and landed for a specific class of QS holders. Small Entity Compliance Guide Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 states that, for each rule or group of related rules for which an agency is required to prepare a FRFA, the agency shall publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule, and shall designate such publications as “small entity compliance guides.” The agency shall explain the actions a small entity is required to take to comply with a rule or group of rules. The preamble to this final rule serves as the small entity compliance guide. This action does not require any additional compliance from small entities that is not described in the preamble. Copies of this final rule are available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES ) and at the following website: *http://www.fakr.noaa.gov* . This final rule contains a collection-of-information requirement subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)and which has been approved by OMB under control number OMB Control No. 0648-0569. Public reporting burden for Application for Temporary Military Transfer of IFQ is estimated to average two hours per response and four hours per response for appeal of a denied application per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate, or any other aspect of this data collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to NMFS (see ADDRESSES ) and by e-mail to *David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov* , or fax to
(202)395-7285. Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 679 Alaska, Fisheries, Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Dated: May 13, 2008. Samuel D. Rauch III, Deputy Assistant Administrator For Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service. For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 679 is amended as follows: PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA 1. The authority citation for part 679 continues to read as follows: Authority: 16 U.S.C. 773 *et seq.* ; 1801 *et seq.* ; 3631 *et seq.* ; Pub. L. 108-447. 2. In § 679.4, revise paragraphs (d)(2)(ii), (d)(6)(i)(A), (d)(6)(i)(B), (e)(2), and (e)(3) to read as follows: § 679.4 Permits.
(d)* * *
(2)* * *
(ii)A legible copy of an IFQ hired master permit issued to an eligible individual in accordance with § 679.42(i) and
(j)by the Regional Administrator must be onboard the vessel that harvests IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish at all times that such fish are retained onboard by a hired master. Except as specified in § 679.42(d), an individual that is issued an IFQ hired master permit must remain onboard the vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish with that IFQ hired master permit during the IFQ fishing trip and at the landing site during all IFQ landings.
(6)* * *
(i)* * *
(A)The IFQ permit holder must present a legible copy of the IFQ permit for inspection on request of any authorized officer or Registered Buyer receiving IFQ species.
(B)The IFQ hired master permit holder must present a legible copy of the IFQ permit and a legible copy of the IFQ hired master permit for inspection on request of any authorized officer or Registered Buyer receiving IFQ species.
(e)* * *
(2)*Halibut CDQ permit.* The CDQ group must obtain a halibut CDQ permit issued by the Regional Administrator. The vessel operator must have a legible copy of the halibut CDQ permit on any fishing vessel operated by, or for, a CDQ group that will have halibut CDQ onboard and must make the permit available for inspection by an authorized officer. The halibut CDQ permit is non-transferable and is issued annually until revoked, suspended, or modified.
(3)*Halibut CDQ hired master permits.* An individual must have onboard the vessel a legible copy of the halibut CDQ hired master permit issued by the Regional Administrator before landing any CDQ halibut. Each halibut CDQ hired master permit will identify a CDQ permit number and the individual authorized by the CDQ group to land halibut for debit against the CDQ group's halibut CDQ. 3. In § 679.7, revise paragraph (f)(6)(iii) to read as follows: § 679.7 Prohibitions.
(f)* * *
(6)* * *
(iii)*Hired master, CDQ halibut.* Make a CDQ halibut landing without a CDQ hired master permit listing the name of the hired master. 4. In § 679.24, revise paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows: § 679.24 Gear limitations.
(c)* * *
(4)*BSAI.* Operators of vessels using gear types other than hook-and-line, longline pot, pot-and-line, or trawl gear in the BSAI must treat sablefish as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(b). 5. In § 679.41, revise paragraph (g)(4) and add paragraph
(m)to read as follows: § 679.41 Transfer of quota shares and IFQ.
(g)* * *
(4)The Regional Administrator will not approve an Application for Transfer of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D subject to a lease or any other condition of repossession or resale by the person transferring QS, except as provided in paragraphs
(h)and
(m)of this section, or by court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. The Regional Administrator may request a copy of the sales contract or other terms and conditions of transfer between two persons as supplementary information to the transfer application.
(m)*Temporary military transfers.* In the event of a military mobilization or order to report for military service affecting a QS holder that prevents him or her from being able to participate in the halibut or sablefish IFQ fisheries, the Regional Administrator may approve a temporary military transfer for the IFQ derived from the QS held by a QS holder affected by the military mobilization.
(1)*General.* A temporary military transfer will be approved if the QS holder demonstrates that he or she is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds QS because of a military mobilization, order to report for military service, or active duty military service.
(2)*Eligibility.* To be eligible to receive a temporary military transfer, a QS holder must meet all of the following requirements:
(i)Be a member of a branch of the National Guard or a member of a reserve component;
(ii)Possess one or more catcher vessel IFQ permits;
(iii)Not qualify for a hired master exception under § 679.42(i)(1);
(iv)Be in active duty military service as that term is defined at 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1), be under a call to active service authorized by the President or the Secretary for a period of more than 30 consecutive days under 32 U.S.C. 502(f), or in the case of a member of a reserve component, have been ordered to report for military service beginning on the date of the member's receipt of the order and ending on the date on which the member reports for active duty military service.
(3)*Application.* A QS holder may apply for a temporary military transfer by submitting a temporary military transfer application to the Alaska Region, NMFS. NMFS will transfer, upon approval of the application, the applicable IFQ from the applicant (transferor) to the recipient (transferee). A temporary military transfer application is available at *http://www.fakr.noaa.gov* or by calling 1-800-304-4846. A complete application must include all of the following:
(i)The transferor's identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate.
(ii)The transferee's identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate.
(iii)The identification characteristics of the IFQ including whether the transfer is for halibut or sablefish IFQ, IFQ regulatory area, number of units, range of QS serial numbers for IFQ to be transferred, actual number of IFQ pounds, transferor (seller) IFQ permit number, and fishing year.
(iv)Documentation of active military mobilization or deployment. This documentation must include the following:
(A)A copy of official documentation such as valid military orders or call that direct the transferor to report to active duty military service, to mobilize for a military deployment, or to report to active service.
(B)A concise description of the nature of the military deployment or active duty military service, including verification that the applicant is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds IFQ permits during the IFQ season because of his/her active duty military service.
(v)The signatures and printed names of the transferor and transferee, and date.
(vi)The signature, seal, and commission expiration of a notary public.
(4)*Restrictions.*
(i)A temporary military transfer shall be valid only during the calendar year for which the associated IFQ is issued.
(ii)A temporary military transfer will be issued only for the IFQ derived from the QS held by the applicant.
(5)*Temporary military transfer evaluations and appeals* —(i) *Initial evaluation.* The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application for a temporary military transfer submitted in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(9) of this section. An applicant who fails to submit the information specified in the application for a temporary military transfer will be provided a reasonable opportunity to submit the specified information or submit a revised application.
(ii)*Initial administrative determination (IAD).* The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant if the Regional Administrator determines that the application provided by the applicant is deficient or if the applicant fails to submit the specified information or a revised application. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information on the revised application. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at § 679.43. [FR Doc. E8-11183 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-S 73 97 Monday, May 19, 2008 Proposed Rules FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM 12 CFR Part 230 [Regulation DD; Docket No. R-1315] Truth in Savings AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. ACTION: Proposed rule; request for public comment. SUMMARY: The Federal Reserve Board (Board) proposes to amend Regulation DD, which implements the Truth in Savings Act, and the staff commentary to the regulation, to provide additional disclosures about account terms and costs associated with overdrafts. The proposed amendments would set forth content and timing requirements for a notice to consumers about any right to opt out of an institution's overdraft service. Requirements for disclosing overdraft fees on periodic statements would be expanded to apply to all institutions and not solely to institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts. The proposed amendments also address balance disclosures provided in response to balance inquiries from consumers. DATES: Comments must be received on or before July 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. R-1315, by any of the following methods: • *Agency Web Site: http://www.federalreserve.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments at *http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.* • *Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • *E-mail: regs.comments@federalreserve.gov.* Include the docket number in the subject line of the message. • *Fax:*
(202)452-3819 or
(202)452-3102. • *Mail:* Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20551. All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at *http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm* as submitted, unless modified for technical reasons. Accordingly, your comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information. Public comments may also be viewed electronically or in paper form in Room MP-500 of the Board's Martin Building (20th and C Streets, NW.) between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Benjamin K. Olson, Attorney, or Vivian W. Wong, Senior Attorney, or Ky Tran-Trong, Counsel, Division of Consumer and Community Affairs, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551, at
(202)452-2412 or
(202)452-3667. For users of Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
(TDD)only, contact
(202)263-4869. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. The Truth in Savings Act The Truth in Savings Act (TISA), 12 U.S.C. 4301 *et seq.,* is implemented by the Board's Regulation DD (12 CFR part 230). The purpose of the act and regulation is to assist consumers in comparing deposit accounts offered by depository institutions, principally through the disclosure of fees, the annual percentage yield (APY), the interest rate, and other account terms. An official staff commentary interprets the requirements of Regulation DD (12 CFR part 230 (Supp. I)). Credit unions are governed by a substantially similar regulation issued by the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA). Under TISA and Regulation DD, account disclosures must be provided upon a consumer's request and before an account is opened. Institutions are not required to provide periodic statements; but if they do, the act requires that fees, yields, and other information be provided on the statements. Notice also must be provided to accountholders before an adverse change in account terms occurs and prior to the renewal of certificates of deposit (time accounts). TISA and Regulation DD contain rules for advertising deposit accounts. Under TISA, there is a prohibition against advertisements, announcements, or solicitations that are inaccurate or misleading, or that misrepresent the deposit contract. Institutions also are prohibited from describing an account as free (or using words of similar meaning) if a regular service or transaction fee is imposed, if a minimum balance must be maintained, or if a fee is imposed when a customer exceeds a specified number of transactions. In addition, the act and regulation impose substantive restrictions on institutions' practices regarding the payment of interest on accounts and the calculation of account balances. II. Background on Overdraft Services and Regulatory Action to Date Historically, if a consumer engaged in a transaction that overdrew his or her account, the consumer's depository institution used its discretion on an ad hoc basis to determine whether to pay the overdraft, usually imposing a fee for paying the overdraft. The Board recognized this longstanding practice when it initially adopted Regulation Z in 1969 to implement the Truth in Lending Act (TILA). The regulation provided that these transactions are generally not covered under Regulation Z where there is no written agreement between the consumer and institution to pay an overdraft and impose a fee. *See* 12 CFR 226.4(c)(3). The treatment of overdrafts in Regulation Z was designed to facilitate depository institutions' ability to accommodate consumers' transactions on an ad hoc basis. Over the years, most institutions have largely automated the overdraft payment process, including setting specific criteria for determining whether to honor overdrafts and limits on the amount of the coverage provided. From the industry's perspective, the benefits of overdraft, or bounced check, services include a reduction in the costs of manually reviewing individual items, as well as the consistent treatment for all customers with respect to overdraft payment decisions. Moreover, industry representatives assert that overdraft services are valued by consumers, particularly for check transactions, as they allow consumers to avoid additional fees that would be charged by the payee if the item was returned unpaid, and other adverse consequences, such as the furnishing of negative information to a consumer reporting agency. 1 1 *See, e.g., Overdraft Protection: Fair Practices for Consumers: Hearing before the House Subcomm. on Financial Institutions and Consumer Credit, House Comm. on Financial Services,* 110th Cong.
(2007)*Overdraft Protection Hearing),* (available at *http://www.house.gov/apps/list/hearing/financialsvcs_dem/hr0705072.shtml* ). In contrast, consumer advocates believe overdraft transactions are a high-cost form of lending that traps low- and moderate-income consumers (particularly students and the elderly) into paying high fees. Moreover, consumer advocates note that consumers are enrolled in overdraft services automatically, often with no chance to opt out. In addition, consumer advocates believe that by honoring check and other types of overdrafts, institutions encourage consumers to rely on this service and thereby consumers incur greater costs in the long run than they would if the transactions were not honored. Consumer advocates also express concerns about debit card overdrafts where the dollar amount of the fee may far exceed the dollar amount of the overdraft, and multiple fees may be assessed in a single day for a series of small-dollar transactions. 2 2 *See, e.g., Overdraft Protection Hearing* n.1; Jacqueline Duby, Eric Halperin & Lisa James, *High Cost and Hidden From View: The $10 Billion Overdraft Loan Market* , Ctr. Responsible Lending (May 26, 2005) (noting that the bulk of overdraft fees are incurred by repeat users) (available at *http://www.responsiblelending.org/pdfs/ip009-High_Cost_Overdraft-0505.pdf* ). According to a recent report from the Government Accountability Office (GAO), the average cost of overdraft and insufficient funds fees has increased roughly 11 percent between 2000 and 2007 to just over $26 per item, according to one estimate. 3 The GAO also reported that large institutions on average charged between $4 and $5 more for overdraft and insufficient fund fees compared to smaller institutions. 4 In addition, the GAO Bank Fees Report noted that a small number of institutions (primarily large banks) apply tiered fees to overdrafts, charging higher fees as the number of overdrafts in the account increases. 5 3 *See Bank Fees: Federal Banking Regulators Could Better Insure That Consumers Have Required Disclosure Documents Prior to Opening Checking or Savings Accounts,* GAO Report 08-281 (January 2008) (hereinafter, GAO Bank Fees Report). *See also Bankrate 2007 Checking Account Study* , posted September 26, 2007 (available at: *http://www.bankrate.com/brm/news/chk/chkstudy/20070924_bounced_check_fee_al.asp?caret=2e* ) (reporting an average overdraft fee of over $28.00 per item). 4 *See GAO Bank Fees Report* at 16. 5 According to the GAO, of the financial institutions that applied up to 3 tiers of fees in 2006, the average overdraft fees were $26.74, $32.53 and $34.74, respectively. *See GAO Bank Fees Report* at 14. Overdraft services vary among institutions but typically share certain characteristics. Coverage is “automatic” for consumers who meet the institution's criteria ( *e.g.* , the account has been open a certain number of days, the account is in “good standing”, deposits are made regularly). While institutions generally do not underwrite on an individual account basis in determining whether to enroll the consumer in the service initially, most institutions will review individual accounts periodically to determine whether the consumer continues to qualify for the service, and the amounts that may be covered. Most overdraft program disclosures state that payment of an overdraft is discretionary on the part of the institution, and disclaim any legal obligation of the institution to pay any overdraft. Typically, the service is extended to also cover non-check transactions, including withdrawals at automated teller machines (ATMs), automated clearinghouse
(ACH)transactions, debit card transactions at point-of-sale, pre-authorized automatic debits from a consumer's account, telephone-initiated funds transfers, and on-line banking transactions. A flat fee is charged each time an overdraft is paid, and commonly, institutions charge the same amount for paying the overdraft as they would if they returned the item unpaid. A daily fee also may apply for each day the account remains overdrawn. Where institutions vary most in their provision of overdraft services is the extent to which institutions inform consumers about the existence of the service or otherwise promote the use of the service. For those institutions that choose to promote the existence and availability of the service, they may also disclose to consumers, typically in a brochure or welcome letter, the aggregate dollar limit of overdrafts that may be paid under the service. As the availability and customer use of these overdraft services has increased, the federal banking agencies (Board, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), NCUA, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
(OCC)and Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS)) have become concerned about aspects of the marketing, disclosure, and implementation of some of these services. In response to some of these concerns, the agencies published guidance on overdraft protection programs in February 2005. 6 The Joint Guidance addresses three primary areas—safety and soundness considerations, legal risks, and best practices, while the OTS Guidance focuses on safety and soundness considerations and best practices. The best practices focus on the marketing and communications that accompany the offering of overdraft services, as well as the disclosure and operation of program features, including the provision of a consumer election or opt-out of the overdraft service. The agencies have also published a consumer brochure on overdraft services. 7 6 *See* Interagency Guidance on Overdraft Protection Programs (Joint Guidance), 70 FR 9127 (Feb. 24, 2005) and OTS Guidance on Overdraft Protection Programs (OTS Guidance), 70 FR 8428 (Feb. 18, 2005). 7 The brochure entitled “Protecting Yourself from Overdraft and Bounced-Check Fees,” can be found at: *http://www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/bounce/default.htm.* In May 2005, the Board separately issued revisions to Regulation DD and the staff commentary pursuant to its authority under the Truth in Savings Act
(TISA)to address concerns about the uniformity and adequacy of institutions' disclosure of overdraft fees generally, and to address concerns about advertised overdraft services in particular. 70 FR 29582 (May 24, 2005). 8 The goal of the final rule was to improve the uniformity and adequacy of disclosures provided to consumers about overdraft and returned-item fees to assist consumers in better understanding the costs associated with the payment of overdrafts. In addition, the final rule addressed some of the Board's concerns about institutions' marketing practices with respect to overdraft services. 8 A substantively similar rule applying to credit unions was issued separately by the NCUA. 71 FR 24568 (Apr. 26, 2006). The NCUA previously issued an interim final rule in 2005. 70 FR 72895 (Dec. 8, 2005). Under the May 2005 final rule, which became effective July 1, 2006, all depository institutions are required to specify in their account disclosures the categories of transactions for which an overdraft fee may be imposed, and to include in their advertisements about overdraft services, certain information about the costs associated with the service and the circumstances under which the institution would not pay an overdraft. The Board's final rule also requires institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts in an advertisement to disclose separately on their periodic statements the total amount of fees or charges imposed on the account for paying overdrafts and the total amount of fees charged for returning items unpaid. These disclosures must be provided for the statement period and for the calendar year to date. The final rule for the aggregate fee disclosures was narrower than the proposal, which would have applied the periodic statement requirements to all institutions, regardless of whether they market the payment of overdrafts. Notwithstanding the issuance of the February 2005 Joint Guidance and the Board's May 2005 final rule under Regulation DD, the Board remains concerned that consumers may not adequately understand the costs of overdraft services nor how overdraft services operate generally. The Board is thus proposing additional disclosure requirements pursuant to its authority under Sections 263, 264, 268 and 269(a) of TISA to facilitate consumers' ability to make informed judgments about the use of their accounts. 12 U.S.C. 4302(e), 4303(b) & (d), 4307, 4308(a). The proposed requirements address disclosures to consumers about the costs associated with overdraft services on periodic statements and disclosures to consumers about account balances in response to consumer inquiries. In addition, as discussed elsewhere in this **Federal Register** , the Board, along with the OTS and the NCUA, are proposing to adopt substantive protections using their authority under the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTC Act) to address certain unfair or abusive protections associated with overdraft services. 9 The Board's proposal would add a new Subpart D on overdraft services to the Board's Regulation AA, Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices (2008 Regulation AA Proposal) (12 CFR part 227). Among other things, the proposal would require institutions to provide consumers the ability to opt out of their institutions' payment of overdrafts. The Board is proposing to amend Regulation DD to ensure that consumers receive effective disclosures about their right to opt out of overdraft services, by setting forth certain content, format and timing requirements for the notice. 10 9 For simplicity, this notice will refer only to the Board's proposal. 10 While NCUA is not proposing amendments to its 12 CFR part 707 in today's **Federal Register** , TISA requires NCUA to promulgate regulations substantially similar to Regulation DD. Accordingly, NCUA will issue amendments to part 707 following the Board's adoption of final rules under Regulation DD. During this rulemaking process, Board staff has held discussions with representatives from banks, core systems providers, consumer groups, vendors of overdraft services, payment card associations, and industry trade associations. Board staff has also reviewed current account disclosures, and solicited input from members of the Board's Consumer Advisory Council regarding overdraft services. III. Summary of Proposal Disclosure of Consumer Opt-Out of Overdraft Services The Board is proposing amendments under Regulation DD to set forth content and format requirements for the notices that would be given to consumers informing them about their right to decline, or opt out of, their institution's overdraft service. The substantive opt-out requirement is proposed separately in today's **Federal Register** under the Board's authority under the FTC Act. Under the proposal, the notice must be provided to the consumer before the institution assesses any fees in connection with paying an overdraft, and subsequently during or for each statement period in which a fee is imposed (for example, on a notice sent promptly after an overdraft informing the consumer of that fact, or on each periodic statement reflecting an overdraft fee or charge). The notice following assessment of an overdraft fee would help to ensure that consumers are apprised of their opt-out rights at a time when the information may be most relevant, that is, after the consumer has overdrawn his or her account and received information about the costs of using the service. The content of the notice is discussed in more detail in the Section-by-Section Analysis below. The Board intends to conduct consumer testing on the proposed notice following the issuance of this proposal and review of comments received. Disclosure of the Aggregate Costs of Overdraft Services on Periodic Statements As discussed above, the Board's May 2005 final rule under Regulation DD requires, among other things, institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts to provide consumers information about the aggregate costs of the overdraft service for the statement period and the calendar year to date. The Board is proposing to expand this provision to require all institutions, regardless of whether they promote the payment of overdrafts, to disclose aggregate cost information. The amendment is intended to provide all consumers that use overdraft services with additional information about fees to help them better understand the costs associated with their accounts. Under the current rule, institutions that do not promote their overdraft service may be reluctant to provide information about their service, including other alternatives to overdraft services, out of concern that such disclosures might trigger the aggregate fee disclosure requirements. Thus, the proposal would promote greater transparency about the costs and terms of overdraft services for all institutions. The proposed rule would also add format requirements to help make the aggregate fee disclosures are more effective and noticeable to consumers. Balance Inquiries To ensure that consumers are not confused or misled about the amount of funds in their account when they request their balance, the Board proposes to require that institutions generally disclose only the amount of funds available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal, without incurring an overdraft. This rule would apply to balance inquiries made through any automated system, including, but not limited to, an ATM, Internet web site, and telephone response system. Institutions would be permitted to provide a second balance that includes any additional funds that an institution may advance to cover an overdraft if this fact is also prominently disclosed to the consumer, along with that balance information. IV. Section-by-Section Analysis Section 230.10 Opt-Out Disclosure Requirements for Overdraft Services The February 2005 Joint Guidance recommended as a best practice that where overdraft protection is provided automatically, institutions should offer consumers the option of “opting out” of the overdraft service with a clear consumer disclosure of this option. *See* 70 FR at 9132. As discussed separately in this **Federal Register** , the Board is proposing to exercise its authority under the FTC Act to require institutions to provide consumers with a right to opt out of an institution's overdraft service before assessing a fee or charge for the service. Proposed § 230.10 sets forth content and timing requirements for the notice to ensure that the opt-out right is disclosed effectively to consumers. The Board anticipates that any final actions taken under the FTC Act and TISA will be issued simultaneously after the Board has reviewed comments received on the proposals. To facilitate compliance, Sample Form B-10 provides a model form institutions may use to satisfy their disclosure obligations under the proposed rule. Following issuance of the proposal, the Board intends to conduct consumer testing to determine how well consumers understand and can use the proposed opt-out notice. 10(a) General Rule Proposed § 230.10(a) states the general rule that if a depository institution provides a consumer the right to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts pursuant to the institution's payment of overdrafts on the consumer's account pursuant to the institution's overdraft service, the institution must provide notice of that right in writing. As noted above, the Board is separately proposing, pursuant to its authority under the FTC Act, to require institutions to provide consumers with a right to opt out of the institution's overdraft service before assessing a fee or charge for the service. Section 230.10 generally sets forth requirements regarding the content and timing requirements for providing this opt-out. *See* proposed comment 10-1. 10(b) Format and Content Under proposed § 230.10(b), institutions are required to include in their opt-out notice specified information about the institution's overdraft service. The new disclosures are proposed pursuant to the Board's authority under TISA Sections 264, 268, and 269. 12 U.S.C. 4303(b) & (d), 4308. Consistent with TISA's purpose, the proposal would require institutions to provide disclosures about the terms of deposit accounts to assist consumers in comparing accounts. Specifically, the proposed disclosures relate to the fees that are assessed against consumer accounts for the payment of overdrafts, the conditions under which the fees are imposed, how consumers can avoid such fees by opting out, and the availability of potentially less costly alternatives. Under proposed § 230.10(b)(1), the notice must state the categories of transactions for which an overdraft fee may be imposed. For example, if the institution pays overdrafts created by check, ATM withdrawals and point-of-sale debit card transactions, it must indicate this fact. *See* comment 4(b)(4)-5. Under the proposal, the notice must also include information about the costs of the institution's overdraft service. *See* proposed § 230.10(b)(2). In addition to stating the dollar amount of any fees or charges imposed on the account for paying overdraft items, including daily fees, institutions would also be required to inform consumers in the notice that overdraft fees could be charged in connection with an overdraft as low as $1, or the lowest dollar amount for which the institution could charge a fee. This latter disclosure is intended to make consumers aware, in some cases, that the per item overdraft fee may far exceed the amount of the overdraft. *See* proposed § 230.10(b)(3). In the February 2005 Joint Guidance, the federal banking agencies recommended that institutions consider imposing a cap on consumers' potential daily costs from the overdraft program, such as a limit on the number of overdraft transactions subject to a fee per day, or a dollar limit on the total fees that will be imposed per day. *See* 70 FR at 9132. The Board is proposing to require additional disclosures about the maximum costs that could be incurred in connection with an institution's overdraft service. Under the proposal, institutions must disclose any daily dollar limits on the amount of overdraft fees or charges that may be assessed in addition to any limits for the statement period. If the institution does not limit the amount of fees that can be imposed either for a single day or for a statement period, it must disclose that fact. *See* proposed § 230.10(b)(4). The Board intends that both this disclosure about fee limits as well as the notice that overdraft fees in some cases will exceed the amount of the overdraft would alert consumers to the potentially high costs of overdraft services, so that they may more effectively determine whether the service's terms and features are suited to their needs, or whether other alternatives would be more appropriate. Proposed § 230.10(b)(5) requires institutions to inform a consumer of the right to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts, including the method(s) that the consumer may use to exercise the opt-out right. 11 Such methods may include providing a toll-free telephone number that the consumer may call to opt out or allowing the consumer to mail in the opt-out request. *See* proposed comment 10(b)-2. Comment is requested as to whether institutions should be required to provide a form with a check-off box that consumers may mail in to opt out. Comment is also requested regarding whether consumers should also be allowed to opt out electronically, provided that the consumer has agreed to the electronic delivery of information. 11 Under the Board's Regulation AA proposal in today's **Federal Register** , an institution would be required to allow consumers to opt out of the institution's overdraft service for all transaction types. In addition, the proposal would require the institution to allow consumers to opt out of the payment of overdrafts resulting only from ATM withdrawals and point-of-sale debit card transactions. Proposed § 230.10(b)(6) incorporates the February 2005 Joint Guidance recommendation that when describing an overdraft protection program, institutions should inform consumers generally of other overdraft services and credit products, if any, that are available. These alternatives may include transfers from other accounts held at the institution, overdraft lines of credit, or transfers from a credit card issued by the institution. In some cases, these alternatives may be less costly than the overdraft service offered by the institution. Under the proposed rule, institutions must state whether it offers any alternatives for the payment of overdrafts. If one of the alternatives that the institution offers is an overdraft line of credit, it must state this fact. Institutions may also, but are not required to, list any additional alternatives they may offer to overdraft services. In some cases, institutions may wish to explain to consumers the consequences of opting out of overdraft services. For example, the institution may explain that if a consumer opts out and writes a check that overdraws an account, the institution may still charge a fee if the check is returned, and that the merchant may also assess a fee. Proposed comment 10(b)-3 permits institutions to briefly describe the consequences of opting out. Of course, institutions should not represent that the payment of overdrafts is guaranteed or assured if they are not. *See* comment 8(a)-10.ii. Comment is requested regarding whether the proposed content requirements provide sufficient information for consumers to evaluate effectively whether an institution's overdraft service meets their needs. In addition, the Board's proposal would require that all opt-out notices contain the same content, regardless of when the notice is provided. As further discussed below, the Board is requesting comment whether the content requirements should differ when the opt-out notice is provided after an overdraft fee has been charged to the consumer's account. Proposed § 230.10(b) also requires institutions to provide the opt-out notice in a format substantially similar to Sample Form B-10 to ensure that the opt-out content is segregated from other disclosures provided by the institution and noticeable by the consumer. The Board recognizes, however, that institutions may need flexibility in formatting disclosures, depending on where and when the disclosure is provided. For example, if the opt-out notice is included in disclosures provided at account opening, segregating the required content from other disclosures may overemphasize the importance of the disclosure to the consumer in comparison to other information about the account that the consumer is given at that time. In contrast, consumers may benefit from a more conspicuous opt-out notice when the notice is provided on the periodic statement once the consumer has incurred fees. As noted above, the Board expects to conduct consumer testing of the proposed sample form following issuance of this proposal, which may include exploring how the opt-out notice may be presented in a manner that complies with the regulation's general clear and conspicuous requirements under § 230.3, including formatting methods. 10(c) Timing Proposed § 230.10(c) sets forth timing requirements for providing an opt-out notice. The opt-out notice must initially be provided before the overdraft service is provided and overdraft fees are imposed on the consumer's account. For example, notice may be given at the time of account opening, either as part of the deposit account agreement or in a stand-alone document. Some institutions, however, do not enroll consumers in their overdraft service until some time after account opening, after the consumer has maintained his or her account in good standing for a certain period of time. Thus, institutions may provide the opt-out notice closer to the time in which overdraft services would be added to the consumer's account. The proposed rule would allow this later notice so long as it is provided, and the consumer has a reasonable opportunity to exercise the opt-out right, before the institution imposes any fees in connection with paying an overdraft. The Board believes that providing an opt-out notice only at account opening may have limited effectiveness. For example, consumers may not focus on the significance of the information at account opening because they may assume they will not overdraw the account. 12 Thus, under both the Board's 2008 Regulation AA proposal and this proposed rule, institutions must also provide consumers notice of the right to opt-out of their institution's payment of overdrafts at a time when the consumer is more likely to be focused on the cost impact of the service, specifically after the consumer has overdrawn the account and fees have been assessed on the account. Proposed § 230.10(c)(2)(i) generally requires institutions to provide a notice meeting the content requirements of § 230.10(b) on each periodic statement reflecting the assessment of any overdraft fee or charge. In addition, pursuant to authority under section 269 of TISA, the proposed rule requires that if the notice is included on the periodic statement, it must be provided in close proximity to the aggregate fee disclosures required under § 230.11(a) to ensure that these related disclosures are presented together. 12 This behavior is referred to as “hyperbolic discounting.” *See* Angela Littwin, *Beyond Usury: A Study of Credit-Card Use and Preference Among Low-Income Consumers,* 80 Tex. L. Rev. 451, 467-478
(2008)(discussing consumers' tendency to underestimate their future credit card usage when they apply for a card and thereby failing to adequately anticipate the costs of the product, and citing Shane Frederick, George Loewenstein & Ted O'Donoghue, *Time Discounting and Time Preference: A Critical Review,* 40 J. Econ. Literature 351, 366-67 (2002); Ted O'Donoghue & Matthew Rabin, *Doing It Now or Later,* 89 Am. Econ. Rev. 103, 103, 111
(1999)(explaining people's preference for delaying unpleasant activities and accepting immediate rewards despite their knowledge that the delay may lessen potential future rewards or increase potential adverse consequences)). Alternatively, many institutions notify consumers promptly after paying an overdraft of the fact of the overdraft and the amount the consumer's account is overdrawn. While this separate notice is not required by Regulation DD (it is considered a best practice under the February 2005 Joint Guidance), institutions providing an opt-out notice at this time would also be deemed to comply with the timing requirements of this proposed rule. *See* proposed § 230.10(c)(2)(ii). Institutions that elect to provide the opt-out disclosure on a separate notice sent following the institution's payment of an overdraft need only provide the opt-out notice once per statement period. For example, assume a statement cycle is for a calendar month. If a consumer overdraws on the account at the beginning of the month and receives an opt-out notice shortly after the overdraft is paid, the institution is not required to provide another opt-out notice for any additional overdrafts that occur during that statement period. As noted above, the Board's proposal would require that institutions provide the same content in proposed § 230.10(b) for all opt-out notices to ensure uniform notices and because consumers may not see the initial opt-out notice. However, the Board is cognizant of the compliance burden imposed on institutions from the proposed content requirements. In addition, the Board recognizes that consumers may not require all of the information in proposed § 230.10(b) in the notices following an individual overdraft. For example, the consumer may not need to be reminded that he or she may incur an overdraft fee for a small dollar overdraft if the periodic statement reflects both the fee and the amount of the transaction that caused the consumer to overdraw the account. Similarly, the amount of the fee may not need to be included in the opt-out notice if the transaction history on the statement reflects fees charged to the account, including for paying an overdraft. Comment is requested on the content requirements of the opt-out notice, and the burden to institutions and benefits to consumers of providing all of the proposed content in each notice, including the information about alternatives to overdraft services. Comment is also requested regarding whether consumers should receive the same content for all opt-out notices, regardless of when a notice is provided, or whether the rule should permit institutions to exclude some of the required content in subsequent notices. For example, if the information about alternatives to overdraft services is retained generally, should this information be excluded from periodic statements. In addition, comment is requested on the burden to institutions of requiring that the opt-out disclosures appear in close proximity to the fees. The Board also intends to explore these issues through its consumer testing of the opt-out notice following the issuance of this proposal. The Board anticipates that the requirement to provide notice before overdraft fees are assessed would apply only to accounts opened after the effective date of the final rule. Thus, depository institutions would not be required to provide initial opt-out notices to existing customers. Nonetheless, the requirement to provide subsequent notice of the opt-out after the consumer has overdrawn the account and fees have been assessed on the account would apply to all accounts after the effective date of the final rule, including those existing as of the effective date of the rule. Section 230.11 Additional Disclosure Requirements Regarding Overdraft Services 11(a) Disclosure of Total Fees on Periodic Statements Applicability of Aggregate Fee Disclosures Although periodic statements are not required under TISA, institutions that do provide such statements are required to disclose fees or charges imposed on the account during the statement period. *See* 12 U.S.C. 4307(3) and 12 CFR 230.6(a)(3). Section 230.11(a) further requires institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts in an advertisement to provide aggregate dollar amount totals for overdraft fees and for returned item fees, both for the statement period as well as for the calendar year to date. Under the proposed rule, § 230.11(a) is amended to require all institutions to provide these fee disclosures, whether or not they promote the payment of overdrafts. As originally proposed in May 2004, all institutions would have been required to separately disclose the total dollar amount of overdraft fees and the total dollar amount of returned-item fees for the statement period and for the calendar year to date. Most industry commenters opposed the proposal, stating that it would be costly and provide little benefit to consumers. The majority of industry commenters stated that if the Board adopted such a requirement, it should apply to all institutions and not just institutions that market overdraft services. Some of these commenters stated that a rule based on “marketing” would be too vague, while others asserted that if the Board believed the cost disclosures are useful, they would be just as beneficial to consumers regardless of whether the overdraft service is marketed. *See* 70 FR at 29,588. In limiting the aggregate fee disclosures to institutions that market overdraft services in the May 2005 final rule, the Board stated its intention to avoid imposing compliance burdens on institutions that pay overdrafts infrequently, such as institutions that only pay overdrafts on an ad hoc basis. *See* 70 FR at 29,589. To address industry concerns that a rule based on marketing would be too vague to administer, the final rule also specified certain types of communications and practices that would not trigger the requirement for disclosing aggregate fees on periodic statements, including responding to consumer-initiated inquiries about deposit accounts or overdrafts or making disclosures that are required by federal or other applicable law. *See* § 230.10(a)(2). Since issuance of the May 2005 final rule, Board staff and staff of other federal banking agencies have received a number of questions and requests for more guidance about when an institution is deemed to be promoting the payment of overdrafts in an advertisement to trigger the aggregate fee disclosure requirements. Compliance issues have most often been raised by financial institutions that are concerned that implementing the best practices recommended by the February 2005 Joint Guidance may lead to a determination that they are promoting their overdraft service. For example, Board staff has received a number of inquiries about how institutions may provide notices informing consumers about their ability to opt out of an institution's overdraft service without being considered to be promoting the service. Similarly, an institution may want to inform consumers of less costly alternatives to the institution's overdraft service as recommended by the February 2005 Joint Guidance, but refrain from doing so because they may inadvertently trigger the aggregate fee disclosure requirements under § 230.11(a). Based on further analysis, the Board is concerned that limiting the scope of the rule to institutions that market the service may have led to the unintended consequence of discouraging transparency by depository institutions regarding their overdraft payment practices. In addition, although the rule's application only to institutions that market overdraft services was intended to avoid imposing compliance burdens on institutions that pay overdrafts infrequently, the Board is concerned that the vast majority of institutions may no longer pay overdrafts on an entirely “ad hoc” basis, but rather automate most of their overdraft payment decision process, leading to more frequent payment of overdrafts. Available data reviewed by Board staff indicates that the percentage of accountholders with one or more overdrafts paid during a calendar year appears to be consistent across institutions, whether or not an institution promotes its overdraft service. Thus, a significant number of consumers who use overdraft services on a regular basis do not receive the benefit of the aggregate fee disclosures which might otherwise help them in evaluating their approach to account management and determine whether other types of accounts or services would be more appropriate for their needs. Moreover, the Board notes that the ability of consumers to compare effectively the terms of accounts is potentially undercut by a rule that distinguishes between institutions that promote overdraft services and those that do not. In light of the concerns noted above, the Board is proposing to require all institutions to provide aggregate dollar amount totals of fees for paying overdrafts and for fees for returning items unpaid on periodic statements provided to consumers, pursuant to its authority under Sections 268 and 269 of TISA. *See* § 230.11(a)(1). As under the current rule, institutions must provide these totals for both the statement period and the calendar year to date. *See* § 230.11(a)(2). Comment is requested on the potential benefits to consumers and compliance burden for institutions for the proposed approach. Format of Aggregate Fee Disclosures Board staff's review of current periodic statement disclosures for institutions that promote overdraft services indicates the aggregate fee totals are often disclosed in a manner that may not be effective in informing consumers of the totals. Accordingly, pursuant to its authority under Section 269 of TISA, the Board is proposing to require that these disclosures be provided in close proximity to fees identified under § 230.6(a)(3). *See* proposed § 230.11(a)(3). For example, the aggregate fee totals could appear immediately after the transaction history on the periodic statement reflecting the fees that have been imposed on the account during the statement period. The proposed format requirement has been informed to a significant degree by the Board's consumer testing in the context of credit card disclosures. In that testing, consumers consistently reviewed transactions identified on their periodic statements and noticed totals for fees and interest charges when they were grouped together with transactions. *See* 72 FR at 32996. Similarly, the Board believes that the requirement to provide the aggregate cost disclosures for overdraft and returned item fees will be more noticeable to consumers when grouped together with the itemized fees, thus enabling them to act as appropriate to manage their accounts effectively. In addition, the proposed rule requires the information to be presented in a tabular format similar to the proposed interest charge and fees total disclosures under the Board's June 2007 proposal under Regulation Z. *See* 72 FR at 32996, 33052; proposed 12 CFR 226.7(b)(6). The proposal includes two alternatives for Sample Form B-11 to illustrate how institutions may provide the aggregate cost information on their periodic statements. Following issuance of this proposal, the Board intends to conduct additional consumer testing to test the format, placement, and content of this periodic statement disclosure. The proposal contains additional revisions to the provisions in § 230.11(a) and accompanying staff commentary to reflect the revised scope of institutions subject to the disclosure requirement, including deletion as unnecessary of the examples in § 230.11(a)(2) of communications that would not trigger the aggregate fee disclosure requirement. 11(b) Advertising Disclosures for Overdraft Services Section 230.11(b) contains a list of communications about the payment of overdrafts that are not subject to additional advertising disclosures. The Board proposes to add a new example under § 230.11(b) to include the proposed opt-out notice under § 230.10 of this rule. *See* proposed § 230.11(b)(2)(xii). 11(c) Disclosure of Account Balances Section 230.11(b)(1) currently requires institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts to include certain disclosures in their advertisements about the service to avoid confusion between overdraft services and traditional lines of credit. The May 2005 final rule provided additional guidance in the staff commentary in the form of examples of institutions promoting the payment of overdrafts and stated that an institution must include the additional advertising disclosures if it “discloses an overdraft limit or includes the dollar amount of an overdraft limit in a balance disclosed on an automated system, such as a telephone response machine, ATM screen or the institution's Internet site.” *See* comment 11(b)-1.iii; *see also* § 230.11(b)(1); 70 FR at 29,590. To facilitate responsible use of overdraft services and ensure that consumers receive accurate information about their account balances, the Board is proposing additional restrictions on account balances that may be disclosed in response to a consumer inquiry. Specifically, to avoid consumer confusion with respect to account balances disclosed in response to an inquiry, proposed § 230.11(c) would prohibit institutions from including in the consumer's disclosed balance any funds the institution may provide to cover an overdraft item. The proposed provision would apply to any automated system used by an institution to provide balance information. The proposed rule would not apply to in-person discussions or telephone discussions or Internet chats with live personnel due to concerns about the compliance burden associated with monitoring individual conversations and responses. Of course, such discussions may not be deceptive. The proposed provision implements the prohibition in TISA § 263(e) (12 U.S.C. 4303(e)) on misleading or inaccurate advertisements, announcement, or solicitations relating to a deposit account. Thus, under proposed § 230.11(c), institutions must disclose an account balance that solely includes funds that are available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal, and may not include any additional amount that the institution may provide to cover an overdraft. For example, as part of its overdraft service, an institution may add a $500 cushion or overdraft limit to the consumer's account balance when determining whether to pay an overdrawn item; the additional $500 could not be included in this balance disclosed to the consumer in response to an inquiry. The proposed provision incorporates a best practice recommended by the February 2005 Joint Guidance. Similarly, as provided in the February 2005 Joint Guidance, institutions may, at their option, disclose a second balance that includes funds that may be advanced through the institution's overdraft service, provided that the institution prominently discloses at the same time that the second balance includes funds provided by the institution to cover overdrafts. Proposed comment 11(c)-1 clarifies that for purposes of this provision, the institution may, but need not, include funds that are deposited in the consumer's account, such as from a check, but that are not yet made available for withdrawal in accordance with the funds availability rules under the Board's Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229). Similarly, the balance may, but need not, include any funds that are held by the bank to satisfy a prior obligation of the consumer (for example, to cover a hold for an ATM or debit card transaction that has been authorized but for which the bank has not settled). The proposed comment recognizes that the methods used by depository institutions for determining the balances that are available for the consumer's use or withdrawal may vary significantly by institution. For example, smaller institutions may only consider a balance that reflects the ledger balance for the consumer's account at the end of the previous day after the institution has completed its processing activities. Other institutions may update the balance on a near-or real-time basis to reflect recent transactions that have been authorized, but have not been presented for settlement. The proposed comment is intended to make clear that institutions are not expected to reconfigure their internal systems to provide “real-time” balance disclosures. Regardless of the transactions that are reflected in the account balance disclosed to consumers, the proposed rule is intended only to require that the balance must not include any additional amounts that the institution may provide to pay an overdraft. Proposed comment 11(c)-2 provides that the balance disclosure requirement applies to *any* automated system through which the consumer requests a balance, including, but not limited to, a telephone response machine (such as an interactive voice response system), at an ATM (both on the ATM screen and on receipts), or on an institution's Internet site (other than live chats with an account representative). The proposed comment further clarifies that the reference to ATM inquiries applies equally to inquiries at ATMs owned or operated by a consumer's account-holding institution, as well as to inquiries at foreign ATMs, including those operated by non-depository institutions. While the Board considered addressing concerns about potentially deceptive balances under its separate rulemaking authority under Section 5(a) of the FTC Act (15 U.S.C. 45(n)), the Board is proposing to address this issue under its TISA authority because such rules (if similarly adopted under the NCUA's separate authority under TISA, *see* 12 CFR part 707) would also extend to state-chartered credit unions. 13 Nevertheless, the Board believes that adoption of this rule under TISA would not preclude a separate determination by a federal banking agency that it is a deceptive practice under the FTC Act to disclose a single balance that includes funds that an institution may provide to cover an overdraft, if the institution does not state that fact. 13 The Board notes that rules promulgated by the NCUA under the FTC Act do not apply to state-chartered credit unions. As noted above, following the Board's adoption of final rules under Regulation DD, NCUA intends to issue substantially similar amendments to 12 CFR part 707. V. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 *et seq.* )
(RFA)generally requires an agency to perform an assessment of the impact a rule is expected to have on small entities. However, under section 605(b) of the RFA, 5 U.S.C. 605(b), the regulatory flexibility analysis otherwise required under section 604 of the RFA is not required if an agency certifies, along with a statement providing the factual basis for such certification, that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on its analysis and for the reasons stated below, the Board believes that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. A final regulatory flexibility analysis will be conducted after consideration of comments received during the public comment period. 1. *Statement of the need for, and objectives of, the proposed rule.* TISA was enacted, in part, for the purpose of requiring clear and uniform disclosures regarding deposit account terms and fees assessable against these accounts. Such disclosures allow consumers to make meaningful comparisons between different accounts and also allow consumers to make informed judgments about the use of their accounts. 12 U.S.C. 4301. TISA requires the Board to prescribe regulations to carry out the purpose and provisions of the statute. 12 U.S.C. 4308(a)(1). The Board is revising Regulation DD to set forth content, timing and format requirements for a notice provided to consumers about their right to opt out of an institution's overdraft service. The proposed requirements are intended to ensure that consumers receive effective disclosures about the opt-out right. In addition, current requirements for disclosing totals for overdraft and returned item fees on periodic statements would be expanded to apply to all institutions and not solely to institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts. Thus, all consumers that use overdraft services will receive additional information about fees to help them better understand the costs associated with their accounts, regardless of whether the service is marketed to them. Lastly, the proposed rule would ensure that consumers are not misled about the funds they have available for a transaction by requiring institutions that provide balance information through an automated system in response to a consumer inquiry, to only include funds available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal pursuant to the terms of the account agreement, and not any funds that may be advanced through the institution's overdraft service. 2. *Small entities affected by the proposed rule.* Approximately 12,117 depository institutions in the United States that must comply with TISA have assets of $150 million or less and thus are considered small entities for purposes of the RFA, based on 2007 call report data. Approximately 4,774 are institutions that must comply with the Board's Regulation DD; approximately 7,343 are credit unions that must comply with NCUA's Truth in Savings regulations which must be substantially similar to the Board's Regulation DD. Under the proposed rule, all small depository institutions that pay overdrafts will have to revise their disclosures both at account opening (or before the overdraft service is provided) and on periodic statements, to reflect the proposed consumer right to opt out. (The rule provides alternative means for complying with the periodic statement opt-out disclosure requirement, such as by providing the opt-out disclosure on a notice sent promptly after an overdraft. To the extent a depository institution elects to comply with this alternative means, it will have to revise those disclosures, as appropriate.) The Board notes, however, that some depository institutions likely already provide some form of consumer opt-out based on their implementation of best practices under the February 2005 Joint Guidance. In addition, institutions that did not previously revise their periodic statement disclosures to comply with the prior May 2005 Regulation DD amendments because they did not promote their overdraft service will need to do so to reflect aggregate overdraft and aggregate returned-item fees for the statement period and year to date. Lastly, institutions will have to reprogram their automated systems to provide balances that exclude additional funds the institution may provide to cover an overdraft in response to consumer balance inquiries, if the institution has not done so as previously recommended by the February 2005 Joint Guidance. 3. *Recordkeeping, reporting, and compliance requirements.* The proposed revisions to Regulation DD require all depository institutions to provide consumers notice of their right to opt out of the institution's overdraft service before the service is provided, and on each periodic statement reflecting an overdraft fee or charge (or alternatively, on a notice sent promptly after an overdraft informing the consumer of that fact). In addition, as discussed in more detail above, institutions that have not previously provided total dollar amounts of fees imposed on the account for paying overdrafts and total dollar amounts of fees for returning items unpaid will be required to do so for both the statement period and the calendar year to date. Disclosures of account balances that include funds that the institution may provide to cover an overdraft will be prohibited, unless the institution specifically discloses that fact. 4. *Other federal rules.* The Board has not identified any federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed revisions to Regulation DD. 5. *Significant alternatives to the proposed revisions.* The Board solicits comment about additional ways to reduce regulatory burden associated with this proposed rule. VI. Paperwork Reduction Act In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506; 5 CFR part 1320 Appendix A.1), the Board reviewed the rule under the authority delegated to the Federal Reserve by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The collection of information that is subject to the PRA by this proposed rulemaking is found in 12 CFR part 230. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and an organization is not required to respond to, this information collection unless the information collection displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control number is 7100-0271. This information collection is required to provide benefits for consumers and is mandatory (15 U.S.C. 1601 *et seq.* ). Since the Board does not collect any information, no issue of confidentiality arises. The respondents/recordkeepers are creditors and other entities subject to Regulation DD, including for-profit financial institutions and small businesses. Section 269 of the Truth in Savings Act
(TISA)(12 U.S.C. 4308) authorizes the Board to issue regulations to carry out the provisions of TISA. TISA and Regulation DD require depository institutions to disclose yields, fees, and other terms concerning deposit accounts to consumers at account opening, upon request, and when changes in terms occur. Depository institutions that provide periodic statements are required to include information about fees imposed, interest earned, and the annual percentage yield earned during those statement periods. The act and regulation mandate the methods by which institutions determine the account balance on which interest is calculated. They also contain rules about advertising deposit accounts. To ease the compliance cost (particularly for small entities), model clauses and sample forms are appended to the regulation. Depository institutions are required to retain evidence of compliance for twenty-four months, but the regulation does not specify types of records that must be retained. Regulation DD applies to all depository institutions except credit unions. Credit unions are covered by a substantially similar rule issued by the National Credit Union Administration. Under the PRA, the Federal Reserve accounts for the paperwork burden associated with Regulation DD only for Board-supervised institutions. Regulation DD defines Board-regulated institutions as: State member banks, branches and agencies of foreign banks (other than federal branches, federal agencies, and insured state branches of foreign banks), commercial lending companies owned or controlled by foreign banks, and organizations operating under section 25 or 25A of the Federal Reserve Act. Other federal agencies account for the paperwork burden imposed on the depository institutions for which they have administrative enforcement authority. As mentioned in the preamble, the proposed rulemaking sets forth content, timing and format requirements for a notice provided to consumers about their right to opt out of an institution's overdraft service. Current requirements for disclosing totals for overdraft and returned item fees on periodic statements would be extended to apply to all institutions and not solely to institutions that promote the payment of overdrafts. The proposed rule would also require institutions that provide balance information in response to a balance inquiry by the consumer, to only include funds available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal without incurring an overdraft, and not any funds added through the institution's overdraft service. The Board estimates that 1,172 respondents regulated by the Board would take, on average, 40 hours (one business week) to re-program and update their systems to comply with the proposed disclosure requirements. These disclosure requirements include opt-out disclosures for overdraft services (§ 230.10), disclosure of total fees on periodic statements (§ 230.11(a)), and disclosure of account balances (§ 230.11(c)). The Board estimates the total annual one-time burden to be 46,880 hours and believes that, on a continuing basis, there would be no increase in burden as the proposed disclosures would be sufficiently accounted for once incorporated into the current account disclosures (§ 230.4) and periodic statement disclosure (§ 230.6). To ease the compliance cost model clauses, B-10 consumer opt-out from overdraft services sample form (§ 230.10) and B-11 aggregate overdraft and returned item fees sample form (§ 230.11), are proposed in Appendix B. The current total annual burden is estimated to be 176,177 hours for 1,172 Board-covered institutions. The proposed total annual burden is estimated to be 223,057 hours, an increase of 46,880 hours. The other federal financial agencies are responsible for estimating and reporting to OMB the total paperwork burden for the institutions for which they have administrative enforcement authority. They may, but are not required to, use the Board's burden estimates. Using the Board's method, the total estimated annual burden for all financial institutions subject to Regulation DD, including Board-supervised institutions, would be approximately 2,898,548 hours. The proposed amendments would impose a one-time increase in the estimated annual burden for all institutions subject to Regulation DD by 772,000 hours to 3,670,548 hours. The above estimates represent an average across all respondents and reflect variations between institutions based on their size, complexity, and practices. All covered institutions, including depository institutions (of which there are approximately 19,300), potentially are affected by this collection of information, and thus are respondents for purposes of the PRA. *Comments are invited on:*
(1)Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Board's functions; including whether the information has practical utility;
(2)the accuracy of the Board's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the cost of compliance;
(3)ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4)ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Comments on the collection of information should be sent to Michelle Shore, Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer, Division of Research and Statistics, Mail Stop 151-A, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551, with copies of such comments sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (7100-0271), Washington, DC 20503. Text of Proposed Revisions Certain conventions have been used to highlight the proposed changes to the text of the regulation and staff commentary. New language is shown inside bold-faced arrows, while language that would be deleted is set off with bold-faced brackets. List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 230 Advertising, Banks, Banking, Consumer protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Truth in savings. Authority and Issuance For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Board proposes to amend Regulation DD, 12 CFR part 230, and the Official Staff Commentary, as set forth below: PART 230—TRUTH IN SAVINGS (REGULATION DD) 1. The authority citation for part 230 continues to read as follows: Authority: 12 U.S.C. 4301 *et seq* . 2. Section 230.1 is amended by revising paragraph
(a)to read as follows: § 230.1 Authority, purpose, coverage, and effect on state laws.
(a)*Authority.* This regulation, known as Regulation DD, is issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to implement the Truth in Savings Act of 1991 (the act), contained in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 3201 *et seq.* , Pub. L. 102-242, 105 Stat. 2236). Information-collection requirements contained in this regulation have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. 3501 *et seq.* and have been assigned OMB No. [7100-0255] ▸7100-0271◂. 3. Section 230.10 is added to read as follows: § 230.10 ▸Opt-out disclosure requirements for overdraft services.
(a)*General rule.* If a depository institution provides a consumer the right to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts pursuant to the institution's overdraft service, as defined in 12 CFR 227.31(c), the institution must provide written notice of that right in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(b)*Format and content* . The notice described in paragraph
(a)of this section must use a format substantially similar to Sample Form B-10, and include the following information:
(1)*Overdraft policy* . The categories of transactions for which a fee for paying an overdraft may be imposed;
(2)*Fees imposed.* The dollar amount of any fees or charges imposed for paying checks or other items when there are insufficient or unavailable funds and the account becomes overdrawn;
(3)*Potential impact of fee in relation to overdraft amount.* A statement that a fee may be charged for overdrafts as low as $1, or the lowest dollar amount for which the institution may charge an overdraft fee;
(4)*Limits on fees charged.* The maximum amount of overdraft fees or charges that may be assessed per day and per statement period, or, if applicable, that there is no limit to the fees that can be imposed;
(5)*Disclosure of opt-out right.* An explanation of the consumer's right to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts, including the method(s) by which the consumer may exercise that right; and
(6)*Alternative payment options.* As applicable, a statement that the institution offers other alternatives for the payment of overdrafts. In addition, if the institution offers a line of credit subject to the Board's Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226) for the payment of overdrafts, the institution must also state that fact. An institution may, but is not required to, list additional alternatives for the payment of overdrafts.
(c)*Timing.* As applicable, the notice described in paragraph
(a)of this section must be provided:
(1)Prior to the institution's imposition of any fee for paying a check or other item when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the consumer's account, provided that the consumer has a reasonable opportunity to exercise the opt-out right prior to the assessment of any fee for paying an overdraft; and (2)(i) On each periodic statement reflecting any fee(s) or charge(s) for paying an overdraft, in close proximity to the disclosures required by § 230.11(a); or
(ii)At least once per statement period on any notice sent promptly after the institution's payment of an overdraft.◂ 4. Section 230.11 is amended by revising the heading, paragraphs
(a)(b)(2)(x) and (b)(2)(xi), and adding paragraphs (b)(2)(xii) and
(c)to read as follows: § 230.11 Additional disclosure requirements [for institutions advertising the payment of overdrafts] ▸for overdraft services.◂
(a)[Periodic statement disclosures] ▸ *Disclosure of total fees on periodic statements* ◂—(1) *Disclosure of total fees* ] ▸ *General* ◂. [(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if a depository institution promotes the payment of overdrafts in an advertisement, the] ▸A depository◂ institution must separately disclose on each periodic statement▸, as applicable◂: [(A)] ▸(i)◂ The total dollar amount for all fees or charges imposed on the account for paying checks or other items when there are insufficient funds and the account becomes overdrawn; and [(B)] ▸(ii)◂ The total dollar amount for all fees imposed on the account for returning items unpaid. [(ii)] ▸(2) *Totals required.* ◂ The disclosures required by [this] paragraph ▸(a)(1) of this section◂ must be provided for the statement period and for the calendar year to date [for any account to which the advertisement applies]; ▸(3) *Format requirements.* The aggregate fee disclosures required by paragraph
(a)of this section must be disclosed in close proximity to fees identified under § 230.6(a)(3), using a format substantially similar to Sample Form B-11 in appendix B.◂ [(2) *Communications not triggering disclosure of total fees.* The following communications by a depository institution do not trigger the disclosures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
(i)Promoting in an advertisement a service for paying overdrafts where the institution's payment of overdrafts will be agreed upon in writing and subject to the Board's Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226);
(ii)Communicating (whether by telephone, electronically, or otherwise) about the payment of overdrafts in response to a consumer-initiated inquiry about deposit accounts or overdrafts. Providing information about the payment of overdrafts in response to a balance inquiry made through an automated system, such as a telephone response machine, an ATM, or an institution's Internet site, is not a response to a consumer-initiated inquiry for purposes of this paragraph;
(iii)Engaging in an in-person discussion with a consumer;
(iv)Making disclosures that are required by federal or other applicable law;
(v)Providing a notice or including information on a periodic statement informing a consumer about a specific overdrawn item or the amount the account is overdrawn;
(vi)Including in a deposit account agreement a discussion of the institution's right to pay overdrafts;
(vii)Providing a notice to a consumer, such as at an ATM, that completing a requested transaction may trigger a fee for overdrawing an account, or providing a general notice that items overdrawing an account may trigger a fee; or
(viii)Providing informational or educational materials concerning the payment of overdrafts if the materials do not specifically describe the institution's overdraft service.
(3)*Time period covered by disclosures.* An institution must make the disclosures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the first statement period that begins after an institution advertises the payment of overdrafts. An institution may disclose total fees imposed for the calendar year by aggregating fees imposed since the beginning of the calendar year, or since the beginning of the first statement period that year for which such disclosures are required.
(4)*Termination of promotions.* Paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall cease to apply with respect to a deposit account two years after the date of an institution's last advertisement promoting the payment of overdrafts applicable to that account.
(5)*Acquired accounts.* An institution that acquires an account must thereafter provide the disclosures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the first statement period that begins after the institution promotes the payment of overdrafts in an advertisement that applies to the acquired account. If disclosures under paragraph (a)(1) of this section are required for the acquired account, the institution may, but is not required to, include fees imposed prior to acquisition of the account.]
(b)* * *
(2)* * *
(x)A notice provided to a consumer, such as at an ATM, that completing a requested transaction may trigger a fee for overdrawing an account, or a general notice that items overdrawing an account may trigger a fee; [or]
(xi)Informational or educational materials concerning the payment of overdrafts if the materials do not specifically describe the institution's overdraft service[.]▸; or
(xii)An opt-out notice regarding the institution's payment of overdrafts under § 230.10 of this part.◂ ▸(c) *Disclosure of account balances* . In response to an account balance inquiry by a consumer through an automated system, an institution must provide a balance that solely includes funds that are available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal, and may not include additional amounts that the institution may provide to cover an item when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the consumer's account. The institution may, at its option, disclose a second account balance that includes such an additional amount, if the institution prominently indicates that this balance includes funds provided by the institution to cover overdrafts.◂ 5. In Appendix B to Part 230, and new forms B-10 Overdraft Services Opt-Out Notice Sample Form and B-11 Aggregate Overdraft And Returned Item Fees Sample Form to read as follows: Appendix B to Part 230—Model Clauses and Sample Forms EP19MY08.004 EP19MY08.005 6. In Supplement I to part 230: a. In Section 230.10, the heading is revised and new paragraphs 1. through 3. are added. b. In Section 230.11 and Section 230.11(a), the headings are revised and paragraphs (a)(1)1. and (a)(1)2. are removed. c. In Section 230.11, paragraphs (a)(1)3. through (a)(1)8. are redesignated as paragraphs (a)(1)1. through (a)(1)6., respectively. d. In Section 230.11, new paragraphs (a)(1)2. and (a)(1)3. are revised. e. In Section 230.11, new paragraphs (c)1. and (c)2. are added. Supplement I to Part 230—Official Staff Interpretations Section 230.10 Opt-out Disclosure Requirements for the Payment of Overdrafts ▸1. *Disclosure of opt-out right.* Section 230.10 sets forth the disclosures that must be provided if a depository institution provides a consumer the right to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts. Institutions may be required to provide consumers with the right to opt out in accordance with federal or other applicable law. *See, e.g.* , § 227.31(a) of the Board's Regulation AA (12 CFR part 227). 2. *Methods of opting out.* Reasonable methods that a consumer may use to opt out of an institution's payment of overdrafts include mailing a form and calling a toll-free telephone number. 3. *Additional opt-out notice content.* In the opt-out notice provided under § 230.10(a) of this part, an institution may briefly describe the consequences of the consumer's election to opt out of the institution's payment of overdrafts. For example, the institution may state that if a consumer opts out, the consumer's payment may be denied, or returned unpaid, and that the consumer may incur returned item fees from both the institution as well as the payee.◂ Section 230.11 Additional Disclosures Regarding the Payment of Overdrafts *(a) Disclosure of total fees on periodic statements.* *(a)(1) General.* 2. *Fees for paying overdrafts.* [An institution that advertises the payment of overdrafts] ▸Institutions◂ must disclose on periodic statements a total dollar amount for all fees charged to the account for paying overdrafts. The institution must disclose separate totals for the statement period and for the calendar year to date. The total dollar amount includes per-item fees as well as interest charges, daily or other periodic fees, or fees charged for maintaining an account in overdraft status, whether the overdraft is by check or by other means. It also includes fees charged when there are insufficient funds because previously deposited funds are subject to a hold or are uncollected. It does not include fees for transferring funds from another account to avoid an overdraft, or fees charged when the institution has previously agreed in writing to pay items that overdraw the account and the service is subject to the Board's Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 226. 3. *Fees for returning items unpaid.* [An institution that advertises the payment of overdrafts must disclose a] ▸The◂ total dollar amount ▸of◂ [for all] fees ▸for returning items unpaid must include all fees◂ charged to the account for dishonoring or returning checks or other items drawn on the account. The institution must disclose separate totals for the statement period and for the calendar year to date. Fees imposed when deposited items are returned are not included. ▸(c) *Disclosure of account balances.* 1. *Funds available for consumer's immediate use or withdrawal.* For purposes of the balance disclosure requirement in § 230.11(c), an institution must generally disclose a balance that solely reflects the funds that are available for the consumer's immediate use or withdrawal, without the consumer incurring an overdraft. The balance disclosed may, but need not, include funds that are deposited in the consumer's account, such as from a check, that are not yet made available for withdrawal in accordance with the funds availability rules under the Board's Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229). In addition, the balance disclosed may, but need not, include any funds that are held by the institution to satisfy a prior obligation of the consumer (for example, to cover a hold for an ATM or debit card transaction that has been authorized but for which the bank has not settled). 2. *Balance inquiry channels.* The balance disclosure requirement in § 230.11 applies to any automated system through which the consumer requests a balance, including, but not limited to, a telephone response system, the institution's Internet site or an automated teller machine
(ATM)(whether or not the ATM is owned or operated by the institution). If the balance is obtained at an ATM, the disclosure requirement applies whether the balance is disclosed on the ATM screen or on a paper receipt.◂ By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, May 2, 2008. Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary of the Board. [FR Doc. E8-10243 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6210-01-P DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration 14 CFR Part 39 [Docket No. FAA-2008-0556; Directorate Identifier 2007-NM-028-AD] RIN 2120-AA64 Airworthiness Directives; Various Aircraft Equipped With Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851(-) Integrated Navigation Units AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT). ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to supersede an existing airworthiness directive
(AD)that applies to various aircraft equipped with certain Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) integrated navigation units (INUs). The existing AD, as one alternative for compliance, provides for a one-time inspection to determine whether a certain modification has been installed on the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 navigation receiver module (NRM), which is part of the INU. In lieu of accomplishing this inspection, and for aircraft found to have an affected NRM, that AD provides for revising the aircraft flight manual to include new limitations for instrument landing system approaches. That AD also requires an inspection to determine whether certain other modifications have been done on the NRM; and doing related investigative, corrective, and other specified actions, as applicable; as well as further modifications to address additional anomalies. This proposed AD would extend the compliance time for a certain inspection and associated actions. This proposed AD would also revise the applicability to include additional affected INUs. This proposed AD results from reports indicating that erroneous localizer and glideslope indications have occurred on certain aircraft equipped with the subject INUs. We are proposing this AD to ensure that the flight crew has accurate localizer and glideslope deviation indications. An erroneous localizer or glideslope deviation indication could lead to the aircraft making an approach off the localizer, which could result in impact with an obstacle or terrain. DATES: We must receive comments on this proposed AD by July 3, 2008. ADDRESSES: You may send comments by any of the following methods: • *Federal eRulemaking Portal:* Go to *http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • *Fax:* 202-493-2251. • *Mail:* U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. • *Hand Delivery:* U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact *https://pubs.cas.honeywell.com* or contact Honeywell International, Inc., Commercial Electronic Systems, 21111 North 19th Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85027-2708. Examining the AD Docket You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov* ; or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (telephone 800-647-5527) is in the ADDRESSES section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: J. Kirk Baker, Aerospace Engineer, Systems and Equipment Branch, ANM-130L, FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, California 90712-4137; telephone
(562)627-5345; fax
(562)627-5210. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Comments Invited We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the ADDRESSES section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2008-0556; Directorate Identifier 2007-NM-028-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments. We will post all comments we receive, without change, to *http://www.regulations.gov,* including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD. Discussion On October 13, 2006, we issued AD 2006-22-05, amendment 39-14802 (71 FR 62907, October 27, 2006), for various aircraft equipped with certain Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) integrated navigation units (INUs). That AD, as one alternative for compliance, provides for a one-time inspection to determine whether a certain modification has been installed on the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 navigation receiver module (NRM), which is part of the INU. In lieu of accomplishing this inspection, and for aircraft found to have an affected NRM, that AD provides for revising the aircraft flight manual to include new limitations for instrument landing system approaches. That AD also requires an inspection to determine whether certain other modifications have been done on the NRM; and doing related investigative, corrective, and other specified actions, as applicable; as well as further modifications to address additional anomalies. That AD resulted from reports indicating that erroneous glideslope indications have occurred on certain aircraft equipped with the subject INUs. We issued that AD to ensure that the flightcrew has an accurate glideslope deviation indication. An erroneous glideslope deviation indication could lead to the aircraft making an approach off the glideslope, which could result in impact with an obstacle or terrain. Actions Since Existing AD Was Issued Since we issued AD 2006-22-05, we have become aware of the need to change three aspects of the existing AD: 1. Additional INU part numbers need to be added to the applicability. 2. Paragraph
(j)of the existing AD requires related investigative, corrective, and other specified actions for certain NRMs before further flight. Our intention was to allow the full compliance time for both the inspection for the discrepant NRMs and the other associated actions for those NRMs. 3. We have determined that the existing AD's compliance time for the inspection and other associated actions (paragraph
(j)in the NPRM) may be extended to 30 months and still provide an adequate level of safety for the fleet. FAA's Determination and Requirements of the Proposed AD We have evaluated all pertinent information and identified an unsafe condition that is likely to develop on other products of the same type design. For this reason, we are proposing this AD, which would supersede AD 2006-22-05 and retain its requirements, with revised compliance times for a certain inspection and other associated actions. This proposed AD would also revise the applicability to include additional affected INUs. Additional Changes to Existing AD Where paragraph
(i)of the existing AD incorrectly refers to paragraph (k), the proper reference should be to paragraph (j). We have revised this proposed AD accordingly. We also clarified the unsafe condition by also referring to the localizer (in addition to the glideslope). Costs of Compliance There are about 3,063 aircraft of the affected design in the worldwide fleet. The following table provides the estimated costs for U.S. operators to comply with this proposed AD. The manufacturer states that it will supply required parts to existing customers at no cost. Estimated Costs Action Work hours Average labor rate per hour Parts Cost per aircraft Number of U.S.- registered aircraft Fleet cost Inspection for NRM modification level 1 $80 $0 $80 Up to 1,500 Up to $120,000. AFM revision 1 80 0 80 Up to 1,500 Up to $120,000. Modification (to Mod T configuration) 1 80 0 80 Up to 1,500 Up to $120,000. The cost impact figures discussed above are based on assumptions that no operator has yet accomplished any of the proposed actions specified in this NPRM, and that no operator would accomplish those actions in the future if this AD were not adopted. We have been advised, however, that the actions have already been done on some affected airplanes. Therefore, the future economic cost impact of this rule on U.S. operators is expected to be less than the cost impact figures indicated above. Authority for This Rulemaking Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority. We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action. Regulatory Findings We have determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed regulation: 1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; 2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and 3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket. See the ADDRESSES section for a location to examine the regulatory evaluation. List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39 Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety. The Proposed Amendment Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows: PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES 1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows: Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701. § 39.13 [Amended] 2. The Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA)amends § 39.13 by removing amendment 39-14802 (71 FR 62907, October 27, 2006) and adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD): **Various Aircraft:** Docket No. FAA-2008-0556; Directorate Identifier 2007-NM-028-AD. Comments Due Date
(a)The FAA must receive comments on this AD action by July 3, 2008. Affected ADs
(b)This AD supersedes AD 2006-22-05. Applicability
(c)This AD applies to various aircraft, certificated in any category, equipped with any Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) integrated navigation unit
(INU)identified in a service bulletin identified in Table 1 of this AD. The aircraft include but are not limited to BAE Systems (Operations) Limited (Jetstream) Model 4101 airplanes; Bombardier Model BD-700-1A10 series airplanes; Bombardier Model CL-215-6B11 (CL-415 variant) series airplanes; Cessna Model 560, 560XL, and 650 airplanes; Dassault Model Mystere-Falcon 50 series airplanes; AvCraft Dornier Model 328-100 and -300 series airplanes; Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER) Model EMB-135 airplanes and Model EMB-145, -145ER, -145MR, -145LR, -145XR, -145MP, and -145EP airplanes; Learjet Model 45 airplanes; Raytheon Model Hawker 800XP and Hawker 1000 airplanes; and Sikorsky Model S-76A, S-76B, and S-76C aircraft. Table 1.—INUs Affected by This AD INUs listed in Honeywell— Revision— Dated—
(1)Alert Service Bulletin 7510134-34-A0016 001 March 4, 2003.
(2)Service Bulletin 7510134-34-0018 Original July 8, 2004.
(3)Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0034 Original February 28, 2003.
(4)Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035 Original July 11, 2003.
(5)Service Bulletin 7510100-34-0037 Original July 8, 2004. Note 1: This AD applies to Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INUs installed on any aircraft, regardless of whether the aircraft has been otherwise modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the requirements of this AD. For aircraft that have been modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph
(o)of this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to address it. Unsafe Condition
(d)This AD results from reports indicating that erroneous localizer and glideslope indications have occurred on certain aircraft equipped with the subject INUs. We are issuing this AD to ensure that the flight crew has accurate localizer and glideslope deviation indications. An erroneous localizer or glideslope deviation indication could lead to the aircraft making an approach off the localizer, which could result in impact with an obstacle or terrain. Compliance
(e)You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done. Restatement of Certain Requirements of AD 2006-22-05 Compliance Time for Action
(f)For any INU identified in Table 2 of this AD: Within 5 days after March 11, 2003 (the effective date of AD 2003-04-06, which was superseded by AD 2006-22-05), accomplish the requirements of either paragraph
(g)or
(h)of this AD. After December 1, 2006 (the effective date of AD 2006-22-05), only accomplishing the requirements of paragraph
(g)of this AD is acceptable for compliance with this paragraph. Table 2.—INUs Identified in AD 2006-22-05 P/N 7510100-811 through 7510100-814 inclusive. P/N 7510100-831 through 7510100-834 inclusive. P/N 7510100-901 through 7510100-904 inclusive. P/N 7510100-911 through 7510100-914 inclusive. P/N 7510100-921 through 7510100-924 inclusive. P/N 7510100-931 through 7510100-934 inclusive. Inspection to Determine Part Number
(g)For any INU identified in Table 2 of this AD: Perform a one-time general visual inspection of the modification plate for the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 Navigation Receiver Module (NRM); part number 7510134-811, -831, -901, or -931; which is part of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU; to determine if Mod L has been installed. The modification plate is located on the bottom of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU, is labeled NV-850, and contains the part number and serial number for the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM. If Mod L is installed, the letter L will be blacked out. Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003, is an acceptable source of service information for the inspection required by this paragraph.
(1)If Mod L is installed, before further flight, do paragraph
(h)or
(j)of this AD. After December 1, 2006, only accomplishment of paragraph
(j)is acceptable for compliance with this paragraph.
(2)If Mod L is not installed, no further action is required by this paragraph. Note 2: For the purposes of this AD, a general visual inspection is defined as: “A visual examination of an interior or exterior area, installation, or assembly to detect obvious damage, failure, or irregularity. This level of inspection is made from within touching distance unless otherwise specified. A mirror may be necessary to enhance visual access to all exposed surfaces in the inspection area. This level of inspection is made under normally available lighting conditions such as daylight, hangar lighting, flashlight, or droplight and may require removal or opening of access panels or doors. Stands, ladders, or platforms may be required to gain proximity to the area being checked.” Aircraft Flight Manual
(AFM)Revision
(h)For aircraft having an INU identified in Table 2 of this AD: Revise the Limitations section of the AFM to include the following statements (which may be accomplished by inserting a copy of the AD into the AFM): “Flight Limitations When crossing the Outer Marker on glideslope, the altitude must be verified with the value on the published procedure. For aircraft with a single operating glideslope receiver, the approach may be flown using normal procedures no lower than Localizer Only Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA). For aircraft with two operating glideslope receivers, the aircraft may be flown to the published minimums for the approach using normal procedures if both glideslope receivers are tuned to the approach and both crew members are monitoring the approach using independent data and displays.” Parts Installation
(i)For aircraft having an INU identified in Table 2 of this AD: As of March 11, 2003, no person may install a Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM on which Mod L has been installed, on the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU of any aircraft, unless paragraph
(h)or
(j)of this AD is accomplished. As of December 1, 2006, only accomplishment of paragraph
(j)is acceptable for compliance with this paragraph. Inspection to Determine Modification Level of NRM
(j)For any INU identified in Table 2 of this AD on which Mod L was found to be installed during the inspection required by paragraph
(g)of this AD, or for aircraft on which paragraph
(h)of this AD was accomplished: Within 30 months after December 1, 2006, do an inspection of the modification plate on the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM; part number 7510134-811, -831, -901, or -931; which is part of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU; to determine if Mod L, N, P, R, or T is installed. The modification plate located on the bottom of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU is labeled NV-850, and contains the part number and serial number for the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM. If Mod L, N, P, R, or T is installed, the corresponding letter on the modification plate will be blacked out. Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003, is an acceptable source of service information for this inspection. If Mod T is installed, no further action is required by this paragraph. If Mod L, N, P, or R is installed, within 30 months after December 1, 2006, do all applicable related investigative, corrective, and other specified actions, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003; and Honeywell Service Bulletin 7510100-34-0037, dated July 8, 2004; to ensure that the NRM is at the Mod T configuration. Once the actions in this paragraph are completed, the AFM revision required by paragraph
(h)of this AD may be removed from the AFM.
(k)If the inspection specified in paragraph
(j)of this AD is done within the compliance time specified in paragraph
(f)of this AD, paragraph
(g)of this AD does not need to be done. New Requirements of This AD Inspection to Determine Mod Level
(l)*For any INU that is not identified in Table 2 of this AD:* Within 30 months after the effective date of this AD, perform a one-time general visual inspection of the modification plate for the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 Navigation Receiver Module (NRM); part number 7510134-811, -831, -901, or -931; which is part of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU; to determine whether Mod L, N, P, R, or T is installed. The modification plate located on the bottom of the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU is labeled NV-850, and contains the part number and serial number for the Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM. If Mod L, N, P, R, or T is installed, the corresponding letter on the modification plate will be blacked out. Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003, is an acceptable source of service information for this inspection.
(1)If Mod T is installed: No further action is required by this paragraph.
(2)If Mod L, N, P, or R is installed: Within 30 months after the effective date of this AD, do all applicable related investigative, corrective, and other specified actions, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003; and Honeywell Service Bulletin 7510100-34-0037, dated July 8, 2004; to ensure that the NRM is at the Mod T configuration. Note 3: For more information on the inspection specified in paragraphs (g), (j), and
(l)of this AD, refer to Honeywell Technical Newsletter A23-3850-001, Revision 1, dated January 21, 2003. Parts Installation
(m)For aircraft that have an INU that is not identified in Table 2 of this AD: As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a Honeywell Primus II NV-850 NRM on which Mod L has been installed on the Honeywell Primus II RNZ-850( )/-851( ) INU of any aircraft, unless paragraph
(l)is accomplished. No Report
(n)Where Honeywell Alert Service Bulletin 7510100-34-A0035, dated July 11, 2003 (or any of the related service information referenced therein), specifies to submit certain information to the manufacturer, this AD does not include that requirement. Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs) (o)(1) The Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested in accordance with the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19.
(2)To request a different method of compliance or a different compliance time for this AD, follow the procedures in 14 CFR 39.19. Before using any approved AMOC on any aircraft to which the AMOC applies, notify your appropriate principal inspector
(PI)in the FAA Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), or lacking a PI, your local FSDO. Issued in Renton, Washington, on May 10, 2008. Michael J. Kaszycki, Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service. [FR Doc. E8-11104 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration 14 CFR Part 39 [Docket No. FAA-2008-0555; Directorate Identifier 2008-NM-074-AD] RIN 2120-AA64 Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700 & 701) Series Airplanes and Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) Series Airplanes AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT). ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to revise an existing airworthiness directive
(AD)that applies to certain Bombardier Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet series 700 & 701) series airplanes and Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet series 900) series airplanes. The existing AD currently requires revising the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions of Continued Airworthiness by incorporating new repetitive inspections and an optional terminating action for the repetitive inspections, and repairing any crack. This proposed AD would clarify the applicability of the existing AD. This proposed AD results from reports of hydraulic pressure loss in either the number 1 or number 2 hydraulic system due to breakage or leakage of hydraulic lines in the aft equipment bay and reports of cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web around these feed-through holes. We are proposing this AD to prevent loss of hydraulic pressure, which could result in reduced controllability of the airplane, and to detect and correct cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the aft pressure bulkhead. DATES: We must receive comments on this proposed AD by June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: You may send comments by any of the following methods: • *Federal eRulemaking Portal:* Go to *http://www.regulations.gov* . Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • *Fax:* 202-493-2251. • *Mail:* U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. • *Hand Delivery:* U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., Canadair, Aerospace Group, P.O. Box 6087, Station Centre-ville, Montreal, Quebec H3C 3G9, Canada. Examining the AD Docket You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov* ; or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (telephone 800-647-5527) is in the ADDRESSES section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Pong Lee, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Propulsion Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office, 1600 Stewart Avenue, suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone
(516)228-7324; fax
(516)794-5531. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Comments Invited We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the ADDRESSES section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2008-0555; Directorate Identifier 2008-NM-074-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments. We will post all comments we receive, without change, to *http://www.regulations.gov* , including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD. Discussion On June 10, 2005, we issued AD 2005-13-02, amendment 39-14138 (70 FR 35987, June 22, 2005), for certain Bombardier Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet series 700 & 701) series airplanes, and Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet series 900) series airplanes. That AD requires revising the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions of Continued Airworthiness by incorporating new repetitive inspections and an optional terminating action for the repetitive inspections, and repairing any crack. That AD resulted from reports of hydraulic pressure loss in either the number 1 or number 2 hydraulic system due to breakage or leakage of hydraulic lines in the aft equipment bay and reports of cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web around these feed-through holes. We issued that AD to prevent loss of hydraulic pressure, which could result in reduced controllability of the airplane, and to detect and correct cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the aft pressure bulkhead. Actions Since Existing AD Was Issued Since we issued AD 2005-13-02, we have determined that is it necessary to clarify the affected airplanes in paragraph (c), “Applicability,” of that AD. Paragraph
(c)excludes “airplanes on which Modification Summaries 670T00494 or 670T11944; and Modification Summary 670T11508 or Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-29-008, dated March 12, 2004, or Revision A, dated May 5, 2004; has been incorporated in production.” In the case of AD 2005-13-02, Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-29-008 affects only airplanes in service, not airplanes “in production.” Therefore, for clarification purposes, we have revised paragraph
(c)of the existing AD by removing the phrase “in production.” U.S. Type Certification of Airplanes These airplanes are manufactured in Canada and are type certificated for operation in the United States under the provisions of section 21.29 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.29) and the applicable bilateral airworthiness agreement. This proposed AD would revise AD 2005-13-02 and would retain the requirements of the existing AD. This proposed AD would clarify the applicability of the existing AD. Costs of Compliance This proposed AD would affect about 116 airplanes of U.S. registry. The actions that are required by AD 2005-13-02 and retained in this proposed AD take about 1 work hour per airplane, at an average labor rate of $80 per work hour. Based on these figures, the estimated cost of the currently required actions is $9,280, or $80 per airplane. Authority for This Rulemaking Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority. We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action. Regulatory Findings We have determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed regulation: 1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; 2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and 3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket. See the ADDRESSES section for a location to examine the regulatory evaluation. List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39 Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety. The Proposed Amendment Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows: PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES 1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows: Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701. § 39.13 [Amended] 2. The Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA)amends § 39.13 by removing amendment 39-14138 (70 FR 35987, June 22, 2005) and adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD): **Bombardier, Inc. (Formerly Canadair):** Docket No. FAA-2008-0555; Directorate Identifier 2008-NM-074-AD. Comments Due Date
(a)The FAA must receive comments on this AD action by June 18, 2008. Affected ADs
(b)This AD revises AD 2005-13-02. Applicability
(c)This AD applies to the airplanes listed in Table 1 of this AD, certificated in any category, excluding those airplanes on which Modification Summaries 670T00494 or 670T11944; and Modification Summary 670T11508 or Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-29-008, dated March 12, 2004, or Revision A, dated May 5, 2004; has been incorporated. Table 1.—Applicability Bombardier model Serial Nos.
(1)CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700 & 701) series airplanes 10003 through 10999 inclusive.
(2)CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) series airplanes 15001 through 15990 inclusive. Unsafe Condition
(d)This AD resulted from reports of hydraulic pressure loss in either the number 1 or number 2 hydraulic system due to breakage or leakage of hydraulic lines in the aft equipment bay and reports of cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web around these feed-through holes. We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of hydraulic pressure, which could result in reduced controllability of the airplane, and to detect and correct cracks on the aft pressure bulkhead web, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the aft pressure bulkhead. Compliance
(e)You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done. Restatement of Requirements of AD 2005-13-02 Revision of Airworthiness Limitations Section
(f)Within 30 days after July 27, 2005 (the effective date of AD 2005-13-02), revise the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions of Continued Airworthiness by inserting a copy of the new repetitive inspections and an optional terminating action of Bombardier CRJ 700/900 Series Temporary Revision
(TR)MRM2-129, dated June 1, 2004, into Section 1.4, Part 2 (Airworthiness Limitations), of Bombardier Regional Jet Model CL-600-2C10 and CL-600-2D24 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP B-053. Thereafter, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) or
(i)of this AD, no alternative structural inspection intervals may be approved for this aft pressure bulkhead and pylon pressure pan in the vicinity of the hydraulic fittings and the hydraulic tube adapters.
(g)When the information in TR MRM2-129, dated June 1, 2004, is included in the general revisions of the Maintenance Requirement Manual, the general revisions may be inserted into the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions of Continued Airworthiness and this TR may be removed. Corrective Action
(h)If any crack is found during any inspection done in accordance with Bombardier CRJ 700/900 Series TR MRM2-129, dated June 1, 2004, or the same inspection specified in the general revisions of the Maintenance Requirement Manual, do the actions specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this AD.
(1)Before further flight, repair the crack in accordance with a method approved by either the Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA; or Transport Canada Civil Aviation
(TCCA)(or its delegated agent).
(2)At the applicable time specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) or (h)(2)(ii) of this AD, revise the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions of Continued Airworthiness by inserting a copy of the inspection requirements for the repair required by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD into Section 1.4, Part 2 (Airworthiness Limitations), of Bombardier Regional Jet Model CL-600-2C10 and CL-600-2D24 Maintenance Requirements Manual, CSP B-053. Thereafter, except as provided in paragraph
(i)of this AD, no alternative structural inspection intervals may be approved for this aft pressure bulkhead and pylon pressure pan in the vicinity of the hydraulic fittings, and the hydraulic tube adapters.
(i)If the repair required by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD is done after the effective date of this AD: Revise the Airworthiness Limitations section within 12 months after the repair.
(ii)If the repair required by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD was accomplished before July 27, 2005: Revise the Airworthiness Limitations section within 12 months after the repair or 30 days after July 27, 2005, whichever occurs later. Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs) (i)(1) The Manager, New York ACO, FAA, ATTN: Pong Lee, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Propulsion Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York ACO, 1600 Stewart Avenue, suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone
(516)228-7324; fax
(516)794-5531; has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19.
(2)To request a different method of compliance or a different compliance time for this AD, follow the procedures in 14 CFR 39.19. Before using any approved AMOC on any airplane to which the AMOC applies, notify your appropriate principal inspector
(PI)in the FAA Flight Standards District Office (FSDO), or lacking a PI, your local FSDO. Related Information
(j)Canadian airworthiness directive CF-2004-14, dated July 20, 2004, also addresses the subject of this AD. Issued in Renton, Washington, on May 8, 2008. Michael J. Kaszycki, Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service. [FR Doc. E8-11112 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration 14 CFR Part 39 [Docket No. FAA-2008-0052; Directorate Identifier 2008-NE-01-AD] RIN 2120-AA64 Airworthiness Directives; Engine Components Inc.
(ECi)Reciprocating Engine Cylinder Assemblies AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT). ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive
(AD)for Lycoming Engines (formerly Textron Lycoming) models 320, 360, and 540 series, “Parallel Valve” reciprocating engines, with certain Engine Components Inc.
(ECi)cylinder assemblies, part number (P/N) AEL65102 series “Titan”, installed. This proposed AD would require initial and repetitive visual inspections and compression tests to detect cracks at the head-to-barrel interface, replacement of cylinder assemblies found cracked, and replacement of certain cylinder assemblies, at new reduced times-in-service. This proposed AD results from reports of 45 failures with head separations of ECi cylinder assemblies. We are proposing this AD to prevent loss of engine power due to cracks at the head-to-barrel interface in the cylinder assemblies and possible engine failure caused by separation of a cylinder head, which could result in loss of control of the aircraft. DATES: We must receive any comments on this proposed AD by July 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Use one of the following addresses to comment on this proposed AD. • *Federal eRulemaking Portal:* Go to *http://www.regulations.gov* and follow the instructions for sending your comments electronically. • *Mail:* Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590-0001. • *Hand Delivery:* Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. • *Fax:*
(202)493-2251. You can get the service information identified in this proposed AD from Engine Components, Inc., 9503 Middlex, San Antonio, TX 78217; Phone
(800)324-2359; fax
(210)820-8102. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Peter W. Hakala, Aerospace Engineer, Special Certification Office, FAA, Rotorcraft Directorate, 2601 Meacham Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76193; e-mail: *peter.w.hakala@faa.gov* ; telephone
(817)222-5145; fax
(817)222-5785. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Comments Invited We invite you to send us any written relevant data, views, or arguments regarding this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under ADDRESSES . Include “Docket No. FAA-2008-0052; Directorate Identifier 2008-NE-01-AD” in the subject line of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend the proposed AD in light of those comments. We will post all comments we receive, without change, to *http://www.regulations.gov* , including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed AD. Using the search function of the Web site, anyone can find and read the comments in any of our dockets, including, if provided, the name of the individual who sent the comment (or signed the comment on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review the DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the **Federal Register** published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78). Examining the AD Docket You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov* ; or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone
(800)647-5527) is the same as the Mail address provided in the ADDRESSES section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt. Discussion In November 2005, we started receiving reports from the National Transportation Safety Board, FAA Flight Standards District Offices, and other FAA offices, of failures of ECi cylinder assemblies, P/N AEL65102 series, installed on Lycoming Engines models 320, 360, and 540 series, parallel valve reciprocating engines. ECi holds the Parts Manufacturer Approval
(PMA)for the affected cylinder assemblies. Parallel valve Lycoming reciprocating engines are identified by the intake and exhaust valves in a parallel configuration. We investigated the failures and determined they were caused by fatigue cracking of the aluminum alloy cylinder head at the head-to-barrel interface. We identified two manufacturing groups of cylinder assemblies requiring action. Group “A” cylinder assemblies (serial number
(SN)1138-02 through SN 35171-22) require initial and repetitive visual inspections and compression tests, and removal from service at 2,000 operating hours time-in-service (TIS), unless installed in helicopters. If installed in helicopters, group “A” cylinder assemblies require the same actions, but must be removed from service at 1,500 operating hours TIS. The helicopter ECi cylinder assemblies are removed at 1,500 hours, because the more strenuous operating conditions require a shorter time between overhaul (TBO). Group “B” cylinder assemblies (SN 35239-01 through SN 37016-28) require the same initial visual inspection and compression test, but must be removed from service before exceeding 350 operating hours TIS. All of the affected cylinder assemblies are marked with cylinder head P/N AEL85099. This unsafe condition, if not corrected, could result in loss of engine power due to cracks in the cylinder assembly and possible engine failure caused by cylinder head separation. FAA's Determination and Requirements of the Proposed AD We have evaluated all pertinent information and identified an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on other products of this same type design. *We are proposing this AD, which would require:* • Determining if Group “A” or Group “B” ECi cylinder assemblies, P/N AEL65102 series “Titan”, with cylinder head P/N AEL85099, are installed on your engine. • For any Group “A” cylinder assembly, performing initial and repetitive visual inspections and compression tests, and replacement not later than 2,000 operating hours TIS or within 25 operating hours TIS if the cylinder assembly exceeds 2,000 operating hours TIS on the effective date of the proposed AD. • For any Group “A” cylinder assembly installed in a helicopter, performing the same initial and repetitive visual inspections and compression tests, but replacement not later than 1,500 operating hours TIS or within 25 operating hours TIS if the cylinder assembly exceeds 1,500 operating hours TIS on the effective date of the proposed AD. • For any Group “B” cylinder assembly, performing the same initial visual inspection and compression test, and replacement not later than 350 operating hours TIS or within 25 operating hours TIS if the cylinder assembly exceeds 350 operating hours TIS on the effective date of the proposed AD. Costs of Compliance We estimate that this proposed AD would affect 13,000 ECi cylinder assemblies installed in aircraft of U.S. registry. The visual inspection and compression tests would take about 4 work-hours for each engine. An individual cylinder replacement would require $1,100 for parts and 6 work-hours. Lycoming engines with a set of 4 ECi cylinders would require 12 work-hours for the cylinder replacement. Lycoming engines with a set of 6 ECi cylinders would require 16 work-hours for the cylinder replacement. We estimate 18 percent of the affected population of cylinders will be replaced. The total cost of the proposed AD to U.S. operators to be $7,952,000. Our estimate is exclusive of any possible warranty coverage. Authority for This Rulemaking Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority. We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action. Regulatory Findings We have determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed AD: 1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; 2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and 3. Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD. You may get a copy of this summary at the address listed under ADDRESSES . List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39 Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety. The Proposed Amendment Under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows: PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES 1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows: Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701. § 39.13 [Amended] 2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive: **Engine Components Inc. (ECi):** Docket No. FAA-2008-0052; Directorate Identifier 2008-NE-01-AD. Comments Due Date
(a)The Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA)must receive comments on this airworthiness directive
(AD)action by July 18, 2008. Affected ADs
(b)None. Applicability
(c)This AD applies to the Lycoming Engines (formerly Textron Lycoming) models 320, 360, and 540 series, “Parallel Valve”, reciprocating engines listed in Table 1 of this AD, with ECi cylinder assembly, part number (P/N) AEL65102 series “Titan”, and with cylinder head, P/N AEL85099, installed.
(1)The applicable cylinder assembly serial numbers
(SNs)are SN 1138-02 through SN 35171-22, (referred to in this AD as Group “A” cylinder assemblies); and
(2)SN 35239-01 through SN 37016-28 (referred to in this AD as Group “B” cylinder assemblies).
(3)Note that the cylinder assembly P/N is at the crankcase end of the cylinder assembly, and might be difficult to see. As a guide in determining if your cylinder assemblies are affected, all affected cylinder assemblies have cylinder head P/N AEL85099. The cylinder head P/N is at the top of the cylinder head, near the intake and exhaust valve springs, and is easier to locate than the cylinder assembly P/N.
(4)Note that the set of numbers appearing on the cylinder, above and to the left of the SN, in the form of “123456” is not used for determining applicability. Table 1.—Engine Models Cylinder assembly part No. Installed on engine models AEL65102-NST04 O-320-A1B, A2B, A2C, A2D, A3A, A3B, B2B, B2C, B2D, B2E, B3B, B3C, C2B, C2C, C3B, C3C, D1A, D1AD, D1B, D1C, D1D, D1F, D2A, D2B, D2C, D2F, D2G, D2H, D2J, D3G, E1A, E1B, E1C, E1F, E1J, E2A, E2B, E2C, E2D, E2E, E2F, E2G, E2H, E3D, E3H. IO-320-A1A, A2A, B1A, B1B, B1C, B1D, B1E, B2A, D1A, D1AD, D1B, D1C, E1A, E1B, E2A, E2B. AEIO-320-D1B, D2B, E1A, E1B, E2A, E2B. AIO-320-A1A, A1B, A2A, A2B, B1B, C1B. LIO-320-B1A. AEL65102-NST05 IO-320-C1A, C1B, C1F, F1A. LIO-320-C1A. AEL65102-NST06 O-320-A1A, A2A, A2B, A2C, A3A, A3B, A3C, E1A, E1B, E2A, E2C, (also, an O-320 model with no suffix). IO-320-A1A, A2A. AEL65102-NST07 IO-320-B1A, B1B. LIO-320-B1A. AEL65102-NST08 O-320-B1A, B1B, B2A, B2B, B3A, B3B, B3C, C1A, C1B, C2A, C2B, C3A, C3B, C3C, D1A, D1B, D2A, D2B, D2C. AEL65102-NST10 O-360-A1A, A1C, A1D, A2A, A2E, A3A, A3D, A4A, B1A, B1B, B2A, B2B, C1A, C1C, C1G, C2A, C2B, C2C, C2D, D1A, D2A, D2B. IO-360-B1A, B1B, B1C. HO-360-A1A, B1A, B1B. HIO-360-B1A, B1B. AEIO-360-B1B. O-540-A1A, A1A5, A1B5, A1C5, A1D, A1D5, A2B, A3D5, A4A5, A4B5, A4C5, A4D5, B1A5, B1B5, B1D5, B2A5, B2B5, B2C5, B2C5D, B4A5, B4B5, B4B5D, D1A5, E1A, E4A5, E4B5, E4C5, F1A5, F1B5, G1A5, G2A5. IO-540-C1B5, C1C5, C2C, C4B5, C4B5D, C4C5, D4A5, D4B5, N1A5, N1A5D. AEL65102-NST12 O-360-A1A, A1AD, A1D, A1F, A1F6, A1F6D, A1G, A1G6, A1G6D, A1H, A1H6, A1J, A1LD, A1P, A2A, A2D, A2F, A2G, A2H, A3A, A3AD, A3D, A4A, A4AD, A4D, A4G, A4J, A4JD, A4K, A4M, A4N, A4P, A5AD, B1A, B2C, C1A, C1C, C1E, C1F, C1G, C2A, C2B, C2C, C2D, C2E, C4F, C4P, D2A, F1A6, G1A6. HO-360 -C1A. LO-360-A1G6D, A1H6. HIO-360-B1A, B1B, G1A. LTO-360-A1A6D. TO-360-A1A6D. IO-360-B1B, B1BD, B1D, B1E, B1F, B1F6, B1G6, B2E, B2F, B2F6, B4A, E1A, L2A, M1A, M1B. AEIO-360-B1B, B1D, B1E, B1F, B1F6, B1G6, B1H, B2F, B2F6, B4A, H1A, H1B. O-540-A4D5, B2B5, B2C5, B2C5D, B4B5, B4B5D, E4A5, E4B5, E4B5D, E4C5, G1A5, G1A5D, G2A5, H1A5, H1A5D, H1B5, H1B5D, H2A5, H2A5D, H2B5D. IO-540-C4B5, C4B5D, C4D5, C4D5D, D4A5, D4B5, D4C5, N1A5, N1A5D, T4A5D, T4B5, T4B5D, T4C5D, V4A5, V4A5D. AEIO-540-D4A5, D4B5, D4C5, D4D5. AEL65102-NST26 IO-540-J4A5, R1A5. TIO-540-C1A, E1A, G1A, H1A. AEL65102-NST38 IO-360-F1A. TIO-540-AA1AD, AB1AD, AB1BD, AF1A, AG1A, AK1A, C1A, C1AD, K1AD. LTIO-540-K1AD. AEL65102-NST43 O-360-J2A. O-540-F1B5, J1A5D, J1B5D, J1C5D, J1D5D, J2A5D, J2B5D, J2C5D, J2D5D, J3A5, J3A5D, J3C5D. IO-540-AB1A5, W1A5, W1A5D, W3A5D. AEL65102-NST44 O-540-L3C5D. For information, the Lycoming Engines (formerly Textron Lycoming) models 320, 360, and 540 series, “Parallel Valve”, reciprocating engines are installed on, but not limited to, the aircraft listed in the following Table 2: Table 2.—Engines Installed On, But Not Limited To Engine models Installed on, but not limited to O-320-A1A Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “150”, PA-22S “150”), Apache (PA-23), Pawnee (PA-25). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). Mooney Aircraft: Mark (20A). Dinfia: Ranquel (1A-46). Simmering-Graz Pauker: Flamingo (SGP-M-222). Aviamilano: Scricciolo (P-19). Vos Helicopter Co.: Spring Bok. O-320-A1B Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “150”, PA-22S “150”), Apache (PA-23). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Horizon (Gardan). O-320-A2A Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “150”, PA-22S “150”), Agriculture (PA-18A “150”), Super Cub (PA-18 “150”), Caribbean (PA-22 “150”), Pawnee (PA-25). Intermountain Mfg. Co.: Call Air Texas (A-5, A-5T). Lake Aircraft: Colonial (C-1). Rawdon Bros.: Rawdon (T-1, T-15, T-15D). Shinn Engineering: Shinn (2150-A). Dinfia: Ranquel (1A-46). Neiva: (1PD-5802). Sud: Gardan-Horizon (GY-80). LaVerda: Falco (F8L Series II, America). Malmo: Vipan (MF1-10). Kingsford Smith: Autocrat (SCRM-153). Aero Commander: 100. O-320-A2B Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “150”, PA-22S “150”), Cherokee (PA-28 “150”), Super Cub (PA-18 “150”). Champion Aircraft: Challenger (7GCA, 7GCB, 7KC), Citabria (7GCAA, 7GCRC), Agriculture (7GCBA). Beagle: Pup (150). Artic: Interstate S1B2. Robinson: R-22. Varga: Kachina 2150A. O-320-A2C Robinson: R-22. Cicare: Cicare AG. Bellanca Aircraft: Citabria 150 (7GCAA), Citabria 150S (7GCBC). O-320-A2D Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23). O-320-A3A Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). Corben-Fettes: Globe Special (Globe GC-1B). O-320-A3B Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). Teal II: TSC (1A2). O-320-B1A Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). Malmo: Vipan (MF1-10). O-320-B1B Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). O-320-B2A Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “160”, PA-22S “160”). O-320-B2B Piper Aircraft: Tri-Pacer (PA-22 “160”, PA-22S “160”). Beagle: Airedale (D5-160). Fuji-Heavy Industries: Fuji (F-200). Uirapuru: Aerotec 122. O-320-B2C Robinson: R-22. O-320-B2D Maule: MX-7-160. O-320-B2E Lycon. O-320-B3A Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). O-320-B3B Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170, 170A, 170B). Sud: Gardan (GY80-160). O-320-C1A Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). Riley Aircraft: Rayjay (Apache). O-320-C1B Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). O-320-C3A Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). O-320-C3B Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “160”). O-320-D1A Sud: Gardan (GY-80). Gyroflug: Speed Cancard. Grob: G115. O-320-D1F Slingsby: T67 Firefly. O-320-D2A Piper Aircraft: Cherokee (PA-28S “160”). Robin: Major (DR400-140B), Chevalier (DR-360), (R-3140). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Tampico TB9. Slingsby: T67C Firefly. Daetwyler: MD-3-160. Nash Aircraft Ltd.: Petrel. Aviolight: P66D Delta. General Avia: Pinguino. O-320-D2B Beech Aircraft: Musketeer (M-23). Piper Aircraft: Cherokee (PA-28 “160”). O-320-D2J Cessna Aircraft: Skyhawk 172. O-320-D3G Piper Aircraft: Warrior II, Cadet (PA-28-161). O-320-E1A Grob: G115. O-320-E1C M.B.B. (Messerschmitt-Boelkow-Blohm): Monsun (BO-209-B). O-320-E1F M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-B). O-320-E2A Piper Aircraft: Cherokee (PA-28 “140”, PA-28 “150”). Robin: Major (DR-340), Sitar, Bagheera (GY-100-135). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Super Rallye (MS-886), Rallye Commodore (MS-892). Siai-Marchetti: (S-202). F.F.A.: Bravo (AS-202/15). Partenavia: Oscar (P66B), Bucker (131 APM). Aeromot: Paulistina P-56. Pezetel: Koliber 150. O-320-E2C Beech Aircraft: Musketeer III (M-23III). M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-B). O-320-E2D Cessna Aircraft: Cardinal (172-I, 177). O-320-E2F M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-B), Wassmer Pacific (WA-51). O-320-E2G American Aviation Corp.: Traveler. O-320-E3D Piper Aircraft: Cherokee (140). Beech Aircraft: Sport. IO-320-B2A Piper Aircraft: Twin Comanche (PA-30). IO-320-B1C Hi. Shear: Wing. IO-320-B1D Ted Smith Aircraft: Aerostar. IO-320-C1A Piper Aircraft: Twin Comanche (PA-30 Turbo). IO-320-D1A M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-C). IO-320-D1B M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-C). IO-320-E1A M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-C). IO-320-E1B Bellanca Aircraft. IO-320-E2A Champion Aircraft: Citabria. IO-320-E2B Bellanca Aircraft. IO-320-F1A CAAR Engineering: Carr Midget. LIO-320-B1A Piper Aircraft: Twin Comanche (PA-39). LIO-320-C1A Piper Aircraft: Twin Comanche (PA-39). AIO-320-B1B M.B.B.: Monsun (BO-209-C). AEIO-320-D1B Slingsby: T67M Firefly. AEIO-320-D2B Hundustan Aeronautics Ltd.: HT-2. AEIO-320-E1A Bellanca Aircraft. Champion Aircraft. AEIO-320-E1B Bellanca Aircraft. Champion Aircraft: Decathalon (8KCAB-CS). AEIO-320-E2B Bellanca Aircraft. Champion Aircraft: Decathalon (8KCAB). O-320-A1A Riley Aircraft: Riley Twin. O-360-A1A Beech Aircraft: Travel Air (95, B-95). Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24). Intermountain Mfg. Co.: Call Air (A-6). Lake Aircraft: Colonial (C-2, LA-4, 4A or 4P). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Cessna (170B, 172, 172A, 172B). Mooney Aircraft: Mark “20B” (M-20B). Earl Horton: Pawnee (Piper PA-25). Dinfia: Ranquel (1A-51). Neiva: (1PD-5901). Regente: (N-591). Wassmer: Super 4 (WA-50A), Sancy (WA-40), Baladou (WA-40), Pariou (WA-40). Sud: Gardan (GY-180). Bolkow: (207). Partenavia: Oscar (P-66). Siai-Marchetti: (S-205). Procaer: Picchio (F-15-A). S.A.A.B.: Safir (91-D). Malmo: Vipan (MF-10B). Aero Boero: AB-180. Beagle: Airedale (A-109). DeHavilland: Drover (DHA-3MK3). Kingsford-Smith: Bushmaster (J5-6). Aero Engine Service Ltd.: Victa (R-2). O-360-A1AD S.O.C.A.T.A.: Tabago TB-10. O-360-A1D Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24). Lake Aircraft: Colonial (LA-4, 4A or 4P). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Beech (Beech 95). Mooney Aircraft: Master “21” (M-20E), Mark “20B”, “20D”, (M20B, M20C), Mooney Statesman (M-20G). Dinfia: Querandi (1A-45). Wassmer: (WA-50). Malmo: Vipan (MF1-10). Cessna Aircraft: Skyhawk. Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Piper (PA-23 “160”). O-360-A1F6 Cessna Aircraft: Cardinal. O-360-A1F6D Cessna Aircraft: Cardinal 177. Teal III: TSC (1A3). O-360-A1G6 Aero Commander. O-360-A1G6D Beech Aircraft: Duchess 76. O-360-A1H6 Piper Aircraft: Seminole (PA-44). O-360-A1LD Wassmer: Europa WA-52. O-360-A1P Aviat: Husky. O-360-A2A Center Est Aeronautique: Regente (DR-253). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Rallye Commodore (MS-893). Societe Aeronautique Normande: Mousquetaire (D-140). Bolkow: Klemm (K1-107C). Partenavia: Oscar (P-66). Beagle: Husky (D5-180) (J1-U). O-360-A2D Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24), Cherokee “C” (PA-28 “180”). Mooney Aircraft: Master “21” (M-20D), Mark “21” (M-20E). O-360-A2E Std. Helicopter. O-360-A2F Aero Commander: Lark (100). Cessna Aircraft: Cardinal. O-360-A2G Beech Aircraft: Sport. O-360-A3A C.A.A.R.P.S.A.N.: (M-23III). Societe Aeronautique Normande: Jodel (D-140C). Robin: Regent (DR400/180), Remorqueur (DR400/180R), R-3170. S.O.C.A.T.A.: Rallye 180GT, Sportavia Sportsman (RS-180). Norman Aeroplace Co.: NAC-1 Freelance. Nash Aircraft Ltd.: Petrel. O-360-A3AD S.O.C.A.T.A.: TB-10. Robin: Aiglon (R-1180T). O-360-A4A Piper Aircraft: Cherokee “D” (PA-28 “180”). O-360-A4D Varga: Kachina. O-360-A4G Beech Aircraft: Musketeer Custom III. O-360-A4K Grumman American: Tiger. Beech Aircraft: Sundowner 180. O-360-A4M Piper Aircraft: Archer II (PA-28 “18”). Valmet: PIK-23. O-360-A4N Cessna Aircraft: 172 (Optional). O-360-A4P Penn Yan: Super Cub Conversion. O-360-A5AD C. Itoh and Co.: Fuji FA-200. O-360-B2C Seabird Aviation: SB7L. O-360-C1A Intermountain Mfg. Co.: Call Air (A-6). O-360-C1E Bellanca Aircraft: Scout (8GCBC-CS). O-360-C1F Maule: Star Rocket MX-7-180. O-360-C1G Christen: Husky (A-1). O-360-C2B Hughes Tool Co.: (269A). O-360-C2D Hughes Tool Co.: (269A). O-360-C2E Hughes Tool Co.: (YHO-2HU) Military. Bellanca Aircraft: Scout (8GCBC FP). O-360-C4F Maule: MX-7-180A. O-360-C4P Penn Yan: Super Cub Conversion. O-360-F1A6 Cessna Aircraft: Cutlass RG. O-360-J2A Robinson: R22. IO-360-B1A Beech Aircraft: Travel-Air (B-95A). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Piper (PA-23 “200”). IO-360-B1B Beech Aircraft: Travel-Air (B-95B). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Piper (PA-23 “200”). Fuji: (FA-200). IO-360-B1D United Consultants: See-Bee. IO-360-B1E Piper Aircraft: Arrow (PA-28 “180R”). IO-360-B1F Utva: 75. IO-360-B2E C.A.A.R.P. C.A.P. (10). IO-360-B1F6 Great Lakes: Trainer. IO-360-B1G6 American Blimp: Spector 42. IO-360-B2F6 Great Lakes: Trainer. LO-360-A1G6D Beech Aircraft: Duchess. LO-360-A1H6 Piper Aircraft: Seminole (PA-44). IO-360-E1A T.R. Smith Aircraft: Aerostar. IO-360-L2A Cessna Aircraft: Skyhawk C-172. IO-360-M1A Diamond Aircraft: DA-40. IO-360-M1B Vans Aircraft: RV6, RV7, RV8. Lancair: 360. AEIO-360-B1F F.F.A.: Bravo (200). Grob: G115/Sport-Acro. AEIO-360-B1G6 Great Lakes. AEIO-360-B2F Mundry: CAP-10. AEIO-360-B4A Pitts: S-1S. AEIO-360-H1A Bellanca Aircraft: Super Decathalon (8KCAB-180). AEIO-360-H1B American Champion: Super Decathalon. VO-360-A1A Brantly Hynes Helicopter: (B-2). VO-360-A1B Brantly Hynes Helicopter: (B-2, B2-A), Military (YHO-3BR). VO-360-B1A Brantly Hynes Helicopter: (B-2, B2-A). IVO-360-A1A Brantly Hynes Helicopter: (B2-B). HO-360-B1A Hughes Tool Co.: (269A). HO-360-B1B Hughes Tool Co.: (269A). HO-360-C1A Schweizer: (300C). HIO-360-B1A Hughes Tool Co.: Military (269-A-1), (TH-55A). HIO-360-B1B Hughes Tool Co.: (269A). HIO-360-G1A Schweizer: (CB). O-540-A1A Rhein-Flugzeugbau: (RF-1). O-540-A1A5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24 “180”). Helio: Military (H-250). Yoeman Aviation: (YA-1). O-540-A1B5 Piper Aircraft: Aztec (PA-23 “250”), Comanche (PA-24 “250”). O-540-A1C5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24 “250”). O-540-A1D Found Bros.: (FBA-2C). Dornier: (DO-28-B1). O-540-A1D5 Piper Aircraft: Aztec (PA-23 “250”), Comanche (PA-24 “250”), Military Aztec (U-11A). Dornier: (DO-28). O-540-A2B Aero Commander: (500). Mid-States Mfg. Co.: Twin Courier (H-500), (U-5). O-540-A3D5 Piper Aircraft: Navy Aztec (PA-23 “250”). O-540-B1A5 Piper Aircraft: Apache (PA-23 “235”). O-540-B1B5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24 “250”). Doyn Aircraft: Doyn-Piper (PA-24 “250”). O-540-B1D5 Wassmer: (WA-421). O-540-B2B5 Piper Aircraft: Pawnee (PA-25 “235”), Cherokee (PA-28 “235”), Aztec (PA-23 “235”). Intermountain Mfg. Co.: Call Air (A-9). Rawdon Bros.: Rawdon (T-1). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Rallye 235CA. O-540-B2C5 Piper Aircraft: Pawnee (PA-25 “235”). O-540-B4B5 Piper Aircraft: Cherokee (PA-28 “235”). Embraer: Corioca (EMB-710). S.O.C.A.T.A.: Rallye 235GT, Rallye 235C. Maule: Star Rocket (MX-7-235), Super Rocket (M-6-235), Super Std. Rocket (M-7-235). O-540-E4A5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24 “260”). Aviamilano: Flamingo (F-250). Siai-Marchetti: (SF-260), (SF-208). O-540-E4B5 Britten-Norman: (BN-2). Piper Aircraft: Cherokee Six (PA-32 “260”). O-540-E4C5 Pilatus Britten-Norman: Islander (BN-2A-26), Islander (BN-2A-27), Islander II (BN-2B-26), Islander (BN-2A-21), Trislander (BN-2A-Mark III-2). O-540-F1B5 Omega Aircraft: (BS-12D1). Robinson: (R-44). O-540-G1A5 Piper Aircraft: Pawnee (PA-25 “260”). O-540-H1B5D Aero Boero: 260. O-540-H2A5 Embraer: Impanema “AG”. Gippsland: GA-200. O-540-H2B5D Aero Boero: 260. O-540-J1A5D Maule: Star Rocket (MX-7-235), Super Rocket (M-6-235), Super Std. Rocket (M-7-235). O-540-J3A5 Robin: R-3000/235. O-540-J3A5D Piper Aircraft: Dakota (PA-28-236). O-540-J3C5D Cessna Aircraft: Skylane RG. O-540-L3C5D Cessna Aircraft: TR-182, Turbo Skylane RG. IO-540-C1B5 Piper Aircraft: Aztec B (PA-23 “250”), Comanche (PA-24 “250”). IO-540-C1C5 Riley Aircraft: Turbo-Rocket. IO-540-C4B5 Piper Aircraft: Aztec C (PA-23 “250”), Aztec F. Wassmer: (WA4-21). Avions Pierre Robin: (HR100/250). Bellanca Aircraft: Aries T-250. Aerofab: Renegade 250. IO-540-C4D5 S.O.C.A.T.A.: TB-20. IO-540-C4D5D S.O.C.A.T.A.: Trinidad TB-20. IO-540-D4A5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24 “260”). Siai-Marchetti: (SF-260). IO-540-D4B5 Cerva: (CE-43 Guepard). IO-540-J4A5 Piper Aircraft: Aztec (PA-23 “250”). IO-540-R1A5 Piper Aircraft: Comanche (PA-24). IO-540-T4A5D General Aviation: Model 114. IO-540-T4B5 Commander: 114B. IO-540-T4B5D Rockwell: 114. IO-540-T4C5D Lake Aircraft: Seawolf. IO-540-V4A5 Maule: MT-7-260, M-7-260. Aircraft Manufacturing Factory. IO-540-V4A5D Brooklands: Scoutmaster. IO-540-W1A5 Maule: MX-7-235, MT-7-235, M7-235. IO-540-W1A5D Maule: Star Rocket (MX-7-235), Super Rocket (M-6-235), Super Std. Rocket (M-7-235). IO-540-W3A5D Schweizer: Power Glider. AEIO-540-D4A5 Christen: Pitts (S-2S, S-2B). Siai-Marchetti: SF-260. H.A.L.: HPT-32. Slingsby: Firefly T3A. AEIO-540-D4B5 Moravan: Zlin-50L. H.A.L.: HPT-32. AEIO-540-D4D5 Burkhart Grob: Grob G, 115T Aero. TIO-540-C1A Piper Aircraft: Turbo Aztec (PA-23-250). TIO-540-K1AD Piper Aircraft. TIO-540-AA1AD Aerofab Inc.: Turbo Renegade (270). TIO-540-AB1AD S.O.C.A.T.A.: Trinidad TC TB-21. TIO-540-AB1BD Schweizer. TIO-540-AF1A Mooney Aircraft: “TLS” M20M. TIO-540-AG1A Commander Aircraft: 114TC. TIO-540-AK1A Cessna Aircraft: Turbo Skylane T182T. LTIO-540-K1AD Piper Aircraft. Unsafe Condition
(d)This AD results from reports of 45 failures with head separations of ECi cylinder assemblies. We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of engine power due to cracks at the head-to-barrel interface in the cylinder assemblies and possible engine failure caused by separation of a cylinder head, which could result in loss of control of the aircraft. Compliance
(e)You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified unless the actions have already been done. Engines Not Overhauled or Cylinder Assemblies Not Replaced Since New
(f)If your engine has not been overhauled or had any cylinder assemblies replaced since new, no further action is required. Engines Overhauled or Cylinder Assemblies Replaced Since New
(g)If your engine was overhauled or had a cylinder assembly replaced since new, do the following:
(1)Before further flight, inspect the maintenance records and engine logbook to determine if the overhaul or repair facility used ECi cylinder assemblies, P/N AEL65102, with cylinder head, P/N AEL85099, with a SN 1138-02 through SN 35171-22, or a SN 35239-01 through SN 37016-28, installed.
(2)If the cylinder assemblies are not ECi, P/N AEL65102, no further action is required.
(3)If the cylinder assemblies are ECi, P/N AEL65102, and if the serial number is not listed in this AD, no further action is required.
(4)If the cylinder assemblies are ECi, P/N AEL65102, and if the serial number is listed in this AD, do the following: Group “A” Cylinder Assemblies
(i)For Group “A” cylinder assemblies:
(A)Perform an initial visual inspection as specified in paragraphs
(h)through
(j)of this AD, and an initial compression test as specified in paragraphs
(k)through
(o)of this AD, within the next 10 operating hours time-in-service (TIS), if the cylinder assembly has 350 or more operating hours TIS on the effective date of this AD, but fewer than 2,000 operating hours TIS.
(B)Perform an initial visual inspection as specified in paragraphs
(h)through
(j)of this AD, and an initial compression test as specified in paragraphs
(k)through
(o)of this AD, before exceeding 350 operating hours TIS, if the cylinder assembly has fewer than 350 operating hours TIS on the effective date of this AD.
(C)Replace cylinder assemblies installed in helicopter engines within the next 25 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD if the cylinder assembly has 1,500 operating hours TIS or more on the effective date of this AD.
(D)Replace cylinder assemblies installed in airplane engines within the next 25 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD if the cylinder assembly has 2,000 operating hours TIS or more on the effective date of this AD.
(E)Perform repetitive visual inspections as specified in paragraphs
(h)through
(j)of this AD, and repetitive compression tests as specified in paragraphs
(k)through
(o)of this AD, within every 50 operating hours TIS.
(F)Replace cylinder assemblies installed in helicopter engines that pass the visual inspections and compression tests, no later than 1,500 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD.
(G)Replace cylinder assemblies installed in airplane engines that pass the visual inspections and compression tests, no later than 2,000 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD. Group “B” Cylinder Assemblies
(ii)For Group “B” cylinder assemblies:
(A)Perform an initial visual inspection as specified in paragraphs
(h)through
(j)of this AD, and initial compression test as specified in paragraphs
(k)through
(o)of this AD, within an additional 10 operating hours TIS.
(B)Replace the cylinder assembly within the next 25 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD if the cylinder assembly has 350 or more operating hours TIS on the effective date of this AD.
(C)Replace cylinder assemblies that pass the initial visual inspections and compression tests, before exceeding 350 operating hours TIS after the effective date of this AD. Visual Inspection
(h)Visually inspect around the exhaust valve side, for cracks or any signs of black or white residue of combustion leakage from cracks.
(i)Replace cracked cylinder assemblies before further flight.
(j)Information on cylinder assembly visual inspection can be found in ECi Mandatory Service Bulletin
(MSB)No. 08-1, Revision 1, dated April 8, 2008. Cylinder Assembly Compression Test
(k)Compression test the cylinder assembly.
(l)Information on cylinder assembly compression testing can be found in ECi MSB No. 08-1, Revision 1, dated April 8, 2008.
(m)During the compression test, if the cylinder pressure gauge reads below 70 pounds-per-square-inch, apply a water and soap solution to the side of the leaking cylinder, near the head-to-barrel interface.
(n)Replace the cylinder assembly before further flight, if air leakage and bubbles are observed on the side of the cylinder assembly, near the head-to-barrel interface.
(o)Repair or replace the engine cylinder assembly before further flight if the cause of the low gauge reading in paragraph
(m)of this AD is from leaking intake or exhaust valves, or from leaking piston rings. Prohibition of ECi Cylinder Assemblies Affected By This AD
(p)After the effective date of this AD, do not install any ECi cylinder assembly, P/N AEL65102, with cylinder head, P/N AEL85099, and with SN 1138-02 through SN 35171-22, or SN 35239-01 through SN 37016-28, onto any engine, and do not attempt to repair or reuse these ECi cylinder assemblies. Alternative Methods of Compliance
(q)The Manager, Special Certification Office, has the authority to approve alternative methods of compliance for this AD if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. Special Flight Permits
(r)Under 14 CFR 39.23, we will not approve special flight permits for this AD for engines that have failed the visual inspection or the cylinder assembly compression test required by this AD. Related Information
(s)ECi Mandatory Service Bulletin No. 08-1, Revision 1, dated April 8, 2008, pertains to the subject of this AD.
(t)Contact Peter W. Hakala, Aerospace Engineer, Special Certification Office, FAA, Rotorcraft Directorate, 2601 Meacham Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76193; e-mail: *peter.w.hakala@faa.gov* ; telephone
(817)222-5145; fax
(817)222-5785, for more information about this AD. Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on May 13, 2008. Peter A. White, Assistant Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service. [FR Doc. E8-11116 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration 14 CFR Part 71 [Docket No. FAA-2008-0434; Airspace Docket No. 08-ASW-6] Proposed Establishment of Class D Airspace; Victoria, TX AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT. ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking. SUMMARY: This action proposes to establish Class D airspace at Victoria Regional Airport, Victoria, TX. The establishment of an air traffic control tower has made this action necessary for the safety of Instrument Flight Rule
(IFR)operations at Victoria Regional Airport. DATES: 0901 UTC July 31, 2008. Comments must be received on or before July 3, 2008. ADDRESSES: Send comments on this proposal to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590-0001. You must identify the docket number FAA-2008-0434/Airspace Docket No. 07-ASW-6, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit comments on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov.* You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received, and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office between 9a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The Docket Office (telephone 1-800-647-5527) is on the ground floor of the building at the above address. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Gary Mallett, Central Service Center, System Support Group, Federal Aviation Administration, Southwest Region, 2601 Meacham Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76193-0530; telephone:
(817)222-4949. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Comments Invited Interested parties are invited to participate in this proposed rulemaking by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. Communications should identify both docket numbers and be submitted in triplicate to the address listed above. Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this notice must submit with those comments a self-addressed, stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. FAA-2008-0434/Airspace Docket No. 08-ASW-6.” The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter. Availability of NPRM's An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded through the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov.* Recently published rulemaking documents can also be accessed through the FAA's Web page at *http://www.faagp* or the Superintendent of Document's Web page at *http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara.* Additionally, any person may obtain a copy of this notice by submitting a request to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Office of Air Traffic Airspace Management, ATA-400, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling
(202)267-8783. Communications must identify both docket numbers for this notice. Persons interested in being placed on a mailing list for future NPRM's should contact the FAA's Office of Rulemaking
(202)267-9677, to request a copy of Advisory Circular No. 11-2A, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Distribution System, which describes the application procedure. The Proposal This action proposes to amend Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR), part 71 by establishing a Class D airspace area for IFR operations at Victoria Regional Airport, Victoria, TX. The establishment of an air traffic control tower has made this action necessary. The area would be depicted on appropriate aeronautical charts. Class D airspace areas are published in Paragraph 5000 of FAA Order 7400.9R, dated August 15, 2007, and effective September 15, 2007, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class D airspace designation listed in this document would be published subsequently in the Order. The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore,
(1)Is not a significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2)is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and
(3)does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the U.S. Code. Subtitle 1, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it establishes controlled airspace at Victoria Regional Airport, Victoria, TX. List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71 Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (Air). The Proposed Amendment In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows: PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIRWAYS; ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS 1. The authority citation for part 71 continues to read as follows: Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389. § 71.1 [Amended] 2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of Federal Aviation Administration Order 7400.9R, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 15, 2007, and effective September 15, 2007, is amended as follows: *Paragraph 5000 Class D Airspace.* ASW TX D Victoria, TX
(New)Victoria Regional Airport, TX (Lat. 28°51′09″ N., long. 96°55′07″ W.) That airspace extending upward from the surface to and including 2,600 feet MSL within a 4.7-mile radius of Victoria Regional Airport. This Class D airspace area is effective during the specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Airmen. The effective date and time will thereafter be continuously published in the Airport/Facility Directory. Issued in Fort Worth, TX on May 5, 2008. Donald R. Smith, Manager, System Support Group, ATO Central Service Center. [FR Doc. E8-10953 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-M DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 1 [REG-100798-06] RIN 1545-BF28 Contributed Property AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking. SUMMARY: These proposed regulations under section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code)provide that the section 704(c) anti-abuse rule takes into account the tax liabilities of both the partners in a partnership and certain direct and indirect owners of such partners. The proposed regulations further provide that a section 704(c) allocation method cannot be used to achieve tax results inconsistent with the intent of subchapter K of the Code. The proposed regulations affect partnerships and their partners. DATES: Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by August 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-100798-06), Room 5203, Internal Revenue Service, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-100798-06), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. Alternatively, taxpayers may submit comments electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at *http://www.regulations.gov* (IRS REG-100798-06). FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the proposed regulations, Laura Fields or Steven A. Schmoll at
(202)622-3050; concerning submissions of comments, and hearing requests, e- mail *Richard.A.Hurst@irscounsel.treas.gov,*
(202)622-7180 (not toll-free numbers). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background Under section 704(c), a partnership must allocate items of income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to contributed property to take into account any variation between the property's adjusted tax basis and its fair market value at the time of contribution. Section 1.704-3(a) permits the use of any reasonable allocation method that is consistent with the purposes of section 704(c). Section 1.704-3 provides three allocation methods that are generally reasonable and consistent with the purposes of section 704(c): The traditional method, the traditional method with curative allocations and the remedial method. Section 1.704-3(a)(10) provides that an allocation method (or combination of methods) is not reasonable if the contribution of property (or event that results in reverse section 704(c) allocations) and the corresponding allocation of tax items with respect to the property are made with a view to shifting the tax consequences of built-in gain or loss among the partners in a manner that substantially reduces the present value of the partners' aggregate tax liability (the anti-abuse rule). In 2003, the Staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation
(JCT)prepared *The Report of Investigation of Enron Corporation and Related Entities Regarding Federal Tax and Compensation Issues, and Policy Recommendations* (JCS-3-03), February 2003 (Enron Report). As part of the Enron Report, the JCT considered a transaction identified as “Project Condor.” See Enron Report, pgs. 208-221. Responding to the Enron Report, Congress enacted section 755(c) in the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Public Law 108-357 (118 Stat. 1418) to address the unwarranted tax benefits for transactions similar to Project Condor. In addition to the legislative recommendation, the Enron Report states that the rules of section 704(c) should not be used by related parties to shift basis among assets in the manner attempted in Project Condor. Although the Enron Report noted that the anti-abuse rule of § 1.704-3(a)(10) “* * * should apply to preclude the tax benefits Project Condor purported to generate,” the Enron Report recommended strengthening the anti-abuse rule relating to “* * * partnership allocations for property contributed to a partnership, especially in the case of partners that are members of the same consolidated group to ensure that the allocation rules are not used to obtain unwarranted tax benefits.” See Enron Report, pg. 220. These proposed regulations address the JCT recommendation by clarifying certain aspects of the anti-abuse rule. These clarifications are consistent with the general principles of sections 701 and 704, and make conforming changes to those that were recently adopted in § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii). Explanation of Provisions Under the anti-abuse rule, an allocation method (or combination of methods) is not reasonable if the contribution of property and the corresponding allocation of tax items with respect to the property are made with a view to shifting the tax consequences of built-in gain or loss among the partners in a manner that substantially reduces the present value of the partners' aggregate tax liability. Failing to consider a substantial reduction in the present value of an indirect partner's tax liability when analyzing the reasonableness of an allocation method would be inconsistent with the purposes of section 704(c) because it would allow a partnership to adopt a tax-advantaged allocation method if the tax advantages of the method accrued to an indirect partner, rather than a direct partner. Accordingly, § 1.704-3(a)(10) is amended to provide that, for purposes of applying the anti-abuse rule, the tax effect of an allocation method (or combination of methods) on both direct and indirect partners is considered. The proposed regulations provide that an indirect partner is any direct or indirect owner of a partnership, S corporation, or controlled foreign corporation (as defined in section 957(a) or 953(c)), or direct or indirect beneficiary of a trust or estate, that is a partner in the partnership, and any consolidated group of which the partner in the partnership is a member (within the meaning of section 1.1502-1(h)). However, an owner of a controlled foreign corporation is treated as an indirect partner only with respect to the allocation of items that enter into the computation of a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, enter into any person's income attributable to a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, or would enter into the computations described in this paragraph if such items were allocated to the controlled foreign corporation. The Treasury Department and IRS believe that this amendment merely confirms the proper application of the anti-abuse rule contained in the existing regulations. This clarifying addition is consistent with the recent modification to § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iii) (substantiality test) confirming that, for purposes of the substantiality test, the tax consequences to an owner of a look-through entity that is a partner in the partnership must be taken into account when evaluating an allocation to such partner. These proposed regulations further provide that the principles of section 704(c), together with the allocation methods described in § 1.704-3, paragraphs (b),
(c)and (d), apply only with respect to the contributions of property to the partnership. In that regard, the anti-abuse rule of § 1.701-2(b) provides that, if a partnership is formed or availed of in connection with a transaction a principal purpose of which is to reduce substantially the present value of the partners' Federal tax liability in a manner inconsistent with the intent of subchapter K, the IRS may recast the transaction for federal tax purposes as appropriate to achieve tax results that are consistent with the intent of subchapter K. Thus, even though a transaction may satisfy the literal words of the statute or regulations, the IRS may recast a transaction as appropriate to avoid tax results that are inconsistent with the intent of subchapter K, including but not limited to:
(i)Disregarding purported partnerships, in whole or part, so that partnership assets are treated as owned by the partner;
(ii)disregarding one or more contributions or
(iii)disregarding one or more purported partners. The proposed regulations also provide that, in determining if a purported contribution of property to a partnership should be recast to avoid results that are inconsistent with subchapter K, one factor that may be relevant is the use of the remedial method in which allocations of remedial items of income, gain, loss or deduction are made to one partner and allocations of offsetting remedial items are made to a related partner. Proposed Effective Date These regulations are proposed to apply for taxable years beginning after the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulations in the **Federal Register** . No inference should be drawn from this effective date with respect to prior law. Special Analyses It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, and because the regulation does not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, this notice of proposed rulemaking has been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business. Comments and Public Hearing Before the proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any written (a signed original and eight
(8)copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the IRS. The IRS and Treasury Department request comments on the clarity of the proposed rules and how they can be made easier to understand. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying. A public hearing will be scheduled if requested in writing by any person that timely submits written comments. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place for the public hearing will be published in the **Federal Register** . Drafting Information The principal authors of these proposed regulations are Laura Fields and Steven A. Schmoll, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS. However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in their development. List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1 Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Proposed Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows: PART 1—INCOME TAXES **Paragraph 1.** The authority citation for part 1 continues to read, in part, as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * **Par. 2.** Section 1.704-3 is amended by: 1. Adding five sentences to paragraph (a)(1) at the end of the last sentence and revising paragraph (a)(10) to read as follows. The revisions and additions read as follows: § 1.704-3 Contributed property.
(a)* * *
(1)* * * The principles of this paragraph (a)(1), together with the methods described in paragraphs (b),
(c)and
(d)of this section, apply only to contributions of property that are otherwise respected. See § 1.701-2. Accordingly, even though a partnership's allocation method may be described in the literal language of paragraphs (b),
(c)or
(d)of this section, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the Commissioner can recast the contribution as appropriate to avoid tax results inconsistent with the intent of subchapter K. One factor that may be considered by the Commissioner is the use of the remedial allocation method by related partners in which allocations of remedial items of income, gain, loss or deduction are made to one partner and the allocations of offsetting remedial items are made to a related partner. The preceding four sentences are effective for taxable years beginning after the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulation in the **Federal Register** .
(10)*Anti-abuse rule* —(i) *In general.* An allocation method (or combination of methods) is not reasonable if the contribution of property (or event that results in reverse section 704(c) allocations) and the corresponding allocation of tax items with respect to the property are made with a view to shifting the tax consequences of built-in gain or loss among the partners in a manner that substantially reduces the present value of the partners' aggregate tax liability. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(10), the tax effect of an allocation method (or combination of methods) on direct and indirect partners is considered.
(ii)*Definition of indirect partner.* An indirect partner is any direct or indirect owner of a partnership, S corporation, or controlled foreign corporation (as defined in section 957(a) or 953(c)), or direct or indirect beneficiary of a trust or estate, that is a partner in the partnership, and any consolidated group of which the partner in the partnership is a member (within the meaning of § 1.1502-1(h)). An owner (whether directly or through tiers of entities) of a controlled foreign corporation is treated as an indirect partner only with respect to allocations of items of income, gain, loss, or deduction that enter into the computation of a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, enter into any person's income attributable to a United States shareholder's inclusion under section 951(a) with respect to the controlled foreign corporation, or would enter into the computations described in this sentence if such items were allocated to the controlled foreign corporation.
(iii)*Effective/applicability date.* The last sentence of paragraph (a)(10)(i), and paragraph (a)(10)(ii) of this section are effective for taxable years beginning after the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulations in the **Federal Register** . Linda E. Stiff, Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement. [FR Doc. E8-11174 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4830-01-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary [Docket ID: DoD-2008-OS-0053] 32 CFR Part 322 Privacy Act; Implementation AGENCY: National Security Agency/Central Security Services, DoD. ACTION: Proposed rule. SUMMARY: The National Security Agency/Central Security Services (NSA/CSS) is proposing to add an exemption rule for the system of records GNSA 23, “NSA/CSS Operations Security Support Program and Training Files” when an exemption has been previously claimed for the records in another Privacy Act system of records. The exemption is intended to preserve the exempt status of the record when the purposes underlying the exemption for the original records are still valid and necessary to protect the contents of the records. DATES: Comments must be received on or before July 18, 2008 to be considered by this agency. ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by docket number and/or RIN number and title, by any of the following methods: • *Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • *Mail:* Federal Docket Management System Office, 1160 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1160. *Instructions:* All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or Regulatory Information Number
(RIN)for this **Federal Register** document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov* as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Anne Hill at
(301)688-6527. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” It has been determined that Privacy Act rules for the Department of Defense are not significant rules. The rules do not
(1)Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a sector of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2)Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Agency;
(3)Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4)Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive order. Public Law 96-354, “Regulatory Flexibility Act” (5 U.S.C. Chapter 6) It has been determined that this Privacy Act rule for the Department of Defense does not have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it is concerned only with the administration of Privacy Act systems of records within the Department of Defense. Public Law 95-511, “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) It has been determined that this Privacy Act rule for the Department of Defense imposes no information requirements beyond the Department of Defense and that the information collected within the Department of Defense is necessary and consistent with 5 U.S.C. 552a, known as the Privacy Act of 1974. Section 202, Public Law 104-4, “Unfunded Mandates Reform Act” It has been determined that this Privacy Act rulemaking for the Department of Defense does not involve a Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more and that such rulemaking will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Executive Order 13132, “Federalism” It has been determined that the Privacy Act rules for the Department of Defense do not have federalism implications. The rule does not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 322 Privacy. Accordingly, 32 CFR part 322 is proposed to be amended as follows: 1. The authority citation for 32 CFR part 322 continues to read as follows: Authority: Pub. L. 93-579, 88 Stat. 1896 (5 U.S.C. 552a). 2. Section 322.7 is amended by adding paragraph
(r)to read as follows: § 322.7 Exempt systems of records.
(r)GNSA 23.
(1)*System name:* NSA/CSS Operations Security Support and Program Files.
(2)*Exemption.* All portions of this system of records which fall within the scope of 5 U.S.C. 552a (k)(4) may be exempt from the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I) and (f).
(3)*Authority:* 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4).
(4)*Reasons:*
(i)From subsection (c)(3) because the release of the disclosure accounting would place the subject of an investigation on notice that they are under investigation and provide them with significant information concerning the nature of the investigation, thus resulting in a serious impediment to law enforcement investigations.
(ii)From subsections
(d)and
(f)because providing access to records of a civil or administrative investigation and the right to contest the contents of those records and force changes to be made to the information contained therein would seriously interfere with and thwart the orderly and unbiased conduct of the investigation and impede case preparation. Providing access rights normally afforded under the Privacy Act would provide the subject with valuable information that would allow interference with or compromise of witnesses or render witnesses reluctant to cooperate; lead to suppression, alteration, or destruction of evidence; enable individuals to conceal their wrongdoing or mislead the course of the investigation; and result in the secreting of or other disposition of assets that would make them difficult or impossible to reach in order to satisfy any Government claim growing out of the investigation or proceeding.
(iii)From subsection (e)(1) because it is not always possible to detect the relevance or necessity of each piece of information in the early stages of an investigation. In some cases, it is only after the information is evaluated in light of other evidence that its relevance and necessity will be clear.
(iv)From subsections (e)(4)(G) and
(H)because this system of records is compiled for investigative purposes and is exempt from the access provisions of subsections
(d)and (f).
(v)From subsection (e)(4)(I) because to the extent that this provision is construed to require more detailed disclosure than the broad, generic information currently published in the system notice, an exemption from this provision is necessary to protect the confidentiality of sources of information and to protect privacy and physical safety of witnesses and informants. Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11140 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Part 261 [EPA-R06-RCRA-2008-0418; SW-FRL-8566-6] Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Proposed Exclusion AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Proposed rule and request for comment. SUMMARY: The EPA is proposing to use the Delisting Risk Assessment Software
(DRAS)Version 3.0 in the evaluation of a delisting petition. Based on waste specific information provided by the petitioner, EPA is proposing to use the DRAS to evaluate the impact of the petitioned waste on human health and the environment. This proposal provides background information on the updates and revisions made to the DRAS, and the use of the DRAS in delisting decision-making. The EPA is also proposing to grant petitions submitted by Bayer Material Science in Baytown, Texas; Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company in Ft. Worth, Texas; and ConnocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery in Borger, Texas, to exclude (or delist) certain solid wastes generated by these facilities from the lists of hazardous wastes. DATES: We will accept comments until June 18, 2008. We will stamp comments postmarked after the close of the comment period as “late.” These “late” comments may not be considered in formulating a final decision. ADDRESSES: Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R06-RCRA-2008-0418 by one of the following methods: 1. *Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov* : Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments. 2. *E-mail: peace.michelle@epa.gov.* 3. *Mail:* Michelle Peace, Environmental Protection Agency, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, RCRA Branch, Mail Code: 6PD-C, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202. 4. *Hand Delivery or Courier:* Deliver your comments to: Michelle Peace, Environmental Protection Agency, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, RCRA Branch, Mail Code: 6PD-C, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202. *Instructions:* Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-R06-RCRA-2008-0418. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available online at *http://www.regulations.gov* , including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information
(CBI)or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through *http://www.regulations.gov* or e-mail. The *http://www.regulations.gov* Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an e-mail comment directly to EPA without going through *www.regulations.gov* , your e-mail address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses. *Docket.* All documents in the electronic docket are listed in the *http://www.regulations.gov* index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, *e.g.* , CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in *http://www.regulations.gov* or in hard copy at the Environmental Protection Agency, RCRA Branch, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202. The hard copy RCRA regulatory docket for this proposed rule, EPA-R06-RCRA-2008-0418, is available for viewing from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding Federal holidays. The public may copy material from the regulatory docket at $0.15 per page. EPA requests that you contact the person listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section to schedule your inspection. The interested persons wanting to examine these documents should make an appointment with the office at least 24 hours in advance. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For further technical information concerning this document or for appointments to view the docket or the Bayer facility petition, contact Michelle Peace, Environmental Protection Agency, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, RCRA Branch, Mail Code: 6PD-C, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202, by calling 214-665-7430 or by e-mail at *peace.michelle@epa.gov* . For technical information regarding the ConocoPhillips Company petition, contact Youngmoo Kim at 214-665-6788 or by e-mail at *kim.youngmoo@epa.gov* . For information regarding the Lockheed Martin petition, contact Wendy Jacques at
(214)665-7395 or by e-mail at *jacques.wendy@epa.gov* . Your requests for a hearing must reach EPA by June 3, 2008. The request must contain the information described in § 260.20(d). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Each company listed in the SUMMARY submitted a petition under 40 CFR 260.20 and 260.22(a). Section 260.20 allows any person to petition the Administrator to modify or revoke any provision of §§ 260 through 266, 268 and 273. Section 260.22(a) specifically provides generators the opportunity to petition the Administrator to exclude a waste on a “generator specific” basis from the hazardous waste lists. The Agency bases its proposed decision to grant the petition on an evaluation of waste-specific information provided by the petitioner. This proposed decision, if finalized, would conditionally exclude the petitioned waste from the requirements of hazardous waste regulations under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). If finalized, we would conclude the petitioned wastes from these facilities are nonhazardous with respect to the original listing criteria and that the waste process used will substantially reduce the likelihood of migration of hazardous constituents from this waste. We would also conclude that the processes minimize short-term and long-term threats from the petitioned waste to human health and the environment. The information in this section is organized as follows: I. Overview Information A. What action is EPA proposing? B. Why is EPA proposing to approve these delistings? C. What is unique about these delistings? II. Background A. What is the history of the delisting program? B. What is a delisting petition, and what does it require of a petitioner? C. What factors must EPA consider in deciding whether to grant a delisting petition? D. When would the proposed delisting exclusion be finalized? E. How would this action affect states? III. EPA's Evaluation of the Individual Waste Information and Data A. Bayer Material Science LLC, Baytown, Texas—TDI Residue 1. What waste did Bayer petition EPA to delist? 2. Who is Bayer and what process does it use to generate the petitioned waste? 3. What information did the facility submit to support this petition? 4. What were the results of Bayer's analyses? 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? 8. What is the final disposition of the waste? B. ConnocoPhillips Company, Borger, Texas—Thermal Desorber Residual Solids 1. What waste did ConnocoPhillips Company petition EPA to delist? 2. Who is ConnocoPhillips Company and what process does it use to generate the petitioned waste? 3. How did ConnocoPhillips Company sample and analyze the data in this petition? 4. What were the results of ConnocoPhillips Company's analysis? 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? 8. What is the final disposition of the waste? C. Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company, Fort Worth, Texas—F019 Waste Water Treatment Sludge 1. What waste did Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company petition EPA to delist? 2. Who is Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company and what process do they use to generate the petition waste? 3. What information did Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company submit to support this petition? 4. What were the results of Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's analysis? 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? IV. The Risk Evaluation A. How did EPA evaluate the risk of delisting these wastes? B. What Changes have been made to the DRAS model? V. Next Steps A. With what conditions must the petitioner comply? B. What happens if the petitioners violates the terms and conditions? VI. Public Comments A. How may I as an interested party submit comments? B. How may I review the docket or obtain copies of the proposed exclusion? VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews I. Overview Information A. What action is EPA proposing? EPA is proposing to grant the delisting petitions submitted by Bayer, ConnocoPhillips Company, and Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company (Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company) to have their petitioned wastes excluded, or delisted, from the definition of a hazardous waste. B. Why is EPA proposing to approve these delistings? Each individual petition requests a delisting for the waste stream be delisted. They do not believe that their petitioned wastes meet the criteria for which EPA listed them. They also believe no additional constituents or factors could cause the wastes to be hazardous. EPA's review of these petitions included consideration of the original listing criteria, and the additional factors required by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA). See section 3001(f) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6921(f), and 40 CFR 260.22(d)(1)-(4). In making the initial delisting determination, EPA evaluated each of the petitioned wastes against the listing criteria and factors cited in §§ 261.11(a)(2) and (a)(3). Based on this review, EPA agrees with the petitioners that the wastes are non-hazardous with respect to the original listing criteria. If EPA had found, based on these reviews, that the wastes remained hazardous based on the factors for which the waste was originally listed, EPA would have proposed to deny the petitions. EPA evaluated the wastes with respect to other factors or criteria to assess whether there is a reasonable basis to believe that such additional factors could cause the wastes to be hazardous. EPA considered whether the wastes were acutely toxic, the concentration of the constituents in the wastes, their tendencies to migrate and to bioaccumulate, their persistence in the environment once released from the wastes, plausible and specific types of management of the petitioned waste, the quantities of wastes generated, and waste variability. EPA believes that the each petitioned waste does not meet the listing criteria and thus should not be a listed waste. EPA's proposed decision to delist these individual waste streams from the facilities above is based on the information submitted in support of this rule, including descriptions of the waste and analytical data from each facility. C. What is unique about these delistings? Each of the petitioned wastes has been submitted by individual facilities. Each waste stream has been evaluated on its own merit. The proposed rule is being combined because each of these petitions have been evaluated using the new provisional delisting numbers generated by DRAS Version 3.0. II. Background A. What is the history of the delisting program? EPA published an amended list of hazardous wastes from nonspecific and specific sources on January 16, 1981, as part of its final and interim final regulations implementing section 3001 of RCRA. EPA has amended this list several times and published it in §§ 261.31 and 261.32. EPA lists these wastes as hazardous because:
(1)They typically and frequently exhibit one or more of the characteristics of hazardous wastes identified in Subpart C of Part 261 (that is, ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, and toxicity) or
(2)they meet the criteria for listing contained in § 261.11(a)(2) or (a)(3). Individual waste streams may vary, however, depending on raw materials, industrial processes, and other factors. Thus, while a waste described in these regulations generally is hazardous, a specific waste from an individual facility meeting the listing description may not be hazardous. For this reason, §§ 260.20 and 260.22 provide an exclusion procedure, called delisting, which allows persons to prove that EPA should not regulate a specific waste from a particular generating facility as a hazardous waste. B. What is a delisting petition, and what does it require of a petitioner? A delisting petition is a request from a facility to EPA or an authorized State to exclude wastes from the list of hazardous wastes. The facility petitions EPA because it does not believe the wastes should be hazardous under RCRA regulations. In a delisting petition, the petitioner must show that wastes generated at a particular facility do not meet any of the criteria for which the waste was listed. The criteria for which EPA lists a waste are in Part 261 and further explained in the background documents for the listed waste. In addition, under § 260.22, a petitioner must prove that the waste does not exhibit any of the hazardous waste characteristics and present sufficient information for EPA to decide whether factors other than those for which the waste was listed warrant retaining it as a hazardous waste. See Part 261 and the background documents for the listed waste. Generators remain obligated under RCRA to confirm whether their waste remains non-hazardous based on the hazardous waste characteristics even if EPA has “delisted” the waste. C. What factors must EPA consider in deciding whether to grant a delisting petition? Besides considering the criteria in § 260.22(a) and section 3001(f) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6921(f), and in the background documents for the listed wastes, EPA must consider any factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which EPA listed the waste, if a reasonable basis exists to determine that these additional factors could cause the waste to be hazardous. EPA must also consider as hazardous waste mixtures containing listed hazardous wastes and wastes derived from treating, storing, or disposing of listed hazardous waste. See § 261.3(a)(2)(iii) and
(iv)and (c)(2)(i), called the “mixture” and “derived-from” rules, respectively. These wastes are also eligible for exclusion and remain hazardous wastes until excluded. See 66 FR 27266 (May 16, 2001). D. When would the proposed delisting exclusions be finalized? RCRA section 3001(f) specifically requires EPA to provide notice and an opportunity for comment before granting or denying a final exclusion. Thus, EPA will not grant the exclusion unless and until it addresses all timely public comments (including those at public hearings, if any) on this proposal. RCRA section 3010(b)(1), at 42 USCA 6930(b)(1), allows rules to become effective in less than six months after EPA addresses public comments when the regulated facility does not need the six-month period to come into compliance. That is the case here, because this rule, if finalized, would reduce the existing requirements for persons generating hazardous wastes. EPA believes that this exclusion should be effective immediately upon final publication because a six-month deadline is not necessary to achieve the purpose of section 3010(b), and a later effective date would impose unnecessary hardship and expense on this petitioner. These reasons also provide good cause for making this rule effective immediately, upon final publication, under the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553(d). E. How would this action affect the states? Because EPA is issuing this exclusion under the Federal RCRA delisting program, only states subject to Federal RCRA delisting provisions would be affected. This would exclude states which have received authorization from EPA to make their own delisting decisions. EPA allows the states to impose their own non-RCRA regulatory requirements that are more stringent than EPA's, under section 3009 of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6929. These more stringent requirements may include a provision that prohibits a Federally issued exclusion from taking effect in the state. Because a dual system (that is, both Federal
(RCRA)and state (non-RCRA) programs) may regulate a petitioner's waste, EPA urges petitioners to contact the state regulatory authority to establish the status of their wastes under the state law. Delisting petitions approved by the EPA Administrator (or his designee) under 40 CFR 260.22 are effective in the State of Texas only after the final rule has been published in the **Federal Register** . III. EPA's Evaluation of the Individual Waste Information and Data A. Bayer Material Science LLC, Baytown Texas—TDI Residue 1. What waste did Bayer petition EPA to delist? On September 2, 2004, Bayer petitioned EPA to exclude from the lists of hazardous waste contained in § 261.32, toluene diisocyanate
(TDI)residues generated from its facility located in Baytown, Texas. The waste falls under the classification of a listed waste under § 261.30. The waste is listed as K027 hazardous wastes. These are centrifuge and distillation residues from TDI production. Specifically, in its petition, Bayer requested that EPA grant a conditional exclusion for 9,780 cubic yards per year of the TDI residues. 2. Who is Bayer and what process does it use to generate the petitioned waste? Bayer as a facility has four manufacturing groups: Plastics, Coatings, Polyurethanes, and Industrial Chemicals. They manufacture six products within the manufacturing groups. Hydrazine Hydrate; Maleic Anhydride; Coatings; Makrolon Polycarbonate; Methane Diisocyanate; and Toluene Diisocyanate
(TDI)which is used in flexible foam applications such as auto seating, furniture and bedding. TDI is produced by a reaction of toluene diamine
(TDA)and phosgene. The reaction takes place in a solvent (orthodichlorobenzene, ODB). The reaction produces TDI, HCL gas and a small amount of high boiling impurities, which are removed in the TDI residue stream. The HCL gas is recovered and re-used, all the phosgene is stripped from the product stream and returned to the process in the reaction step. The TDI, ODB, and the residue stream are processed further by separating the residue from the TDI and ODB through a distillation process. The stream resulting from the distillation process contains bottom residues mixed with TDI and solvent. The residue separation step removes the TDI and ODB, leaving the residue waste. ODB is separated from TDI and recycled back into the process and pure TDI is sold as product. 3. What information did the facility submit to support this petition? To support its petition, Bayer submitted: • Analytical results of the toxicity characteristic leaching procedure
(TCLP)and total constituent analysis for volatile and semivolatile organics, pesticides, herbicides, dioxins/furans, PCBs and metals for five TDI samples; • Analytical results from multiple pH leaching of metals; and • A description of the TDI production process. 4. What were the results of Bayer's analyses? EPA believes that the descriptions of the Bayer analytical characterization provide a reasonable basis to grant Bayer's petition for an exclusion of the TDI residues. EPA believes the data submitted in support of the petition show the TDI residues are non-hazardous. Analytical data for the residue samples were used in the DRAS to develop delisting levels. The data summaries for compounds of concern (COC)s are presented in Table 1. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by Bayer and has determined that it satisfies EPA criteria for collecting representative samples of the variations in constituent concentrations in the TDI residues. In addition, the data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in Bayer's waste are presently below risk-based levels used in the delisting decision-making. EPA believes that Bayer has successfully demonstrated that the TDI residues are non-hazardous. Table 1.—Analytical Results and Maximum Allowable Delisting Concentrations of the TDI Residues at Bayer Polymers LLC In Baytown, TX Constituents Maximum total (mg/kg) Maximum TCLP (mg/L) Maximum allowable TCLP delisting level (mg/L) Arsenic 1.0 0.011 0.10 Barium 0.17 0.837 36.0 Chloromethane (Methyl Chloride) 0.09 0.033 6.06 Chromium 30.2 0.0034 2.27 Cobalt 0.42 0.0007 13.6 Copper 0.64 0.00610 25.9 Cyanide 0.265 0.0133 3.08 Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid 0.0310 0.0020 1.08 Diethyl phthalate 8.90 0.0010 1000.0 Endrin 0.28 0.0002 0.02 Lead 0.18 0.00210 0.702 Nickel 24.8 0.0525 13.5 Selenium 88.0 0.0209 0.89 Tin 1.70 0.0196 22.5 2-4 Toluenediamine 1.80 0.020 0.0459 Vanadium 8.40 0.0225 0.976 Zinc 2.20 0.0628 197.0 Note: 1. These levels represent the highest constituent concentration found in any one sample and do not necessarily represent the specific level found in one sample. 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? EPA concluded, after reviewing Bayer's processes that no other hazardous constituents of concern, other than those for which Bayer tested, are likely to be present or formed as reaction products or by-products in Bayer's wastes. In addition, on the basis of explanations and analytical data provided by Bayer, pursuant to § 260.22, EPA concludes that the petitioned waste, sludge, does not exhibit any of the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity. See §§ 261.21, 261.22, 261.23, and 261.24 respectively. 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? During the evaluation of this petition, in addition to the potential impacts to the ground water, EPA also considered the potential impact of the petitioned waste via non-ground water exposure routes ( *i.e.* , air emissions and surface runoff) for the sludge. With regard to airborne dispersion in particular, EPA believes that exposure to airborne contaminants from the petitioned waste is unlikely. No appreciable air releases are likely from the sludge under any likely disposal conditions. EPA evaluated the potential hazards resulting from the unlikely scenario of airborne exposure to hazardous constituents released from the waste water in an open landfill. The results of this worst-case analysis indicated that there is no substantial present or potential hazard to human health and the environment from airborne exposure to constituents from the sludge. 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? The descriptions by Bayer's of the hazardous waste process and analytical characterization, with the proposed verification testing requirements (as discussed later in this notice), provide a reasonable basis for EPA to grant the petition. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in the waste are below the maximum allowable concentrations (See Table 1). EPA believes that the sludge generated by Bayer contains hazardous constituents at levels which will present minimal short-term and long-term threats from the petitioned waste to human health and the environment. Thus, EPA believes that it should grant to Bayer an exclusion from the list of hazardous wastes for the TDI residue. EPA believes that the data submitted in support of the petition show the Bayer's TDI residue to be non-hazardous. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by Bayer and has determined they satisfy EPA's criteria for collecting representative samples of variable constituent concentrations in the TDI residue. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in Bayer's wastes are presently below the compliance-point concentrations used in the delisting decision-making process and would not pose a substantial hazard to the environment and the public. EPA believes that Bayer has successfully demonstrated that the TDI residue is non-hazardous. EPA, therefore, proposes to grant an exclusion to Bayer for the TDI residue described in its July 2004 petition. EPA's decision to exclude this waste is based on analysis performed on samples taken of the TDI residue. If EPA finalizes the proposed rule, EPA will no longer regulate 9,780 cubic yards per year of TDI residue from Bayer's Baytown facility under parts 262 through 268 and the permitting standards of part 270. 8. What is the final disposition of the waste? If EPA finalizes the proposed rule, the TDI residue will be disposed of in a Subtitle D landfill. B. ConocoPhillips Company, Borger, Texas—Thermal Desorber Residual Solids 1. What waste did ConocoPhillips Company petition EPA to delist? On August 26, 2005, ConocoPhillips Company, (now WRB Refining LLC) petitioned EPA to exclude from the lists of hazardous wastes contained in §§ 261.31, thermal desorber residual solids from processing oil-bearing hazardous secondary materials including F037, F038, K048, K049, K050 and K051 generated by its facility located in Borger, Texas. The waste falls under the classification of listed waste pursuant to § 261.31. Specifically, in its petition, ConocoPhillips Company requested that EPA grant a conditional exclusion for 1500 cubic yards per year of thermal desorber residual solids for a period of 10 years. 2. Who is ConocoPhillips Company and what process does it use to generate the petitioned waste? Effective, January 1, 2007, ConocoPhillips and EnCana Corporation of Canada created an integrated North American heavy oil business consisting of both upstream and downstream assets. The downstream venture, WRB Refining LLC, consists of ConocoPhillips Company's Wood River Refinery located in Roxana, IL and Borger Refinery, located in Borger, TX. ConocoPhillips Company remains the operator of both refineries. ConocoPhillips Company operates the WRB Refining LLC (formerly ConocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery which processes crude oil into unleaded gasoline, furnace oil, jet fuels, stove oil, kerosene, dual-purpose fuel oil, isobutene, propane, butane, hexane, heptane, propylene and sulfur. Processes used in the refining of these products are atmospheric distillation, vacuum distillation, desalting, fluid catalytic cracking, hydrotreating, hydrogen fluoride alkylation reforming. The use of the thermal desorption enables ConocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery to process its oil-bearing hazardous secondary materials in a manner that allows oil recovered from the desorption process to be recycled back into the refining process. The thermal desorber residual solids are currently disposed into the Texas Commission for Environmental Quality
(TCEQ)Class I-H hazardous waste landfill, and the waste to be delisted will be disposed in the TCEQ Class I/II proposed non-hazardous landfill location on site. The Class I/II landfill is located within the facility and the nearest property line is located more than 500 feet from the area of landfill operations. The landfill is equipped with a 3-foot bentonite-amended clay liner and a 60-mil geomembrane on its bottom and side slopes, and a leachate collection system. 3. How did ConocoPhillips Company sample and analyze the data in this petition? To support its petition, ConocoPhillips Company submitted: • Historical information on waste generation and management practices; • Results of the total constituents list for 40 CFR part 264, Appendix IX volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds and metals. These wastes are also analyzed for cyanide and sulfide. • Results of the constituent list for appendix IX on Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure(TCLP) extract for volatiles, semi-volatiles, and metals. • Results from total oil and grease analyses and multiple pH measurements and; • Results from a total of ten composite samples including two duplicates, representing 60 discrete thermal desorber residual solids samples. 4. What were the results of ConocoPhillips Company's analyses? EPA believes that the descriptions of the ConocoPhillips Company analytical characterization provide a reasonable basis to grant ConocoPhillips Company's petition for an exclusion of the thermal desorber residual solids. EPA believes the data submitted in support of the petition show the thermal desorber residual solids are non-hazardous. Analytical data for the thermal desorber solid samples were used in the DRAS to develop delisting levels. The data summaries for compounds of concern (COC)s are presented in Table 2. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by ConocoPhillips Company and has determined that it satisfies EPA criteria for collecting representative samples of the variations in constituent concentrations in the thermal desorber residual solids. In addition, the data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in ConocoPhillips Company's waste are presently below risk-based levels used in the delisting decision-making. EPA believes that ConocoPhillips Company has successfully demonstrated that the thermal desorber residual solids are non-hazardous. Table 2.—Analytical Results and Maximum Allowable Delisting Concentration of the Thermal Desorber Residual Solids at ConocoPhillips Refinery Company, Borger, Texas Constituents Maximum total (mg/kg) Maximum TCLP (mg/L) Maximum allowable TCLP delisting level (mg/L) Benzene 0.047 <0.05 0.5 Carbon Disulfide 0.040 <0.05 552.00 Ethylbenzene 0.008 <0.05 106.00 Methylene Chloride 0.016 <0.05 0.077 Trichlorofluoromethane 0.005 <0.05 151.00 Toluene 0.150 <0.05 148.00 Xylenes 0.040 <0.05 93.40 Acenapthene 2.60 <0.10 104.00 Anthracene 0.44 <0.10 253.00 2-chlorophenol 0.73 <0.10 28.10 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 1.90 <0.10 90.90 Dibenzofuran 0.59 <0.10 0.14 Fluoranthene 0.066 <0.10 24.00 Napthalene 0.94 <0.10 0.32 Phenol 1.20 <0.10 1690.00 Pyrene 1.10 <0.10 43.40 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 2.30 <0.10 9.68 Silver 8.70 <0.10 5.0 Barium 734.00 2.60 100.0 Beryllium 1.80 <0.05 0.76 Cobalt 70.30 <0.10 130.00 Chromium 320.00 <0.10 5.0 Copper 1090.00 0.23 234.00 Nickel 864.00 0.14 129.00 Tin 22.60 0.015 379000.00 Vanadium 267.00 0.24 6.93 Zinc 1940.00 0.52 1930.00 Antimony 186.00 1.69 2.65 Arsenic 64.10 0.25 1.69 Cadmium 1.55 0001 1.0 Lead 135.00 0.007 5.00 Selenium 2280.00 0.37 1.0 Chromium+6 0.06 0.10 5.0 Mercury 0.05 0.002 0.20 Cyanide 1.30 0.012 30.10 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? EPA concluded, after reviewing ConocoPhillips Company's processes that no other hazardous constituents of concern, other than those for which ConocoPhillips Company tested, are likely to be present or formed as reaction products or by-products in ConocoPhillips Company's wastes. In addition, on the basis of explanations and analytical data provided by ConocoPhillips Company, pursuant to § 260.22, EPA concludes that the petitioned waste, sludge, does not exhibit any of the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity. See §§ 261.21, 261.22, 261.23, and 261.24 respectively. 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? During the evaluation of this petition, in addition to the potential impacts to the ground water, EPA also considered the potential impact of the petitioned waste via non-ground water exposure routes ( *i.e.* , air emissions and surface runoff) for the sludge. With regard to airborne dispersion in particular, EPA believes that exposure to airborne contaminants from the petitioned waste is unlikely. No appreciable air releases are likely from the sludge under any likely disposal conditions. EPA evaluated the potential hazards resulting from the unlikely scenario of airborne exposure to hazardous constituents released from the waste water in an open landfill. The results of this worst-case analysis indicated that there is no substantial present or potential hazard to human health and the environment from airborne exposure to constituents from the sludge. 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? The descriptions by ConocoPhillips Company of the hazardous waste process and analytical characterization, with the proposed verification testing requirements (as discussed later in this notice), provide a reasonable basis for EPA to grant the petition. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in the waste are below the maximum allowable concentrations (See Table 2). EPA believes that the thermal desorber residual solids generated by ConocoPhillips Company contain hazardous constituents at levels which will present minimal short-term and long-term threats from the petitioned waste to human health and the environment. Thus, EPA believes that it should grant to WRB Refining LLC (formerly ConocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery) an exclusion from the list of hazardous wastes for the thermal desorber residual solids. EPA believes that the data submitted in support of the petition show the ConocoPhillips Company's thermal desorber residual solids to be non-hazardous. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by ConocoPhillips Company and has determined they satisfy EPA's criteria for collecting representative samples of variable constituent concentrations in the thermal desorber residual solids. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in ConocoPhillips Company's thermal desorber residual solids are presently below the compliance-point concentrations used in the delisting decision-making process and would not pose a substantial hazard to the environment and the public. EPA believes that ConocoPhillips Company has successfully demonstrated that the thermal desorber residual solids are non-hazardous. EPA, therefore, proposes to grant an exclusion to WRB Refining LLC (formerly ConocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery) for the thermal desorber residual solids described in its 2005 petition. EPA's decision to exclude this waste is based on analysis performed on samples taken of the solids. If EPA finalizes the proposed rule, EPA will no longer regulate 1500 cubic yards per year of thermal desorber residual solids from WRB Refining LLC (formerly ConocoPhillips Company Borger Refinery), Borger, TX facility under Parts 262 through 268 and the permitting standards of Part 270. 8. What is the final disposition of the waste? If EPA finalizes the proposed rule, the thermal desorber residual solids will be disposed of in an onsite non-hazardous industrial solid waste landfill. C. Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company, Fort Worth, Texas—F019 Waste Water Treatment Sludge 1. What waste did Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company petition EPA to delist? Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company petitioned EPA on February 21, 2006, to exclude from the lists of hazardous waste contained in §§ 261.31 and 261.32, the sludge from its waste water treatment plant. The sludge waste stream is generated from the Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company facility located in Fort Worth, Texas. The sludge is listed under EPA Hazardous Waste No. F019, because it is derived from the treatment of listed waste water which is treated at the facility's waste water treatment plant. Specifically, in its petition, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company requested that EPA grant an exclusion for 90 cubic yards per calendar year of sludge resulting from the treatment of waste waters from the manufacturing processes at its facility. 2. Who is Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company and what process do they use to generate the petition waste? Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company is engaged in design, development, production and full system support of fighter/attack aircraft for the United States Air Force and foreign governments. The United States Air Force Plant No. 4 (AFP4), operated by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company, consists of over seven million square feet of advanced tactical fighter aircraft manufacturing, research, development, and office area on a six hundred acre site. Manufacturing advanced aircraft requires typical metal finishing techniques such as aqueous cleaning, sulfuric acid anodizing, and chromate conversion coating. Waste water from these processes is routed to a centralized pre-treatment industrial waste water pre-treatment facility through segregated waste collection lines. Industrial waste water is primarily generated from the sulfuric acid anodize and chromated conversion coating process line. This line consists of fourteen, 8,000 gallon tanks arranged in linear fashion for the etch-clean-rinse-clean-rinse-anodize-rinse-seal process. Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company intends to dispose of the delisted sludge at a Subtitle D Landfill. Treatment of the waste waters, which result from the manufacturing process generates the sludge that is classified as F019 listed hazardous waste pursuant to 40 CFR 261.31. The 40 CFR Part 261, Appendix VII hazardous constituents which are the basis for listing F019 hazardous waste are: Hexavalent chromium and cyanide. 3. What information did Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company submit to support this petition? To support its petition, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company submitted: • Analytical results of the toxicity characteristic leaching procedure and total constituent analysis for volatile and semivolatile organics, pesticides, herbicides, dioxins/furans, PCBs and metals for six sludge samples; • Analytical results from multiple pH leaching of metals; and • Descriptions of the waste water treatment process. 4. What were the results of Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's analysis? EPA believes that the descriptions of Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's waste, and the analytical data submitted in support of the petition show that the sludge is non-hazardous. Analytical data from Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's sludge samples were used in the Delisting Risk Assessment Software. The data summaries for detected constituents are presented in Table 3. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company and has determined that they satisfy EPA's criteria for collecting representative samples of the variations in constituent concentrations in the sludge. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's wastes are presently below health-based risk levels used in the delisting decision-making. EPA believes that Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company has successfully demonstrated that the sludge is non-hazardous. Table 3.—Maximum TCLP and Total Constituent Concentrations of the Sludge and Corresponding Delisting Limits 1 Chemical name Waste stream total concentration (mg/kg) Waste stream TCLP concentration (mg/l) Delisting concentration (mg/l) Acetone 3.40E+00 5.00E-02 4.06E+04 Acetonitrile 2.20E-02 <1.00E-02 7.66E+02 Antimony 6.30E+02 1.30E-01 8.45E+00 Arsenic 9.30E+01 <5.00E-02 6.57E-01 Barium 3.40E+02 6.80E-01 1.00E+02 Bis(2-Ethylhexyl) Phthalate 3.20E+03 <1.00E-01 4.68E+29 Cadmium <1.20E+01 6.10E-02 1.00E+00 Carbon Disulfide 1.00E-02 <1.00E-02 4.40E+03 Chromium 2.50E+04 1.60E+00 5.00E+00 Chromium, Hexavalent 4.00E+2 <2.00E-02 5.00E+00 Cobalt 8.50E+01 5.60E-01 1.04E+03 Copper 4.00E+03 2.10E+01 1.81E+03 Cyanide 3.00E+02 9.90E-01 2.40E+02 Ethylbenzene 2.20E-02 <1.00E-02 8.46E+02 Formaldehyde 1.20E+02 1.40E+03 6.76E+03 Lead 3.80E+03 1.40E-01 5.00E+00 Mercury 1.90E+00 <2.00E-02 2.00E-01 Methyl Ethyl Ketone (2-butanone) 7.80E-01 2.50E-02 2.00E+02 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone <4.80E-02 <5.00E-02 3.61E+03 Methylene Chloride 3.90E-01 6.00E-02 6.16E+00 Nickel 4.90E+03 3.00E+01 3.00E+01 Selenium <6.00E+01 2.20E-02 1.00E+00 Silver 3.30E+02 4.00E-02 5.00E+00 Toluene 1.10E-02 <1.00E-02 1.18E+03 Vanadium 1.10E+03 1.30E-02 5.15E+01 Xylenes, Total 6.70E-02 <2.50E-02 7.45E+02 Zinc 2.50E+03 1.50E+01 1.58E+04 1 These levels represent the highest concentration of each constituent found in any one sample. These levels do not necessarily represent the specific levels found in one sample. < # Denotes that the constituent was below the detection limit. 5. What did EPA conclude about the facility's analysis? EPA concluded, after reviewing Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's processes that no other hazardous constituents of concern, other than those for which Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company tested, are likely to be present or formed as reaction products or by-products in Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's wastes. In addition, on the basis of explanations and analytical data provided by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company, pursuant to § 260.22, EPA concludes that the petitioned waste, sludge, does not exhibit any of the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity. See §§ 261.21, 261.22, 261.23, and 261.24 respectively. 6. What other factors did EPA consider in its evaluation? During the evaluation of this petition, in addition to the potential impacts to the ground water, EPA also considered the potential impact of the petitioned waste via non-ground water exposure routes ( *i.e.* , air emissions and surface runoff) for the sludge. With regard to airborne dispersion in particular, EPA believes that exposure to airborne contaminants from the petitioned waste is unlikely. No appreciable air releases are likely from the sludge under any likely disposal conditions. EPA evaluated the potential hazards resulting from the unlikely scenario of airborne exposure to hazardous constituents released from the waste water in an open landfill. The results of this worst-case analysis indicated that there is no substantial present or potential hazard to human health and the environment from airborne exposure to constituents from the sludge. 7. What is EPA's evaluation of this delisting petition? The descriptions by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company of the hazardous waste process and analytical characterization, with the proposed verification testing requirements (as discussed later in this notice), provide a reasonable basis for EPA to grant the petition. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in the waste are below the maximum allowable concentrations (See Table 3). EPA believes that the sludge generated by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company contains hazardous constituents at levels which will present minimal short-term and long-term threats from the petitioned waste to human health and the environment. Thus, EPA believes that it should grant to Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company an exclusion from the list of hazardous wastes for the sludge. EPA believes that the data submitted in support of the petition show the Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's sludge to be non-hazardous. EPA has reviewed the sampling procedures used by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company and has determined they satisfy EPA's criteria for collecting representative samples of variable constituent concentrations in the sludge. The data submitted in support of the petition show that constituents in Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's wastes are presently below the compliance-point concentrations used in the delisting decision-making process and would not pose a substantial hazard to the environment and the public. EPA believes that Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company has successfully demonstrated that the sludge is non-hazardous. EPA, therefore, proposes to grant an exclusion to Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company for the sludge described in its February 2006 petition. EPA's decision to exclude this waste is based on analysis performed on samples taken of the sludge. If EPA finalizes the proposed rule, EPA will no longer regulate 242,000 pounds per year of sludge from Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company's Fort Worth facility under Parts 262 through 268 and the permitting standards of Part 270. IV. The Risk Evaluation A. How did EPA evaluate the risk of delisting this waste? The worst case scenario for management of the sludge was modeled for disposal in a landfill. EPA used such information gathered to identify plausible exposure routes ( *i.e.* , ground water, surface water, soil, air) for hazardous constituents present in the sludge. EPA determined that disposal in a Subtitle D landfill is the most reasonable, worst-case disposal scenario for the wastes. In assessing potential risks to ground water, EPA used the maximum estimated waste volumes and the maximum reported extract concentrations as inputs to the DRAS program to estimate the constituent concentrations in the ground water at a hypothetical receptor well down gradient from the disposal site. Using the risk level (carcinogenic risk of 10 −5 and non-cancer hazard index of 0.1), the DRAS program can back-calculate the acceptable receptor well concentrations (referred to as compliance-point concentrations) using standard risk assessment algorithms and Agency health-based numbers. Using the maximum compliance-point concentrations and EPA Composite Model for Leachate Migration with Transformation Products (EPACMTP) fate and transport modeling factors, the DRAS further back-calculates the maximum permissible waste constituent concentrations not expected to exceed the compliance-point concentrations in ground water. EPA believes that the EPACMTP fate and transport model represents a reasonable worst-case scenario for possible ground water contamination resulting from disposal of the petitioned waste in a landfill, and that a reasonable worst-case scenario is appropriate when evaluating whether a waste should be relieved of the protective management constraints of RCRA Subtitle C. The use of some reasonable worst-case scenarios resulted in conservative values for the compliance-point concentrations and ensured that the waste, once removed from hazardous waste regulation, will not pose a significant threat to human health and/or the environment. The DRAS also uses the maximum estimated waste volumes and the maximum reported total concentrations to predict possible risks associated with releases of waste constituents through surface pathways ( *e.g.* , volatilization or wind-blown particulate from the landfill). As in the above ground water analyses, the DRAS uses the risk level, the health-based data and standard risk assessment and exposure algorithms to predict maximum compliance-point concentrations of waste constituents at a hypothetical point of exposure. Using fate and transport equations, the DRAS uses the maximum compliance-point concentrations and back-calculates the maximum allowable waste constituent concentrations (or “delisting levels”). In most cases, because a delisted waste is no longer subject to hazardous waste control, EPA is generally unable to predict, and does not presently control, how a petitioner will manage a waste after delisting. Therefore, EPA currently believes that it is inappropriate to consider extensive site-specific factors when applying the fate and transport model. EPA does control the type of unit where the waste is disposed. EPA also considers the applicability of ground water monitoring data during the evaluation of delisting petitions. In this case, the facilities have never directly disposed of this material in a solid waste landfill, so no representative data exists. Therefore, EPA has determined that it would be unnecessary to request ground water monitoring data. EPA believes that the descriptions of the wastes and analytical characterization which illustrate the presence of toxic constituents at lower concentrations in these waste streams provide a reasonable basis to conclude that the likelihood of migration of hazardous constituents from the petitioned waste will be substantially reduced so that short-term and long-term threats to human health and the environment are minimized. The DRAS results, which calculated the maximum allowable concentration of chemical constituents in the wastes are presented in Tables 1, 2 and 3. Based on the comparison of the DRAS results and maximum TCLP concentrations found in Tables 1, 2, and 3, the petitioned wastes should be delisted because no constituents of concern are likely to be present or formed as reaction products or by products in the wastes. B. What changes have been made to the DRAS model? In July 2007, U.S. EPA prepared an update of the *Delisting Risk Assessment Software (DRAS)* by releasing version 3.0. The update addressed a number of issues with version 2 and improved the fate and transport modeling. To estimate the downgradient concentrations of waste leachate constituents released into groundwater, the *DRAS* utilizes conservative dilution-attenuation factors
(DAFs)taken from Monte-Carlo applications of U.S. EPA's *Composite Model for Leachate Migration with Transformation Products (CMTP). DRAS 3.0* includes all new DAFs from new CMTP modeling runs. The new modeling takes advantage of: Updated saturated flow and transport modules; a new surface impoundment module and database; model corrections for unrealistic scenarios (like water tables modeled above the ground surface); new isotherms for metals; and a revised recharge and infiltration database. As a result, many of the DAFs used in previous versions of *DRAS* have changed. Further affecting the groundwater calculation, the relationships for determining scaling factors used to scale the DAFs to account for very small waste streams have been updated to reflect the new database information on landfills and surface impoundments and were also corrected for a metric conversion of cubic meters to cubic yards. The new scaling factors are generally higher than those of previous versions of *DRAS* , resulting in higher estimated dilution and attenuation at lower waste volumes for both landfills and surface impoundments. The new metals DAFs, based on MINTEQA2 isotherms, can vary as a function of the landfill leachate concentration. This means that the effective DAF (including a scaling factor adjustment, if necessary) for an input concentration may differ significantly with the effective DAF that corresponds to the allowable leachate concentration *. DRAS 3.0* now displays the DAFs in both the forward calculated risk tables and the tables of maximum allowable concentrations so that the difference is evident to the user. The isotherms that vary by leachate concentration are represented in *DRAS* by a look-up table with leachate concentrations paired with DAFs. In the event that an actual concentration input to *DRAS* lies between two values in the table, or an allowable receptor concentration lies between two calculated receptor concentrations from the table, *DRAS 3.0* will linearly and proportionally extrapolate between the two values to determine the corresponding exposure or allowable leachate concentration. EPA changed the calculation for particle emissions caused by vehicles driving over the waste at the landfill to provide a more realistic estimate. The estimate depends upon the number of trips per day landfill vehicles make back and forth over the waste. In previous versions of *DRAS* , this value was conservatively set at a 100 trips per day, corresponding with an extremely high annual waste volume. In *DRAS 3.0* , a minimum number of trips per day was conservatively assumed from the Subtitle D landfill survey (7.4 trips per day at the 95th percentile of values reported). The number of trips per day specific to the actual waste volume is then added to the minimum to reflect the impact of very large waste streams. This will considerably reduce the particle emission estimate for wastes generated at all but the largest annual volumes. EPA added a conversion from English to metric tons to the calculation of particle emissions from waste unloading, resulting in a decrease of roughly 10% over previous versions of *DRAS.* We also made a unit-conversion factor correction to part of the air-volatile pathway which will reduce the impact to the receptor. An error in the back-calculation for fish ingestion pathway was corrected to reflect the difference between freely dissolved and total water column waste constituent concentrations. For the estimation of risk and hazard, we made a number of updates to the forward and back calculations. Previous versions of *DRAS* assumed that only 12.5% of particles are absorbed by the receptor's respiratory system. This is no longer necessary as toxicity reference values for inhalation currently recommended by U.S. EPA relate risk or hazard directly to exposure concentration. *DRAS 3.0* does not include the 12.5% reduction. This change significantly increases estimated risks due to particle inhalation and lowers corresponding allowable concentrations. *DRAS* Version 3.0.47 has a reformulated back calculation of the allowable leachate concentrations from exposure due to contaminants volatilized during household water use to match the forward calculation of risk. In previous versions of *DRAS* , the forward calculation summed the risks from exposure to all three evaluated household compartments (the shower, the bathroom, and the whole house) while the back calculation based the maximum allowable level on the single most conservative compartment. The *DRAS 3.0* maximum allowable leachate concentrations are now based on the combined impact of all three compartments. The house exposure was also expanded to a 900 minute (15 hour) daily exposure to reflect non-working residents who have an overall 16 hour in-house exposure (the other 1 hour is spent in the shower and bathroom). EPA resolved the inconsistencies with the way *DRAS* chooses limiting pathways for specific waste constituents in *DRAS 3.0* . EPA checked all toxicity reference values in *DRAS* and updated where necessary. Approximately 180 changes were made to the toxicity reference values in *DRAS* based on data in IRIS, PPRTV, HEAST, NCEA, CalEPA and other sources. Some route-to-route extrapolations of oral toxicity data to inhalation exposure have been returned to *DRAS 3.0* if consistent with Agency policy. See U.S. EPA 2006 for full accounting of this methodology. The same reference also includes discussions of toxicity reference choices where the multiple values were available or where the toxicity reference values were specific to particular species of constituents. V. Next Steps A. With What Conditions Must the Petitioners Comply? The petitioners must comply with the requirements in 40 CFR Part 261, Appendix IX, Tables 1 and 2 as amended by this notice. The text below gives the rationale and details of those requirements.
(1)Delisting Levels This paragraph provides the levels of constituent concentrations for which the facility must test in the petitioned wastes, below which these wastes would be considered non-hazardous. EPA selected the set of inorganic and organic constituents specified in paragraph
(1)and listed in 40 CFR Part 261, Appendix IX, Tables 1 and 2, based on information in the petition. EPA compiled the inorganic and organic constituents list from descriptions of the manufacturing processes used by the facilities, previous test data provided for the wastes, and the respective health-based levels used in delisting decision-making. These delisting levels correspond to the allowable levels measured in the leachable concentrations of the petitioned wastes.
(2)Waste Holding and Handling Waste classification as non-hazardous cannot begin until compliance with the limits set in paragraph
(1)has occurred for two consecutive quarterly sampling events. For example, if the facility is issued a final exclusion in August, the first quarter samples are due in November and the second quarter samples are due in February. If EPA deems that both the first and second quarter samples (a total of four) meet all the delisting limits, classification of the waste as non-hazardous can begin in March. If constituent levels in any sample taken by the facility exceed any of the delisting levels set in paragraph (1), the facility must:
(i)notify EPA in accordance with paragraph (6), and;
(ii)manage and dispose of the petitioned waste as hazardous waste generated under Subtitle C of RCRA.
(3)Verification Testing Requirements The petitioner must complete a verification testing program on the wastes to assure that they do not exceed the maximum levels specified in paragraph (1). If EPA determines that the data collected under this paragraph does not support the data provided in the petition, the exclusion will not cover the tested waste. This verification program operates on two levels. The first part of the quarterly verification testing program consists of testing a batch of sludge for specified indicator parameters as described in paragraph (1). Each quarterly sampling event will consist of at least two samples of the waste. Levels of constituents measured in the samples of the waste that do not exceed the levels set forth in paragraph
(1)can be considered non-hazardous after two consecutive quarters of sampling data meet the levels listed in paragraph (1). The second part of the verification testing program is the annual testing of two representative composite samples of the wastes for all constituents specified in paragraph (1). If the petitioner demonstrates for two consecutive quarters complete attainment of all specified limits, then the facility may request approval of EPA to reduce the frequency of testing to annually. If, after review of performance of the treatment system, EPA finds that annual testing is adequately protective of human health and the environment, then EPA may authorize the facility to reduce the quarterly comprehensive sampling frequency to an annual basis. If the annual testing of the wastes does not meet the delisting levels in paragraph (1), the facility must notify EPA according to the requirements in paragraph (6). EPA will then take the appropriate actions necessary to protect human health and the environment as described in paragraph (6). The facility must provide sampling results that support the rationale that the delisting exclusion should not be withdrawn. The exclusion is effective upon publication in the **Federal Register** but the change in waste classification as “non-hazardous” cannot begin until two consecutive quarters of verification sampling comply with the levels specified in paragraph (1). The waste classification as “non-hazardous” is also not authorized, if the facility fails to perform the quarterly and yearly testing as specified herein. Should the facility fail to conduct the quarterly/yearly testing as specified herein, then disposal of sludge as delisted waste may not occur in the following quarter(s)/year(s) until the facility obtains the written approval of EPA.
(4)Changes in Operating Conditions Paragraph
(4)would allow the facility the flexibility of modifying its processes (for example, changes in equipment or change in operating conditions) to improve its treatment processes. However, the facility must prove the effectiveness of the modified process and request approval from EPA. The facility must manage wastes generated during the new process demonstration as hazardous waste through verification sampling within 30 days of start-up.
(5)Data Submittals To provide appropriate documentation that the facility is correctly managing the waste, the facility must compile, summarize, and keep delisting records on-site for a minimum of five years. It should keep all analytical data obtained pursuant to paragraph (3), including quality control information, for five years. Paragraph
(5)requires that the facility furnish these data upon request for inspection by any employee or representative of EPA or the State of Texas. If the proposed exclusion is made final, then it will apply only to amount of wastes designated by the exclusion per calendar year. EPA would require a petitioner to submit additional verification data under any of the following circumstances:
(a)If the facility significantly alters the manufacturing process treatment system except as described in paragraph (4).
(b)If the facility uses any new manufacturing or production process(es), or significantly changes the current process(es) described in its petition; or
(c)If the facility makes any changes that could affect the composition or type of waste generated. The facility must submit a modification to the petition complete with full sampling and analysis for circumstances where the waste volume changes and/or additional waste codes are added to the waste stream. EPA will publish an amendment to the exclusion if the changes are acceptable. The facility must manage waste volumes greater than those designated by the exclusion as hazardous waste until EPA grants a revised exclusion. When this exclusion becomes final, the management by the facility of the wastes covered in this petition would be relieved from Subtitle C jurisdiction. The facility may not classify the waste as non-hazardous until the revised exclusion is finalized.
(6)Reopener The purpose of paragraph
(6)is to require the facility to disclose new or different information related to a condition at the facility or disposal of the waste, if it is pertinent to the delisting. The petitioner must also use this procedure if the waste sample in the annual testing fails to meet the levels found in paragraph (1). This provision will allow EPA to reevaluate the exclusion, if a source provides new or additional information to EPA. EPA will evaluate the information on which it based the decision to see if it is still correct or if circumstances have changed so that the information is no longer correct or would cause EPA to deny the petition, if presented. This provision expressly requires the petitioner to report differing site conditions or assumptions used in the petition in addition to failure to meet the annual testing conditions within 10 days of discovery. If EPA discovers such information itself or from a third party, it can act on it as appropriate. The language being proposed is similar to those provisions found in RCRA regulations governing no-migration petitions at § 268.6. It is EPA's position that it has the authority under RCRA and the Administrative Procedures Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 551
(1978)*et seq.* , to reopen a delisting decision. EPA may reopen a delisting decision when it receives new information that calls into question the assumptions underlying the delisting. EPA believes a clear statement of its authority in delisting is merited in light of EPA's experience. See the **Federal Register** notice regarding Reynolds Metals Company at 62 FR 37694 (July 14, 1997) and 62 FR 63458 (December 1, 1997) where the delisted waste leached at greater concentrations into the environment than the concentrations predicted when conducting the TCLP, leading EPA to repeal the delisting. If an immediate threat to human health and the environment presents itself, EPA will continue to address these situations on a case-by-case basis. Where necessary, EPA will make a good cause finding to justify emergency rulemaking. See APA section 553 (b)(3)(B). B. What happens if the petitioner violates the terms and conditions? If the petitioner violates the terms and conditions established in the exclusion, EPA will start procedures to withdraw the exclusion. Where there is an immediate threat to human health and the environment, EPA will evaluate the need for enforcement activities on a case-by-case basis. EPA expects the petitioner to conduct the appropriate waste analysis and comply with the criteria explained above in paragraph
(1)of the exclusion. VI. Public Comments A. How may I as an interested party submit comments? EPA is requesting public comments on this proposed decision. You may submit comments on one of the three petitions or the decision as a whole. Please send three copies of your comments. Send two copies to the Chief, Corrective Action and Waste Minimization Section, Multimedia Permitting and Planning Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202. Send a third copy to the Industrial Hazardous Waste Permits Division, Technical Evaluation Team, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, TX 78711-3087. Identify your comments at the top with this regulatory docket number. You may submit your comments electronically to Michelle Peace at *peace.michelle@epa.gov.* B. How may I review the docket or obtain copies of the proposed exclusion? You may review the RCRA regulatory docket for this proposed rule at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202. It is available for viewing in the EPA Freedom of Information Act Review Room from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding Federal holidays. Call
(214)665-6444 for appointments. The public may copy material from any regulatory docket at no cost for the first 100 pages and at fifteen cents per page for additional copies. VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews Under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this rule is not of general applicability and therefore is not a regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). This rule does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 *et seq.* ) because it applies to a particular facility only. Because this rule is of particular applicability relating to a particular facility, it is not subject to the regulatory flexibility provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 *et seq.* ), or to sections 202, 204, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
(UMRA)(Pub. L. 104-4). Because this rule will affect only a particular facility, it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as specified in section 203 of UMRA. Because this rule will affect only a particular facility, this proposed rule does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999). Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this rule. Similarly, because this rule will affect only a particular facility, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this rule. This rule also is not subject to Executive Order 13045, “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866, and because the Agency does not have reason to believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. The basis for this belief is that the Agency used the DRAS program, which considers health and safety risks to infants and children, to calculate the maximum allowable concentrations for this rule. This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001)), because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866. This rule does not involve technical standards; thus, the requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) do not apply. As required by section 3 of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” (61 FR 4729, February 7, 1996), in issuing this rule, EPA has taken the necessary steps to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, minimize potential litigation, and provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct. The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801 *et seq.* , as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report which includes a copy of the rule to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. Section 804 exempts from section 801 the following types of rules
(1)rules of particular applicability;
(2)rules relating to agency management or personnel; and
(3)rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice that do not substantially affect the rights or obligations of non-agency parties, 5 U.S.C. 804(3). EPA is not required to submit a rule report regarding this action under section 801 because this is a rule of particular applicability. Lists of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 261 Environmental protection, Hazardous waste, Recycling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Authority: Sec. 3001(f) RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6921(f). Dated: May 2, 2008. Bill Luthans, Acting Director, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division. For the reasons set out in the preamble, 40 CFR part 261 is proposed to be amended as follows: PART 261—IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE 1. The authority citation for part 261 continues to read as follows: Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6905, 6912(a), 6921, 6922, and 6938. PART 261—IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE 2. In Table 1 of Appendix IX of part 261 add the following waste streams in alphabetical order by facility to read as follows: Appendix IX to Part 261—Waste Excluded Under §§ 260.20 and 260.22 Table 1.—Waste Excluded From Non-Specific Sources Facility Address Waste description * * * * * * * Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company Fort Worth, TX Sludge (EPA Hazardous Waste Number F019) generated at a maximum rate of 90 cubic yards per calendar year after [insert publication date of the final rule]. For the exclusion to be valid, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must implement a verification testing program that meets the following Paragraphs:
(1)Delisting Levels: All concentrations for those constituents must not exceed the maximum allowable concentrations in mg/l specified in this paragraph. Sludge Leachable Concentrations (mg/l): Antimony—8.45; Arsenic—0.657; Barium—100.0; Cadmium—1.00; Chromium—5.0; Chromium, Hexavalent—5.0; Cobalt—1040; Copper—1810; Cyanide—240; Lead—5.0; Mercury—0.20; Nickel—1040; Selenium—1.0; Silver—5.0; Vanadium—51.5; Zinc—15800; Acetone—40600; Acetonitrile—766; Carbon Disulfide—4400; Ethylbenzene—846; Methyl Ethyl Ketone—200.0; Methyl Isobutyl Ketone—3610; Methylene Chloride—6.16; Toluene—1180; Xylenes—745.
(2)Waste Holding and Handling:
(A)Waste classification as non-hazardous can not begin until compliance with the limits set in paragraph
(1)for sludge has occurred for two consecutive quarterly sampling events.
(B)If constituent levels in any sample taken by Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company exceed any of the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)for the sludge, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must do the following:
(i)Notify EPA in accordance with paragraph
(6)and
(ii)Manage and dispose of the sludge as hazardous waste generated under Subtitle C of RCRA.
(3)Testing Requirements: Upon this exclusion becoming final, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company may perform quarterly analytical testing by sampling and analyzing the sludge as follows:
(A)Quarterly Testing:
(i)Collect two representative composite samples of the sludge at quarterly intervals after EPA grants the final exclusion. The first composite samples may be taken at any time after EPA grants the final approval. Sampling should be performed in accordance with the sampling plan approved by EPA in support of the exclusion.
(ii)Analyze the samples for all constituents listed in paragraph (1). Any composite sample taken that exceeds the delisting levels listed in paragraph
(1)for the sludge must be disposed as hazardous waste in accordance with the applicable hazardous waste requirements.
(iii)Within thirty
(30)days after taking each quarterly sample, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company will report its quarterly analytical test data to EPA. If levels of constituents measured in the samples of the sludge do not exceed the levels set forth in paragraph
(1)of this exclusion for two consecutive quarters or sampling events, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company can manage and dispose the non-hazardous sludge according to all applicable solid waste regulations.
(B)Annual Testing:
(i)If Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company completes the quarterly testing specified in paragraph
(3)above and no sample contains a constituent at a level which exceeds the limits set forth in paragraph (1), Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company may begin annual testing as follows: Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must test two representative composite samples of the sludge for all constituents listed in paragraph
(1)at least once per calendar year.
(ii)The samples for the annual testing shall be a representative composite sample according to appropriate methods. As applicable to the method-defined parameters of concern, analyses requiring the use of SW-846 methods incorporated by reference in 40 CFR 260.11 must be used without substitution. As applicable, the SW-846 methods might include Methods 0010, 0011, 0020, 0023A, 0030, 0031, 0040, 0050, 0051, 0060, 0061, 1010A, 1020B,1110A, 1310B, 1311, 1312, 1320, 1330A, 9010C, 9012B, 9040C, 9045D, 9060A, 9070A (uses EPA Method 1664, Rev. A), 9071B, and 9095B. Methods must meet Performance Based Measurement System Criteria in which the Data Quality Objectives are to demonstrate that samples of the Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company sludge are representative for all constituents listed in paragraph (1).
(iii)The samples for the annual testing taken for the second and subsequent annual testing events shall be taken within the same calendar month as the first annual sample taken.
(iv)The annual testing report should include the total amount of waste in cubic yards disposed during the calendar year.
(4)Changes in Operating Conditions: If Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company significantly changes the process described in its petition or starts any processes that generate(s) the waste that may or could affect the composition or type of waste generated (by illustration, but not limitation, changes in equipment or operating conditions of the treatment process), it must notify EPA in writing and it may no longer handle the wastes generated from the new process as non-hazardous until the wastes meet the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)and it has received written approval to do so from EPA. Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must submit a modification to the petition complete with full sampling and analysis for circumstances where the waste volume changes and/or additional waste codes are added to the waste stream.
(5)Data Submittals: Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must submit the information described below. If Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company fails to submit the required data within the specified time or maintain the required records on-site for the specified time, EPA, at its discretion, will consider this sufficient basis to reopen the exclusion as described in paragraph (6). Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must:
(A)Submit the data obtained through paragraph
(3)to the Chief, Corrective Action and Waste Minimization Section, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Ave., Dallas, Texas, 75202, within the time specified. All supporting data can be submitted on CD-ROM or some comparable electronic media.
(B)Compile records of analytical data from paragraph (3), summarized, and maintained on-site for a minimum of five years.
(C)Furnish these records and data when either EPA or the State of Texas requests them for inspection.
(D)Send along with all data a signed copy of the following certification statement, to attest to the truth and accuracy of the data submitted: “Under civil and criminal penalty of law for the making or submission of false or fraudulent statements or representations (pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Federal Code, which include, but may not be limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 42 U.S.C. 6928), I certify that the information contained in or accompanying this document is true, accurate and complete. As to the (those) identified section(s) of this document for which I cannot personally verify its (their) truth and accuracy, I certify as the company official having supervisory responsibility for the persons who, acting under my direct instructions, made the verification that this information is true, accurate and complete. If any of this information is determined by EPA in its sole discretion to be false, inaccurate or incomplete, and upon conveyance of this fact to the company, I recognize and agree that this exclusion of waste will be void as if it never had effect or to the extent directed by EPA and that the company will be liable for any actions taken in contravention of the company's RCRA and CERCLA obligations premised upon the company's reliance on the void exclusion.”
(6)Reopener:
(A)If, anytime after disposal of the delisted waste Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company possesses or is otherwise made aware of any environmental data (including but not limited to leachate data or ground water monitoring data) or any other data relevant to the delisted waste indicating that any constituent identified for the delisting verification testing is at a level higher than the delisting level allowed by the Division Director in granting the petition, then the facility must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(B)If either the quarterly or annual testing of the waste does not meet the delisting requirements in paragraph 1, Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(C)If Lockheed Martin Aeronautics Company fails to submit the information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B) or if any other information is received from any source, the Division Director will make a preliminary determination as to whether the reported information requires EPA action to protect human health and/or the environment. Further action may include suspending, or revoking the exclusion, or other appropriate response necessary to protect human health and the environment.
(D)If the Division Director determines that the reported information requires action by EPA, the Division Director will notify the facility in writing of the actions the Division Director believes are necessary to protect human health and the environment. The notice shall include a statement of the proposed action and a statement providing the facility with an opportunity to present information as to why the proposed EPA action is not necessary. The facility shall have 10 days from the date of the Division Director's notice to present such information.
(E)Following the receipt of information from the facility described in paragraph (6)(D) or (if no information is presented under paragraph (6)(D)) the initial receipt of information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B), the Division Director will issue a final written determination describing EPA actions that are necessary to protect human health and/or the environment. Any required action described in the Division Director's determination shall become effective immediately, unless the Division Director provides otherwise. 2. In Table 1of Appendix IX of Part 261 add the following waste stream in alphabetical order by facility to read as follows: Appendix IX to Part 261—Waste Excluded Under §§ 260.20 and 260.22 Table 1.—Waste Excluded From Non-Specific Sources Facility Address Waste description * * * * * * * WRB Refining LLC Borger, TX Thermal desorber residual solids (Hazardous Waste No. F037, F038, K048, K049, K050, K051) generated at a maximum annual rate of 1,500 cubic yards per calendar year after [insert publication date of the final rule] and disposed in Subtitle D Landfill. For the exclusion to be valid, WRB Refining LLC must implement a verification testing program that meets the following Paragraphs:
(1)Delisting Levels: All concentrations for those constituents must not exceed the maximum allowable concentrations in mg/l specified in this paragraph. Thermal Desorber Residual Solid Leachable Concentrations (mg/l): Antimony—2.65; Arsenic—1.69; Barium—100; Beryllium—0.76; Cadmium—1.00; Chromium—5.0; Chromium, Hexavalent—5.0; Cobalt—130.0; Copper—234.0; Cyanide—30.10; Lead—5.0; Mercury—0.20; Nickel—129.0; Selenium—1.0; Silver—5.0; Tin—3790.00; Vanadium—6.93; Zinc—1930.0; Acenapthene—104.0; Anthracene—253.0; Benzene—0.5; Carbon Disulfide—552.0; Dibenzofuran—0.14; 1,4-Dichlororbenzene—7.50; Ethylbenzene—106.0; Fluoranthene—24.00; Methylene Chloride—0.077; Naphthalene—0.32; Phenol—1690.00; Pyrene—43.40; Toluene—148.0; 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene—9.68; Trichlorofluoromethane—151.0; Xylenes—93.40.
(2)Waste Holding and Handling:
(A)Waste classification as non-hazardous cannot begin until compliance with the limits set in paragraph
(1)for thermal desorber residual solids has occurred for two consecutive quarterly sampling events.
(B)If constituent levels in any sample taken by WRB Refining LLC exceed any of the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)for the thermal desorber residual solids, WRB Refining LLC must do the following:
(i)Notify EPA in accordance with paragraph
(6)and
(ii)Manage and dispose the thermal desorber residual solids as hazardous waste generated under Subtitle C of RCRA.
(3)Testing Requirements: Upon this exclusion becoming final, WRB Refining LLC may perform quarterly analytical testing by sampling and analyzing the desorber residual solids as follows:
(A)Quarterly Testing:
(i)Collect two representative composite samples of the sludge at quarterly intervals after EPA grants the final exclusion. The first composite samples may be taken at any time after EPA grants the final approval. Sampling should be performed in accordance with the sampling plan approved by EPA in support of the exclusion.
(ii)Analyze the samples for all constituents listed in paragraph (1). Any composite sample taken that exceeds the delisting levels listed in paragraph
(1)for the sludge must be disposed as hazardous waste in accordance with the applicable hazardous waste requirements.
(iii)Within thirty
(30)days after taking its first quarterly sample, WRB Refining LLC will report its first quarterly analytical test data to EPA. If levels of constituents measured in the samples of the sludge do not exceed the levels set forth in paragraph
(1)of this exclusion for two consecutive quarters, WRB Refining LLC can manage and dispose the non-hazardous thermal desorber residual solids according to all applicable solid waste regulations.
(B)Annual Testing:
(i)If WRB Refining LLC completes the quarterly testing specified in paragraph
(3)above and no sample contains a constituent at a level which exceeds the limits set forth in paragraph (1), WRB Refining LLC may begin annual testing as follows: WRB Refining LLC must test two representative composite samples of the thermal desorber residual solids for all constituents listed in paragraph
(1)at least once per calendar year.
(ii)The samples for the annual testing shall be a representative composite sample according to appropriate methods. As applicable to the method-defined parameters of concern, analyses requiring the use of SW-846 methods incorporated by reference in 40 CFR 260.11 must be used without substitution. As applicable, the SW-846 methods might include Methods 0010, 0011, 0020, 0023A, 0030, 0031, 0040, 0050, 0051, 0060, 0061, 1010A, 1020B, 1110A, 1310B, 1311, 1312, 1320, 1330A, 9010C, 9012B, 9040C, 9045D, 9060A, 9070A (uses EPA Method 1664, Rev. A), 9071B, and 9095B. Methods must meet Performance Based Measurement System Criteria in which the Data Quality Objectives are to demonstrate that samples of the WRB Refining LLC thermal desorber residual solids are representative for all constituents listed in paragraph (1).
(iii)The samples for the annual testing taken for the second and subsequent annual testing events shall be taken within the same calendar month as the first annual sample taken.
(iv)The annual testing report should include the total amount of waste in cubic yards disposed during the calendar year.
(4)Changes in Operating Conditions: If WRB Refining LLC significantly changes the process described in its petition or starts any processes that generate(s) the waste that may or could affect the composition or type of waste generated (by illustration, but not limitation, changes in equipment or operating conditions of the treatment process), it must notify EPA in writing and it may no longer handle the wastes generated from the new process as non-hazardous until the wastes meet the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)and it has received written approval to do so from EPA. WRB Refining LLC must submit a modification to the petition complete with full sampling and analysis for circumstances where the waste volume changes and/or additional waste codes are added to the waste stream.
(5)Data Submittals: WRB Refining LLC must submit the information described below. If WRB Refining LLC fails to submit the required data within the specified time or maintain the required records on-site for the specified time, EPA, at its discretion, will consider this sufficient basis to reopen the exclusion as described in paragraph (6). WRB Refining LLC must:
(A)Submit the data obtained through paragraph
(3)to the Chief, Corrective Action and Waste Minimization Section, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Ave., Dallas, Texas, 75202, within the time specified. All supporting data can be submitted on CD-ROM or some comparable electronic media.
(B)Compile records of analytical data from paragraph (3), summarized, and maintained on-site for a minimum of five years.
(C)Furnish these records and data when either EPA or the State of Texas requests them for inspection.
(D)Send along with all data a signed copy of the following certification statement, to attest to the truth and accuracy of the data submitted: “Under civil and criminal penalty of law for the making or submission of false or fraudulent statements or representations (pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Federal Code, which include, but may not be limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 42 U.S.C. 6928), I certify that the information contained in or accompanying this document is true, accurate and complete. As to the (those) identified section(s) of this document for which I cannot personally verify its (their) truth and accuracy, I certify as the company official having supervisory responsibility for the persons who, acting under my direct instructions, made the verification that this information is true, accurate and complete. If any of this information is determined by EPA in its sole discretion to be false, inaccurate or incomplete, and upon conveyance of this fact to the company, I recognize and agree that this exclusion of waste will be void as if it never had effect or to the extent directed by EPA and that the company will be liable for any actions taken in contravention of the company's RCRA and CERCLA obligations premised upon the company's reliance on the void exclusion.”
(6)Reopener
(A)If, anytime after disposal of the delisted waste WRB Refining LLC possesses or is otherwise made aware of any environmental data (including but not limited to leachate data or ground water monitoring data) or any other data relevant to the delisted waste indicating that any constituent identified for the delisting verification testing is at level higher than the delisting level allowed by the Division Director in granting the petition, then the facility must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(B)If either the quarterly or annual testing of the waste does not meet the delisting requirements in paragraph 1, WRB Refining LLC must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(C)If WRB Refining LLC fails to submit the information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B) or if any other information is received from any source, the Division Director will make a preliminary determination as to whether the reported information requires EPA action to protect human health and/or the environment. Further action may include suspending, or revoking the exclusion, or other appropriate response necessary to protect human health and the environment.
(D)If the Division Director determines that the reported information requires action by EPA, the Division Director will notify the facility in writing of the actions the Division Director believes are necessary to protect human health and the environment. The notice shall include a statement of the proposed action and a statement providing the facility with an opportunity to present information as to why the proposed EPA action is not necessary. The facility shall have 10 days from the date of the Division Director's notice to present such information.
(E)Following the receipt of information from the facility described in paragraph (6)(D) or (if no information is presented under paragraph (6)(D)) the initial receipt of information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B), the Division Director will issue a final written determination describing EPA actions that are necessary to protect human health and/or the environment. Any required action described in the Division Director's determination shall become effective immediately, unless the Division Director provides otherwise. 3. In Table 2 of Appendix IX of Part 261 add the following waste streams in alphabetical order by facility to read as follows: Appendix IX to Part 261—Waste Excluded Under § § 260.20 and 260.22 Table 2.—Waste Excluded From Specific Sources Facility Address Waste description Bayer Material Science LLC Baytown, TX Toluene Diisocyanate
(TDI)Residue (EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. K027) generated at a maximum rate of 9,780 cubic yards per calendar year after [insert publication date of the final rule]. For the exclusion to be valid, Bayer must implement a verification testing program that meets the following Paragraphs:
(1)Delisting Levels: All concentrations for those constituents must not exceed the maximum allowable concentrations in mg/l specified in this paragraph. TDI Residue Leachable Concentrations (mg/l): Arsenic—0.10, Barium—36.0; Chloromethane—6.06; Chromium—2.27; Cobalt—13.6; Copper—25.9; Cyanide—3.08; Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid—1.08; Diethyl phthalate—1000.0; Endrin—0.02; Lead—0.702; Nickel—13.5; Selenium—0.89; Tin—22.5; Vanadium—0.976; Zinc—197.0; 2,4-Toluenediamine—0.0459.
(2)Waste Holding and Handling:
(A)Waste classification as non-hazardous can not begin until compliance with the limits set in paragraph
(1)for the TDI residue has occurred for two consecutive quarterly sampling events and the reports have been approved by EPA.
(B)If constituent levels in any sample taken by Bayer exceed any of the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)for the TDI residue, Bayer must do the following:
(i)Notify EPA in accordance with paragraph
(6)and
(ii)Manage and dispose of the TDI residue as hazardous waste generated under Subtitle C of RCRA.
(3)Testing Requirements: Upon this exclusion becoming final, Bayer must perform quarterly analytical testing by sampling and analyzing the TDI residue as follows:
(A)Quarterly Testing:
(i)Collect two representative composite samples of the TDI residue at quarterly intervals after EPA grants the final exclusion. The first composite samples may be taken at any time after EPA grants the final approval. Sampling should be performed in accordance with the sampling plan approved by EPA in support of the exclusion.
(ii)Analyze the samples for all constituents listed in paragraph (1). Any composite sample taken that exceeds the delisting levels listed in paragraph
(1)for the TDI residue must be disposed as hazardous waste in accordance with the applicable hazardous waste requirements.
(iii)Within thirty
(30)days after taking its first quarterly sample, Bayer will report its first quarterly analytical test data to EPA. If levels of constituents measured in the samples of the TDI residue do not exceed the levels set forth in paragraph
(1)of this exclusion for two consecutive quarters, Bayer can manage and dispose the non-hazardous TDI residue according to all applicable solid waste regulations.
(B)Annual Testing:
(i)If Bayer completes the quarterly testing specified in paragraph
(3)above and no sample contains a constituent at a level which exceeds the limits set forth in paragraph (1), Bayer can begin annual testing as follows: Bayer must test two representative composite samples of the TDI residue for all constituents listed in paragraph
(1)at least once per calendar year.
(ii)The samples for the annual testing shall be a representative composite sample according to appropriate methods. As applicable to the method-defined parameters of concern, analyses requiring the use of SW-846 methods incorporated by reference in 40 CFR 260.11 must be used without substitution. As applicable, the SW-846 methods might include Methods 0010, 0011, 0020, 0023A, 0030, 0031, 0040, 0050, 0051, 0060, 0061, 1010A, 1020B, 1110A, 1310B, 1311, 1312, 1320, 1330A, 9010C, 9012B, 9040C, 9045D, 9060A, 9070A (uses EPA Method 1664, Rev. A), 9071B, and 9095B. Methods must meet Performance Based Measurement System Criteria in which the Data Quality Objectives are to demonstrate that samples of the Bayer spent carbon are representative for all constituents listed in paragraph (1).
(iii)The samples for the annual testing taken for the second and subsequent annual testing events shall be taken within the same calendar month as the first annual sample taken.
(iv)The annual testing report must include the total amount of waste in cubic yards disposed during the calendar year.
(4)Changes in Operating Conditions: If Bayer significantly changes the process described in its petition or starts any process that generates the waste that may or could affect the composition or type of waste generated (by illustration, but not limitation, changes in equipment or operating conditions of the treatment process), it must notify EPA in writing and it may no longer handle the wastes generated from the new process as non-hazardous until the wastes meet the delisting levels set in paragraph
(1)and it has received written approval to do so from EPA. Bayer must submit a modification to the petition complete with full sampling and analysis for circumstances where the waste volume changes and/or additional waste codes are added to the waste stream.
(5)Data Submittals: Bayer must submit the information described below. If Bayer fails to submit the required data within the specified time or maintain the required records on-site for the specified time, EPA, at its discretion, will consider this sufficient basis to reopen the exclusion as described in paragraph (6). Bayer must:
(A)Submit the data obtained through paragraph 3 to the Chief, Corrective Action and Waste Minimization Section, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Ave., Dallas, Texas 75202, within the time specified. All supporting data can be submitted on CD-ROM or some comparable electronic media.
(B)Compile records of analytical data from paragraph (3), summarized, and maintained on-site for a minimum of five years.
(C)Furnish these records and data when either EPA or the State of Texas requests them for inspection.
(D)Send along with all data a signed copy of the following certification statement, to attest to the truth and accuracy of the data submitted.” Under civil and criminal penalty of law for the making or submission of false or fraudulent statements or representations (pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Federal Code, which include, but may not be limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 42 U.S.C. 6928), I certify that the information contained in or accompanying this document is true, accurate and complete. As to the (those) identified section(s) of this document for which I cannot personally verify its (their) truth and accuracy, I certify as the company official having supervisory responsibility for the persons who, acting under my direct instructions, made the verification that this information is true, accurate and complete. If any of this information is determined by EPA in its sole discretion to be false, inaccurate or incomplete, and upon conveyance of this fact to the company, I recognize and agree that this exclusion of waste will be void as if it never had effect or to the extent directed by EPA and that the company will be liable for any actions taken in contravention of the company's RCRA and CERCLA obligations premised upon the company's reliance on the void exclusion.”
(6)Reopener:
(A)If, anytime after disposal of the delisted waste Bayer possesses or is otherwise made aware of any environmental data (including but not limited to leachate data or ground water monitoring data) or any other data relevant to the delisted waste indicating that any constituent identified for the delisting verification testing is at a level higher than the delisting level allowed by EPA in granting the petition, then the facility must report the data, in writing, to EPA within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(B)If either the quarterly or annual testing of the waste does not meet the delisting requirements in paragraph 1, Bayer must report the data, in writing, to EPA within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.
(C)If Bayer fails to submit the information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B) or if any other information is received from any source, EPA will make a preliminary determination as to whether the reported information requires action to protect human health and/or the environment. Further action may include suspending, or revoking the exclusion, or other appropriate response necessary to protect human health and the environment.
(D)If EPA determines that the reported information requires action, EPA will notify the facility in writing of the actions it believes are necessary to protect human health and the environment. The notice shall include a statement of the proposed action and a statement providing the facility with an opportunity to present information explaining why the proposed EPA action is not necessary. The facility shall have 10 days from the date of EPA's notice to present such information.
(E)Following the receipt of information from the facility described in paragraph (6)(D) or (if no information is presented under paragraph (6)(D)) the initial receipt of information described in paragraphs (5), (6)(A) or (6)(B), EPA will issue a final written determination describing the actions that are necessary to protect human health and/or the environment. Any required action described in EPA's determination shall become effective immediately, unless EPA provides otherwise. 4. In Table 2 of Appendix IX of part 261 add the following waste stream in alphabetical order by facility to read as follows: Appendix IX to Part 261—Waste Excluded Under §§ 260.20 and 260.22 Table 2.—Waste Excluded From Specific Sources Facility Address Waste description * * * * * * * WRB Refining LLC (formerly ConocoPhillips Company) Borger, TX Thermal desorber residual solids (Hazardous Waste No. F037, F038, K048, K049, K050, K051) generated at a maximum annual rate of 1,500 cubic yards per calendar year after [insert publication date of the final rule] and disposed in Subtitle D Landfill. ConocoPhillips must implement the testing program described in Table 1.—Waste Excluded From Non-Specific Sources for the petition to be valid. [FR Doc. E8-11004 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Part 761 [EPA-HQ-RCRA-2008-0123; FRL-8567-2] RIN 2050-AG42 Polychlorinated Biphenyls: Manufacturing (Import) Exemption for Veolia ES Technical Solutions, L.L.C. AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice of informal hearing. SUMMARY: This **Federal Register** publication is providing notice that EPA will hold an informal public hearing on June 19, 2008, in Port Arthur, Texas, on the proposed rule entitled, Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs): Manufacturing (Import) Exemption for Veolia ES Technical Solutions, L.L.C. published on March 6, 2008 (73 FR 12053). On November 14, 2006, Veolia ES Technical Solutions, L.L.C., (Veolia) submitted a petition to EPA to import up to 20,000 tons of PCB waste from Mexico for disposal at Veolia's TSCA-approved facility in Port Arthur, Texas. As a result of that petition, on March 6, 2008, EPA proposed to grant the request and provided a 45-day public comment period. The Agency extended the comment period, based on a request from a commenter, by 45 days to June 5, 2008. In addition, the Agency also agreed to hold a public hearing on the proposed rule. DATES: The hearing will take place on Thursday, June 19, 2008, from 3:30 p.m. to 8:30 p.m. All those wishing to provide oral comments at the hearing must send a written request to EPA. Requests must be received on or before June 12, 2008. ADDRESSES: The hearing will be held at City Hall, 444 4th Street, Port Arthur, Texas 77640, telephone
(409)983-8105. The hearing will be on the 5th floor of City Hall in the Council Chambers. *Requests to Participate:* A request to provide oral comments at the informal hearing must be submitted to the Hearing Clerk by one of the following methods. • *E-mail:* Requests may be sent by electronic mail to: *noggle.william@epa.gov,* Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-RCRA-2008-0123. • *Fax:* Requests may be faxed to
(703)308-0514, Attention: William Noggle; Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-RCRA-2008-0123. • *Mail:* Requests may be sent to William Noggle, U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste, 5304P, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-RCRA-2008-0123. Request must be received by June 12, 2008. Note that mail is subject to significant delays due to security screening, so please plan for additional delivery time. • *Hand Delivery:* Requests may be hand delivered to William Noggle, U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste, Two Potomac Yard, 2733 South Crystal Drive, 5th Floor, N5612, Arlington, VA 22202. Such deliveries are only accepted during business hours from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Monday through Friday. See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION for the type of information that must be included in the request, who may participate, as well as the procedures that EPA will follow in conducting the hearing. Please note that oral comments will only be heard from people who have requested to participate in the hearing. Members of the public can attend without prior notification to the Hearing Clerk, but they will not be part of the hearing schedule to give presentations and/or oral comments. Also note that the advance participation requests will assist in planning for the hearing. Additionally, the time for individual presentations may be limited, depending on the number of requests received. *Requests for Accommodations:* Individuals requiring special accommodation at this hearing, including wheelchair access or hearing impaired accommodations, should contact the Hearing Clerk by e-mail, *noggle.william@epa.gov,* or telephone,
(703)347-8769, at least five
(5)business days prior to the hearing so that appropriate arrangements can be made. *Docket:* All documents in the docket are listed in the *http://www.regulations.gov* index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, such as CBI or other information, which disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in *http://www.regulations.gov* or in hard copy at the RCRA Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20004. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is
(202)566-1744, and the telephone number for the RCRA Docket is
(202)566-0270. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: William Noggle, Office of Solid Waste, Hazardous Waste Identification Division, MC 5304P, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number:
(703)347-8769; e-mail: *noggle.william@epa.gov.* SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EPA is granting a request from the public to hold an informal public hearing to receive oral comments on the proposed regulation described in the SUMMARY above. As required by 40 CFR 750.18(a), the hearing will begin no sooner than seven
(7)days after the close of the comment period. The procedures for rulemaking under section 6 of the Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA)are found at 40 CFR part 750. Specific procedures for manufacturing (import) exemptions are identified in 40 CFR part 750, subpart B, and the procedures for participation in and the conduct of informal hearings are found at 40 CFR 750.18-750.21. The remainder of this **Federal Register** publication summarizes the procedures and logistics for this informal hearing, which is being held pursuant to the regulations cited above. Participants and/or commenters are advised to see 40 CFR part 750 for additional details. Each person or organization desiring to participate in the informal hearing must file a written request to participate with the Hearing Clerk identified above. (Participation in this context means providing oral comments or a presentation at the hearing.) This request must be received on or before June 12, 2008. The request must include:
(1)A brief statement of the interest of the person or organization in the proceeding;
(2)a brief outline of the points to be addressed;
(3)an estimate of the time required; and
(4)if the request comes from an organization, a nonbinding list of the persons to take part in the presentation. An organization that has not filed comments on the rulemaking will not be allowed to participate in the hearing, unless a waiver of this requirement is granted by the Hearing Clerk. Persons or organizations requesting a waiver must submit this request to the Hearing Clerk at the address listed above. The Hearing Clerk must receive the waiver request no later than June 12, 2008. No later than three days prior to the hearing (June 16), the Hearing Clerk will make a hearing schedule publicly available on our Web site at *http://www.epa.gov/pcb/pubs/veolia.htm* and mail or deliver it to each of the persons who requested to appear at the hearing. We believe the most efficient and reliable means of delivery is by electronic mail, so we encourage all participants to provide their e-mail address. If correspondence through regular mail is requested, the Hearing Clerk will mail the hearing schedule at least three days prior to the hearing, although due to delivery time, we can not be sure that the schedule will reach the participant prior to the hearing date. The schedule is subject to change during the hearing. A panel of EPA employees will be present at the hearing, and one panel member will act as the Hearing Officer, who will conduct the hearing. Hearing participants may be asked to answer questions submitted by the audience (in writing, at the hearing), at EPA's discretion (40 CFR 750.19). Participants in the hearing may also submit additional material for the record. EPA will provide a verbatim transcript of the hearing. After the close of the hearing, any participant in the hearing may submit written comments and questions concerning the factual nature of another hearing participant's presentation and/or ask questions of the participants. The submission should include information detailed under 40 CFR 750.8(1). The request must be provided to the Hearing Clerk using one of the methods identified in the ADDRESSES section for submitting requests to participate in the hearing. The request must be received by EPA no later than one week after a full transcript of the hearing is posted to the docket. EPA estimates that within two weeks of the hearing date, the transcript will be posted to the docket (around July 3, 2008). After the Hearing Clerk compiles all of the written questions, the Hearing Panel will review and decide which questions will be forwarded for the requested participants to answer. Any participant receiving question(s) will have one week to provide the Hearing Clerk with an answer. Interested persons may file reply comments. Reply comments must be received no later than one week after the close of all informal hearings, which includes the question and answer procedure described in the previous paragraph. Reply comments should be restricted to comments on:
(1)Other comments;
(2)material in the hearing record; and
(3)material which was not and could not reasonably have been available to the commenting party a sufficient time before comments were due on June 5, 2008 (40 CFR 750.4, as modified by 750.15). Timeline of Rulemaking Actions Proposed Rule published March 6, 2008. Original main comment period ending April 21, 2008. Extended main comment period ending June 5, 2008. Requests to participate in hearing due June 12, 2008. Hearing Clerk distributes hearing schedule June 16, 2008. Informal hearing date June 19, 2008. Hearing transcript posted to the docket July 3, 2008 (estimated). Comments and questions on hearing presentations due to Hearing Clerk *July 10, 2008 (one week after hearing transcript is posted to the docket). Hearing Clerk sends out questions to appropriate participants *July 24, 2008 (two weeks after questions are due). Answers received by Hearing Clerk from participants *July 31, 2008 (one week after questions are sent). Reply comments to Hearing Clerk due *, **August 14, 2008 (two weeks after answers are due by participants). * Estimated date for posting the hearing transcript will determine the timeline for the remaining actions. All dates are subject to change. ** Reply comments are due two weeks after participants' answers are received. If no questions on the hearing are received, then reply comments on the hearing testimony will be due on July 24, 2008 (giving EPA time to post a revised schedule and notice that no questions on the hearing testimony had been received by the Hearing Clerk). This schedule will be posted on *http://www.epa.gov/pcb/pubs/veolia.htm* and revised, if necessary, to reflect the actual date that the hearing transcript has been posted to the docket. Extensions of time for filing reply comments may be granted pursuant to 40 CFR 750.15, which references 40 CFR 750.4(c). Reply comments and requests for an extension of time for filing reply comments must be sent to the Hearing Clerk using one of the methods identified in the ADDRESSES section for submitting requests to participate in the hearing. Reply comments and a transcript of the hearing will be placed in the docket for the proposed rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-RCRA-2008-0123). A full list of these materials is available for inspection and copying during the posted hours in the RCRA Docket as identified under ADDRESSES . List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 761 Environmental protection, Hazardous substances, Labeling, Polychlorinated biphenyls, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Dated: May 13, 2008. Susan Parker Bodine, Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response. [FR Doc. E8-11177 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary [DOD-2008-DARS-0006; 0790-AI05] 48 CFR Part 5432 Transporter Proof of Delivery AGENCY: Department of Defense. ACTION: Proposed rule. SUMMARY: This rule proposes to provide an additional method for documenting customer receipt of DLA supplies and services in support of the contract acceptance and payment process by allowing contractor input of receipt documentation into the Department of Defense Wide Area Workflow system. DATES: Consideration will be given to all comments received July 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by docket number and or Regulatory Information Number
(RIN)number and title, by any of the following methods: • *Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • *Mail:* Federal Docket Management System Office, 1160 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1160. *Instructions:* All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or RIN for this **Federal Register** document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at *http://www.regulations.gov* as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Charlene Baez,
(703)767-1316, *charlene.baez@dla.mil.* SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” It has been determined that 48 CFR part 5432 is not a significant regulatory action. The rule does not:
(1)Have an annual effect to the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a section of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2)Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Agency;
(3)Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4)Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive Order. Section 202, Public Law 104-4, “Unfunded Mandates Reform Act” It has been certified that this rule does not contain a Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. Public Law 96-354, “Regulatory Flexibility Act” (5 U.S.C. 601) It has been certified that this rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601) because it would not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The implementation of this rule will facilitate the receipt documentation process and enhance the accountability of DLA-provided goods, as well as provide a basis for more efficient and expeditious payments to affected contractors. In this process, contractors input copies of signed delivery documents provided by the transporter of the supplies into the Wide Area Workflow system. Contractor use of the Wide Area Workflow
(WAWF)system is being implemented throughout the Department of Defense for submission of invoices. Approximately 1 hour is needed to learn the new system. Use of the WAWF system does not require any additional reporting, recordkeeping, or compliance records from small entities. Therefore no additional capability or resource expenditure will be required and no significant impact is anticipated. Public Law 96-511, “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) It has been certified that this rule does impose reporting or recordkeeping requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. Executive Order 13132, “Federalism” It has been certified that this rule does not have federalism implications, as set forth in Executive Order 13132. This rule does not have substantial direct effects on:
(1)The States;
(2)The relationship between the National Government and the States; or
(3)The distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. List of Subjects in 48 CFR Part 5432 Contract delivery receipt process. Accordingly, title 48 CFR Chapter 54, is proposed to be amended to add part 5432 to read as follows: PART 5432—TRANSPORTER PROOF OF DELIVERY Sec. 5432.1 Payment documentation process. 5432.2 Transporter proof of delivery. Authority: 41 U.S.C. 401 *et seq.* § 5432.1 Payment documentation process.
(a)Transporter Proof of Delivery
(TPD)is a commercial document generated by the contractor and/or the transporter of supplies and completed by the Government customer. The TPD process is used as a supplement to the customer receiving report and provides information necessary to show receipt of the supplies by the customer. The fully-completed TPD process demonstrates receipt and, coupled with acceptance, allows the Government to pay the contractor. It is not a substitute for any other requested receipt and acceptance documentation, such as DD 250, “Material Inspection and Receiving Report”, but is a supplement to such documentation.
(b)The Defense Logistics Agency
(DLA)may accept supplies based on satisfactory TPD.
(c)The Contracting Officer may authorize the use of the TPD process when, based on historical receipt and payment metrics, Finance and Procurement Customer Liaisons
(FCLs)recommend and the Contracting Officer determines the application of the TPD process necessary to ensure timely payment under the particular circumstances of a procurement. The recommendations made by the FCLs will be given on an individual basis based on analysis of the historical contract data, invoicing history, and customer receipting history. All of the following conditions must be present for using the TPD process:
(1)It is a Business Systems Modernization (BSM)/Enterprise Business System
(EBS)procurement.
(2)Contract/order is awarded on a fixed price basis.
(3)Contract/order is customer direct.
(4)Fast pay is not authorized.
(5)Procurement is not origin acceptance.
(6)Procurement does not require overseas shipments or shipments to consolidation and containerization points.
(7)A joint finance team and acquisition team decide when implementing the TPD process is necessary to ensure prompt payment processing.
(d)Suppliers with existing contracts must agree to use the clause by the execution of a bilateral contract modification. If a vendor has an existing contract that has been modified to include the TPD process, that vendor's follow-on contract will normally include the TPD process.
(e)When authorized in accordance with paragraph
(b)of this section, the Contracting Officer will include the clause at § 5432.2 in the contract, order, solicitation, request for quotation (RFQ), or purchase order. § 5432.2 Transporter proof of delivery. As prescribed in paragraph
(d)of this section, insert the following clause: TRANSPORTER PROOF OF DELIVERY (AUG 2006)
(a)As used in this clause, Transporter Proof of Delivery
(TPD)are commercial documents generated by the contractor and/or the contractor's transporter of supplies, and completed by the Government customer in order to document delivery of supplies under this contract/order. The TPD must contain all information necessary to demonstrate customer receipt of specified supplies under a specific contract or order, including a customer signature demonstrating receipt of supplies. This documentation, when completed and submitted as prescribed herein, satisfies the receipt report requirement and, coupled with acceptance, allows the Government to issue payment if other applicable payment conditions are satisfied.
(b)*Submitted TPD.*
(1)The submitted TPD must include all of the following information:
(i)Contract number/order number.
(ii)Unit price.
(iii)Extended price.
(iv)Detailed description of supplies.
(v)Delivery date.
(vi)Recipient organization's name and address.
(vii)Location of delivery.
(viii)Receiving individual's printed name.
(ix)Receiving individual's signature.
(2)A combination of contractor and transporter documents may be needed to provide all of the required information. Examples are contractor packing lists and UPS or FEDEX delivery tracking reports. If a combination of documents is used, they must include cross-reference information, such as shipment number, that demonstrates that both sets of documents refer to the same supplies.
(c)*Use of the transporter proof of delivery.*
(1)*Payment.* When this clause is used, the Government may use the TPD receipt as a basis for accepting the supplies, thereby enabling payment based on the contract/order, contractor's invoice, contractor-submitted TPD, and Government acceptance.
(2)*TPD Process.*
(i)The Contractor shall self-register at the Wide Area Workflow
(WAWF)Web site: *https://wawf.eb.mil.* (See *https://wawf.eb.mil* for WAWF registration and *http://www.wawftraining.com* for detailed training instructions. Additional WAWF support can be accessed by calling DISA WESTHEM Customer Support at
(866)618-5988. For more information on WAWF please go to the DLA WAWF Site: *http://www.dla.mil/j-3/wawf* .).
(ii)The Contractor shall enter the Receiving Report
(RR)data. Contractors shall ensure the “pack later” box under the Pack Tab is checked prior to the submission of the RR.
(iii)The Contractor's transporter presents TPD documents to the customer for receipt signature or the transporter otherwise secures a customer signature demonstrating receipt, such as through an electronic signature recording device.
(iv)The Contractor obtains the TPD from the transporter, either in hardcopy provided by the transporter or through other means, such as a printout from the transporter's Internet tracking site.
(v)When the Contractor receives the TPD documents from the transporter, he or she will return to WAWF using “ *view documents* ,'' enter the appropriate contract data, and recall the RR.
(vi)On the first page provided, the Contractor will uncheck the “ *pack later* '' box.
(vii)The Contractor shall then go to the last entry and click on “attachment.'' This will allow the Contractor to attach the TPD documents. When the TPD document is attached, the Contractor shall return to the Header Tab and submit the TPD document(s).
(viii)WAWF will notify the BSM FCL via email that a WAWF RR document is ready for review.
(ix)The information provided in the chart below is provided to assist the Contractor in the creation of the RR in WAWF: *WAWF fields* *Data to enter* WAWF Document Type Invoice and Receiving Report (COMBO). Inspection/Destination Points Other/Other. Issue By Department of Defense Activity Address Code (DODAAC) DODAAC of activity that issued the contract. Admin DODAAC DODAAC of activity that administers the contract. Inspect By DODAAC (if applicable) N/A—leave blank. Ship To Code DODAAC of the Ship To activity. Acceptor at Other DODAAC Refer to Issue By DODAAC: If Issue By is SPM1, use SP1001. If Issue By is SPM4, use SP4001. If Issue By is SPM5, use SP5001. If Issue By is SPM7, use SP7001. PAY DODAAC DODAAC of the activity that pays the contract. Attachment Attach customer delivery documentation. 1 (Attachments created in any Microsoft Office Product or in PDF format are acceptable.) 1 Contractors are required to attach TPD complying with subparagraphs
(a)and
(b)of this clause to their WAWF document. To add attachments, enter contract information and then click on ‘ *Create Document.* ’ Then click on the ‘ *Misc Info* ’ tab. Attachment specific buttons will appear on the right side of the page. Select document to attach and click ‘ *Open.* ’ Then click ‘ *Continue.* ’ Your attachment will appear in the dropdown box. Click on the ‘ *Header* ’ tab to return to your original document and click ‘ *Submit.* ’
(d)*Responsibility for supplies.*
(1)Title to the supplies passes to the Government after delivery to the point of first receipt by the Government and subsequent acceptance.
(2)Notwithstanding any other provision of the contract, order, or blanket purchase agreement, the Contractor shall:
(i)Assume all responsibility and risk of loss for supplies not received at destination, damaged in transit, or not conforming to purchase requirements; and
(ii)Replace, repair, or correct those supplies promptly at the Contractor's expense, if instructed to do so by the Contracting Officer within 180 days from the date title to the supplies vests in the Government. End of Clause Dated: May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer. Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11124 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Transit Administration 49 CFR Part 605 [Docket No. FTA-2008-0015] Notice of Proposed Policy Statement on FTA's School Bus Operations Regulations AGENCY: Federal Transit Administration (FTA), DOT. ACTION: Proposed policy statement; request for comments. SUMMARY: Through this notice, the Federal Transit Administration
(FTA)proposes to revise its policy with respect to “tripper service” and “school bus operations” under 49 CFR Part 605. FTA seeks comment on this notice from interested parties. After consideration of the comments, FTA will issue a second **Federal Register** notice responding to comments received and noting any changes made to the policy statement as a result of comments received. DATES: FTA must receive all comments by June 18, 2008. FTA will consider late filed comments to the extent practicable. ADDRESSES: To ensure your comments are not entered more than once into the Docket, please identify your submissions with the following Docket No. FTA-2008-0015. Please make your submissions by only one of the following means: • *Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. • *Fax:* 1-202-493-2251. • *U.S. Post or Express Mail:* U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. • *Hand Delivery:* The West Building of the U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. *Instructions:* You must include the agency name (Federal Transit Administration) and the Docket number (FTA-2008-0015) at the beginning of your comment. You should include two copies of your comment if you submit it by mail. If you wish to receive confirmation that FTA received your comment, you must include a self-addressed stamped postcard. Note that FTA will post all comments that it receives, including any personal information provided therein, without change to *http://www.regulations.gov.* Due to security procedures in effect since October 2001 regarding mail deliveries, mail received through the U.S. Postal Service may be subject to delays. A party that submits a comment responsive to this notice should consider using an express mail firm to ensure the prompt filing of any submissions not filed electronically or by hand. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Linda Lasley, Assistant Chief Counsel, Legislation and Regulations Division, Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Transit Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., 5th Floor—East Building, Washington, DC 20590. E-mail: *Linda.Lasley@dot.gov.* Telephone:
(202)366-1674. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background Introduction FTA issues this Notice of Policy Statement and Request for Comments to provide guidance in the context of the recent decision of the United States District Court for the Western District of New York in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority* v. *Hynes-Cherin.* 1 The Court's decision in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority* set aside FTA's interpretation of its school bus operations regulations under 49 CFR Part 605. 2 In the proposed policy set forth below, FTA clarifies its guidance regarding FTA's interpretation of its school bus operations regulations. FTA intends to construe the term “tripper service” to include only existing routes with modified fare collection or subsidy systems, frequency of service, and *de minimis* route deviations from existing route paths in the immediate vicinity of schools to stops located at or in close proximity to the schools. Consistent with that construction, FTA would interpret the definition of “school bus operations” in 49 CFR 605.3(b) to include service that a reasonable person would conclude primarily was designed to accommodate students and school personnel and only incidentally to serve the nonstudent general public. 1 No. 07-CV-6378L 1 (W.D.N.Y. Jan. 24, 2008). 2 *Id.* at 20. FTA expects to issue expeditiously a notice of proposed rulemaking to provide clearer definitions of “tripper service” and “school bus operations,” as well as generally to update the existing school bus regulation. Statutory and Regulatory Framework In 1973, Congress passed the Federal-Aid Highway Act, which requires FTA to provide financial assistance to a grantee under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53 only if the grantee agrees “not to provide schoolbus transportation that exclusively transports students and school personnel in competition with a private schoolbus operator.” 3 Congress's intent in enacting this provision was to prevent unfair competition between federally funded public transportation systems and private school bus operators. 4 3 Federal Aid Highway Act of 1973, Pub. L. 93-87, *section* 164(b), 87 Stat. 250, 281-82
(1973)(codified as amended at 49 U.S.C. 5323(f) (2006)). 4 *Chicago Transit Auth.* v. *Adams,* 607 F.2d 1284, 1292-93 (7th Cir. 1979) (citing H.R. Rep. No. 93-410, at 87
(1973)(Conf. Rep.); S. Rep. No. 93-355, at 87
(1973)(Conf. Rep.)). In 1976, the Urban Mass Transportation Administration, now FTA, codified regulations under 49 CFR Part 605 which implemented the above statutory provision. 5 Under 49 CFR 605.14, FTA may not provide financial assistance to a grantee “unless the applicant and the Administrator shall have first entered into a written agreement that the applicant will not engage in school bus operations exclusively for the transportation of students and school personnel in competition with private school bus operators.” 6 The regulation defines “school bus operations” as “transportation by bus exclusively for school students, personnel and equipment * * *.” 7 5 *See* Codification of Charter Bus Operations Regulations, 41 FR 14,122 (Apr. 1, 1976). 6 49 CFR 605.14 (2007). 7 49 CFR 605.3(b). The regulation exempts “tripper service” from the prohibition against school bus operations. 8 “Tripper service” is “regularly scheduled mass transportation service which is open to the public, and which is designed or modified to accommodate the needs of school students and personnel, using various fare collections or subsidy systems.” 9 8 49 CFR 605.13. 9 49 CFR 605.3(b). Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority v. Hynes-Cherin On January 24, 2008, the United States District Court for the Western District of New York issued a decision in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority* which set aside FTA's interpretation of its school bus operations regulations under 49 CFR part 605. 10 The Court allowed the Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority (RGRTA) to restructure its public transportation operation through the addition of 240 new express school bus routes proposed to serve the Rochester City School District
(RCSD)and its students. 11 10 *See Rochester-Genesee Reg'l Transp. Auth.,* No. 07-CV-6378L 1. 11 *Id.* at 20-36. In its decision, the Court narrowly interpreted the word “exclusively” in FTA's definition of “school bus operations” and concluded that, because a member of the general public could, hypothetically, board a bus along one of RGRTA's proposed new 240 express routes, RGRTA's service would not “exclusively” transport students. The Court therefore concluded that RGRTA's proposed express bus service did not constitute impermissible school bus operations. 12 12 *Id.* at 20-24. FTA believes that, following the Court's broad interpretation of “tripper service,” a grantee could conclude that it would be permitted to restructure its public transportation operation dramatically to accommodate the needs of a local school district and its students, thereby displacing private school bus operators and their employees, provided the system keeps the service technically open to the public. 13 13 *Id.* at 24-36. Prior FTA Policy Tripper Service Under its tripper service definition, FTA originally allowed grantees to accommodate students only with respect to “different fare collections and subsidy systems.” However, through administrative decisions over the years, FTA broadened its interpretation of its tripper service definition to allow grantees to make accommodations beyond subsidies and fare collection systems. Specifically, FTA began to allow its grantees to make minor modifications to its route paths and frequency of service. As FTA stated in one matter concerning the Erie Metropolitan Transit Authority: Read narrowly, “modification of regularly scheduled mass transportation service to accommodate the needs of school students and personnel” means using different fare collections and subsidy systems. In practice, “modification of mass transportation service” has been broadened to include minor modifications in route or frequency of scheduling to accommodate the extra passengers that may be expected to use particular routes at particular times of day. 14 14 *See In re* Erie Metropolitan Transit Authority 1, 4 (1989). For example, in *Travelways, Inc.* v. *Broome County Department of Transportation* , FTA stated that, “A familiar type of modification would be where the route deviates from its regular path and makes a loop to a school returning back to the point of deviation to complete the path unaltered.” 15 FTA reaffirmed this particular interpretation of tripper service in its October 12, 2007, RGRTA determination by permitting RGRTA to operate four loop-like route extensions, each only several blocks in length, to accommodate the needs of school students. 16 15 *Travelways, Inc.* v. *Broome County Dep't of Transp.* 1, 7
(1985)(allowing a grantee to run a bus to a point and express to a school from that point if the grantee ran a second bus along the regular route path from the point at which the first bus expressed to the school). 16 Letter from Federal Transit Administration to Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority at 6 (Oct. 12, 2007). FTA has not, however, allowed a grantee such as RGRTA to restructure its public transportation operation solely to accommodate the needs of school students—such a modification would be a major modification. Thus, in its October 12, 2007 letter to RGRTA, FTA rejected RGRTA's proposed addition of 240 new routes because it would have constituted a major overhaul of RGRTA's public transportation system solely to accommodate the needs of school students. 17 17 *Id.* at 2-6. In addition to minor modifications to route paths, FTA previously has allowed grantees to modify route schedules and the frequency of service. For example, in *Travelways* , FTA stated, “Other common modifications include operating the service only during school months, on school days, and during school and opening and closing periods.” 18 18 *Travelways* at 7. Jurisprudence in United States courts has broadened the scope of FTA's tripper service definition to include essentially any modification. In *United States ex rel. Lamers* v. *City of Green Bay* , the Seventh Circuit stated (arguably in dicta), “[T]he City may completely redesign its transit system to accommodate school children as long as all routes are accessible to the public and the public is kept informed of route changes.” 19 Citing *Lamers* , the Court in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority* allowed RGRTA to restructure its public transportation system by adding 240 new routes to accommodate the needs of RCSD and its students. 20 19 *United States ex rel. Lamers* v. *City of Green Bay* , 168 F.3d 1013, 1019 (7th Cir. 1999). 20 *Rochester-Genesee Reg'l Transp. Auth.* , No. 07-CV-6378L at 30. “Exclusive” School Bus Operations FTA has had little prior formal policy regarding “exclusive” school bus operations under 49 CFR Part 605. In 1982, FTA attempted to clarify the meaning of “exclusive” school bus service through a rulemaking. 21 However, in 1990, FTA withdrew the rulemaking because it believed that the regulations were “functioning adequately.” 22 21 Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 47 FR 44,795, 44,803-04 (Oct. 12, 1982). 22 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking: Withdrawal, 55 FR 334 (Jan. 4, 1990). In school bus adjudications, parties did not directly address the issue of “exclusive” school bus operations until *United Food and Commercial Workers District Union Local One* v. *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority.* 23 In resolving that issue, FTA examined the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, and finding that the language of the Act's school bus provision was ambiguous, FTA looked to the legislative history of Act for some guidance. 23 FTA School Bus Docket Number 2006-02 1 (2007). In an early version of the Federal-Aid Highway Act, Congress did not use the word “exclusively” in the school bus provision, but rather, focused the language of the Act on preventing unfair competition between federally funded grantees and private school bus operators. That language is as follows: [N]o financial assistance is to be provided to an applicant which engages, directly or indirectly in transporting school children and personnel to and from school and school authorized functions or which proposes to expand present routes, schedules, or facilities for that purpose *in competition with or supplementary to service criteria provided by a private transportation company* or other person so engaged in so transporting such children and personnel. 24 24 S. Rep. No. 93-355, at 86
(1973)(emphasis added). After the bill passed the House and the Senate, the conference modified the above provision in an effort to further protect private school bus operators from unfair competition with federally funded grantees, but the conferees still did not use the word “exclusively.” The conferees used the following language: [N]o federal financial assistance is to be provided under those provisions of law for the purchase of buses to any applicant who has not first entered into an agreement with the Secretary of Transportation that *the applicant will not engage in school bus operations in competition with private school bus operators* . 25 25 S. Rep. No. 93-355, at 87 (emphasis added). As evinced by the above language, Congress intended to prevent unfair competition between federally funded grantees and private school bus operators. Therefore, in *District Union Local One* , FTA concluded that it would defeat the purpose of the Federal-Aid Highway Act and eviscerate 49 U.S.C. 5323(f) if it accepted a grantee's argument that its service was technically nonexclusive and open to the public, but where:
(1)The grantee had designed the service specifically for students, without regard to demand from the nonstudent public;
(2)the vast majority of passengers were students; and
(3)as a result, the routes would displace the private school bus industry and its workers. 26 In efforts to prevent the unfair competition which Congress sought to prevent, FTA rejected RGRTA's arguments and prohibited RGRTA from providing its “exclusive” school bus service. FTA utilized this same policy and analysis when it struck down RGRTA's proposed service in its October 12, 2007 letter 27 and again in *Laidlaw Transit, Inc.* v. *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority.* 28 26 *District Union Local One* , FTA School Bus Docket Number 2006-02 at 10-11 (holding the Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority's (RGRTA) school bus service was designed and modified “exclusively” for the Rochester City School District and its students because students constituted a significant proportion of passengers on the school bus routes and RGRTA designed the routes without regard to demand from the nonstudent public). 27 *See* Letter from Federal Transit Administration to Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority at 3-4 (Oct. 12, 2007). 28 *See Laidlaw Transit, Inc.* v. *Rochester-Genesee Reg'l Transp. Auth.* , FTA School Bus Docket Number 2007-01 1, 4 (2007). The Court in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority* , however, applied a narrower, more restrictive analysis when it interpreted the word “exclusively” in the context of “school bus operations.” Notwithstanding the fact that RGRTA designed its 240 express school bus routes exclusively for the benefit of RCSD and its students, without regard for demand from the nonstudent public, the Court held that, because a member of the general public could board a bus along one of RGRTA's proposed 240 routes, RGRTA's proposed service was not “exclusive” and therefore did not constitute impermissible “school bus operations.” 29 29 *Rochester-Genesee Reg'l Transp. Auth.* , No. 07-CV-6378L at 20-24. Proposed FTA Policy Purpose of Proposed FTA Policy In the proposed policy set forth below, FTA clarifies its guidance regarding FTA's interpretation of its school bus operations regulations under 49 CFR Part 605 in light of the Court's decision in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority.* FTA respects the Court's decision in the Western District of New York. However, FTA finds that the Court's decision is problematic because, if applied elsewhere in the United States, it could obstruct FTA's ability to execute and implement Congress' school bus prohibition and Congress' express intent regarding that prohibition. Therefore, FTA issues this Notice of Policy Statement and Request for Comment to clarify the status of FTA's guidance regarding its interpretation of its school bus operations regulations under 49 CFR part 605, and to resolve, for jurisdictions outside of the Western District of New York, conflicting issues between FTA's school bus operations policy and the Court's decision in *Rochester-Genesee Regional Transportation Authority.* In addition, FTA intends to issue expeditiously a notice of proposed rulemaking to provide clearer definitions of “tripper service” and “school bus operations” as well as generally to update the existing school bus regulation. Tripper Service With respect to a grantee's regularly scheduled public transportation service, FTA narrowly would interpret the definition of “tripper service” under 49 CFR 605.3(b) to allow a grantee to
(1)utilize “various fare collections or subsidy systems,”
(2)modify the frequency of service, and
(3)make de minimus route deviations from existing route paths in the immediate vicinity of schools to stops located at or in close proximity to the schools. For example, a grantee would be permitted to provide more frequent service on an existing route to accommodate increased student ridership before and after school. FTA would allow a grantee to alter existing route paths to accommodate the needs of school students by making truly de minimus route deviations from existing route paths to drop off and pickup students at stops located on school grounds or in close proximity to the schools. FTA believes that its proposed policy regarding its interpretation of the definition of “tripper service” is consistent with both the statutory language and the language of 49 CFR 605.3(b). The policy permits only the type of design or modification accommodations that FTA historically has allowed. “Exclusive” School Bus Operations To effectuate the intent of Congress when it enacted its school bus operations prohibition now codified at 49 U.S.C. 5323(f), FTA narrowly would interpret the definition of “school bus operations” under 49 CFR 605.3(b) to encompass any service that a reasonable person would conclude primarily was designed to accommodate students and school personnel, and only incidentally to serve the nonstudent general public. FTA believes that returning to this interpretation of the definition of “school bus operations” is consistent with the legislative history on the issue and would allow FTA to effectively implement the express intent of Congress, which is, to prevent unfair competition between federally funded grantees and private school bus operators. Issued in Washington, DC, on this 14th day of May 2008. James S. Simpson, Administrator. [FR Doc. E8-11151 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-57-P 73 97 Monday, May 19, 2008 Notices DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Forest Service Lassen National Forest, Almanor Ranger District, CA, Creeks II Forest Restoration Project AGENCY: Forest Service, USDA. ACTION: Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement. SUMMARY: The Forest Service proposes to address fuels and firefighter safety, forest health issues, and focus on the specific concerns of wildlife habitat and habitat connectivity by developing a network of defensible fuel profile zones (DFPZ's), establish group selection harvest units, and conduct area thinnings on the Almanor Ranger District in the Lassen National Forest. These management activities were developed to implement and be consistent with the Lassen National Forest
(LNF)Land and Resource Management Plan (LRMP, 1993), as amended by the Herger-Feinstein Quincy Library Group Forest Recovery Act FEIS, FSEIS, and RODs (1999, 2003), and the Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment FEIS, FSEIS, and RODs (2001, 2004). DATES: Comments concerning the scope of the analysis should be received in writing within 30 days of the date of publication of this Notice of Intent in the **Federal Register** . The expected filing date with the Environmental Protection Agency for the draft EIS is October 8, 2008. The expected filing date for the final EIS is February 11, 2009. ADDRESSES: Comments may be submitted to: Alfred Vazquez, District Ranger, Almanor Ranger District, at P.O. Box 767, Chester, CA 96020 or
(530)258-5194
(fax)during normal business hours. The Almanor Ranger District business hours are from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Electronic comments, in acceptable plain text (.txt), rich text (.rtf), or Word (.doc) formats, may be submitted to: *comments-pacificsouthwest-lassenalmanor@fs.fed.us* using Subject: Creeks II Forest Restoration Project. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Al Vazquez, District Ranger, or John Zarlengo, Interdisciplinary Team Leader, may be contacted by phone at
(530)258-2141 for more information about the proposed action and the environmental impact statement or at the Almanor Ranger District, P.O. Box 767, Chester, CA 96020. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background A proposal to address forest health conditions throughout the Creeks Forest Health Recovery Project (Creeks) area of the Lassen National Forest
(LNF)was placed on the LNF Schedule of Proposed Actions in February 2004. The project was sent to the public for scoping in 2004 and the Responsible Official, Forest Supervisor Laurie Tippin, signed the Record of Decision
(ROD)for the Creeks Forest Health Recovery Project in September 2005. A lawsuit was filed and in August 2006, the Decision was remanded to Forest Supervisor Tippin. On May 30, 2007, the Forest Supervisor agreed to cancel the original Creeks project. A Cancellation of the Notice of Intent to prepare a Supplement to the Environmental Impact Statement for this project was published in the **Federal Register** on June 14, 2007. A new project was placed on the LNF Schedule of Proposed Actions on July 1, 2007, and a public meeting to discuss the project was held on February 28, 2008. A new purpose and need statement was developed and a new proposed action was crafted to address the specific concerns of wildlife habitat and habitat connectivity, taking action to improve the overall forest health, and reducing the risk of large, intense wildfires highlighted within the original Creeks analysis area. The new project is known as the Creeks II Forest Restoration Project (Creeks II). Purpose and Need for Action Conditions fostered by past fire suppression, a climate favorable for conifer regeneration and growth, and past management activities have contributed to current dense stands conditions in the Creeks II project area. Existing high stand densities in the Creeks II project area place the large tree component of late-seral stands at increased risk of mortality from insects and disease, especially during times of prolonged drought. Dense stand conditions also increase the likelihood that wildfire will move into the forest canopy and result in a high-intensity fire that destroys large areas of forest. The existing habitat considered suitable for both California spotted owl and American marten is composed of densely forested stands and is at increased risk of loss to wildfire. Modification of the fire regime has also affected the health of the area's aspen communities. In the Sierra Nevada, aspen communities are rare on the landscape, increasing their value in a vastly conifer dominated ecosystem. There is also a need in the Creeks II project area to protect aquatic habitats and their adjacent areas, specifically to recruit large trees, improve vegetative diversity, and reduce ladder fuels in riparian habitat conservation areas (RHCAs). Proposed Action Creeks II proposes to utilize site-specific prescriptions to meet the objectives of maintaining and developing long-term sustainable late-seral attributes that provide habitat connectivity and vegetation heterogeneity across the landscape; reducing conifer density to better withstand the rigors of extended periods of low soil moisture; reducing the potential for large, intense wildfire; providing firefighters a safe area from which to attack fire; reducing stand density to lower individual large tree mortality during fires; promoting desired future conditions for vegetation diversity in aspen stands; moving toward desired conditions for water quality by reducing sediment delivery from area roads; and, improving vegetative conditions in RHCAs to protect aquatic habitats and adjacent areas. Work in the project area includes DFPZs (4,092 acres), group selection harvest units (708 acres), aspen enhancement (688 acres), area thinning (3,003 acres), and work in riparian habitat conservation areas (400 acres) to total an estimated 8,891 acres of treatment and would be spread over a 33,000 acre project area. Included in this proposal are the use of National Forest system roads, the use of temporary roads, and the decommissioning of some system and temporary roads. The project would be implemented through a combination of commercial timber sales, service contracts, and agency crews. Alternatives Alternatives proposed to date are the Proposed Action as described above and the No Action. Responsible Official and Mailing Address: Kathleen Morse, Forest Supervisor, 2550 S. Riverside Drive, Susanville, CA 96130 is the responsible official. Nature of Decision to Be Made: The decision to be made is whether to implement the proposed action as described above, to meet the purpose and need for action through some other combination of activities, or to take no action at this time. Scoping Process The environmental analysis will be documented in an environmental impact statement. This notice of intent initiates the scoping process which guides the development of the environmental impact statement. The scoping process will be used to identify issues regarding the proposed action. An issue is defined as a point of dispute, debate, or disagreement related to a specific proposed action based on its anticipated effects. Significant issues brought to our attention are used during an environmental analysis to develop alternatives to the proposed action. Some issues raised in scoping may be considered non-significant because they are:
(1)Beyond the scope of the proposed action and its purpose and need;
(2)already decided by law, regulation, or the Land and Resource Management Plan;
(3)irrelevant to the decision to be made; or
(4)conjectural and not supported by scientific or factual evidence. Reviewer's Obligation to Comment On December 27, 2007, the Herger-Feinstein Quincy Library Group (HFQLG) Forest Recovery Act was amended by H.R. 2764 to utilize the analysis and appeal process identified under H.R. 1904, known as the Healthy Forests Restoration Act of 2003 (HFRA). Provisions 104-106 of the HFRA apply to HFQLG projects with a fuels reduction component. The Creeks II Forest Restoration Project is authorized under the HFRA and is subject to the use of notice, comment, and objection process as described under 36 CFR 218. The comment period on the draft EIS will be 45 days from the date the Environmental Protection Agency publishes the notice of availability of the draft EIS in the **Federal Register** . To be eligible to object to an EIS, an individual or organization must submit specific written comments related to a project during the comment period for the draft EIS. A 30-day objection period prior to a decision being made will be provided for this project, rather than an appeal process after decision. Objections will receive administrative review and will be responded to within 30 days and before a decision is made. The Forest Service believes, at this early stage, it is important to give reviewers notice of several court rulings related to public participation in the environmental review process. First, reviewers of draft statements must structure their participation in the environmental review of the proposal so that it is meaningful and alerts an agency to the reviewer's position and contentions. *Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corp.* v. *NRDC,* 435 U.S. 519, 553 (1978). Also, environmental objections that could be raised at the draft environmental impact statement stage but that are not raised until after completion of the final environmental impact statement may be waived or dismissed by the courts. *City of Angoon* v. *Hodel,* 803 F.2d 1016, 1022 (9th Cir. 1986) and *Wisconsin Heritages, Inc.* v. *Harris,* 490 F. Supp. 1334, 1338 (E.D. Wis. 1980). Because of these court rulings, it is very important that those interested in this proposed action participate by the close of the 45-day comment period so that comments and objections are made available to the Forest Service at a time when it can meaningfully consider them and respond to them in the final environmental impact statement. To assist the Forest Service in identifying and considering issues and concerns on the proposed action, comments on the draft environmental impact statement should be as specific as possible. It is also helpful if comments refer to specific pages or chapters of the draft statement. Comments may also address the adequacy of the draft environmental impact statement or the merits of the alternatives formulated and discussed in the statement. Reviewers may wish to refer to the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act at 40 CFR 1503.3 in addressing these points. Comments received, including the names and addresses of those who comment, will be considered part of the public record on this proposal and will be available for public inspection. Jack T. Walton, Acting Lassen National Forest Supervisor. [FR Doc. E8-11063 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3410-11-M DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Bureau of Industry and Security [Docket No. 080512652-8653-01] Request for Public Comments on Deemed Export Advisory Committee Recommendations: Narrowing the Scope of Technologies on the Commerce Control List Subject to Deemed Export Licensing Requirements and Implementing a More Comprehensive Set of Criteria for Assessing Probable Country Affiliation for Foreign Nationals AGENCY: Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce. ACTION: Notice of Inquiry. SUMMARY: The Bureau of Industry and Security
(BIS)is publishing a notice of inquiry in order to elicit comments regarding two specific recommendations made by the Deemed Export Advisory Committee
(DEAC)with respect to BIS's deemed export licensing policy. BIS is requesting comments on whether the scope of technologies on the Commerce Control List that are subject to deemed export licensing requirements should be narrowed, and if so, which technologies should be subject to deemed export licensing requirements. Additionally, BIS is seeking comments on whether a more comprehensive set of criteria should be used to assess country affiliation for foreign nationals with respect to deemed exports. DATES: Comments must be received no later August 18, 2008. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Alex Lopes, Director, Deemed Exports and Electronics Division, 202-482-4875, *alopes@bis.doc.gov.* Ilona Shtrom, Senior Export Policy Analyst, Deemed Exports and Electronics Division, 202-482-3235, *ishtrom@bis.doc.gov.* The DEAC report may be accessed at *http://tac.bis.doc.gov/2007/deacreport.pdf.* ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by “DEAC Report comments,” by any of the following methods: • Federal eRulemaking Portal: *http://www.regulations.gov.* Follow the instructions for submitting comments. • E-mail: *rpd2@bis.doc.gov.* Include “DEAC Report comments” in the subject line of the message. • Fax: 202-482-3355 • Hand Delivery/Courier: Steven Emme, U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security, Regulatory Policy Division, 14th & Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Room 2705, Washington, DC 20230, ATTN: DEAC Report comments. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background Under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR parts 730-774 (2008), which implement the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, 50 U.S.C. app. 2401-2420 (2000), and the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701-1706 (2000)), the Bureau of Industry and Security
(BIS)administers licensing for deemed exports, which are the “release of technology or source code subject to the EAR to a foreign national” (§ 734.2(b)(ii) of the EAR). When technology or source code is released to a foreign national, it is deemed to be an export to the home country or home countries of the foreign national. For purposes of the EAR's deemed export rule, foreign nationals do not include U.S. citizens, U.S. permanent residents, and protected individuals under the Immigration and Naturalization Act ((8 U.S.C. 1324b(a)(3)). To determine a foreign national's home country for purposes of deemed export licensing, BIS uses a foreign national's most recently established legal permanent residency or most recently established citizenship. For example, in the deemed exports context, an Iranian foreign national who establishes legal permanent residency in Canada and subsequently immigrates to the United States would be treated as a Canadian. Similarly, an Iranian foreign national who establishes citizenship in the United Kingdom (U.K.) and subsequently immigrates to the United States would be treated as a U.K. citizen for deemed export licensing purposes. In implementing this policy, BIS relies on exporters to self-determine a foreign national's home country with additional guidance provided on the BIS Web site at *http://www.bis.doc.gov.* The existing guidance provided on the BIS Web site emphasizes that there will be deemed export licensing scenarios where an exporter will have difficulty determining where a foreign national's ties lie. Some of these difficulties may include the following scenarios: prior or current employment at a prohibited end-user (such as employment at an entity on the Entity List in Supplement No. 4 to part 744), expiration of the foreign national's permanent residency status while that foreign national continues to receive technology or source code subject to deemed export licensing requirements, and the possibility of a foreign national not being able to comply with a country's permanent residency requirements. In these instances, exporters are advised to submit a license application or to seek guidance from BIS before proceeding with the release of controlled technology or source code subject to the EAR to the foreign national. The issue of home country determinations was highlighted in a report issued by the Office of the Inspector General
(OIG)of the Department of Commerce in March of 2004. The OIG report concluded that BIS policies could enable foreign nationals from countries and entities of concern to access controlled technology and source code without a license. Among its findings, the OIG recommended that the foreign national's country of birth should be used to determine deemed export license requirements rather than the foreign national's most recent citizenship or legal permanent residency. In response to this and other recommendations made by the OIG, BIS published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking on March 28, 2005 (70 FR 15607), seeking comments on how the OIG's recommendations would affect industry, the academic community, and government agencies involved in research. On May 22, 2006, BIS published a notice (71 FR 29301) that announced the creation of the Deemed Export Advisory Committee (DEAC), a federal advisory committee established under the terms of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., app. 2 (2005), the EAA, and IEEPA to provide recommendations to the Secretary on BIS's deemed export policy. The DEAC was formed to help ensure that the deemed export licensing policy most effectively protects U.S. national security while ensuring U.S. technological innovation. After reviewing comments submitted in response to the advance notice of proposed rulemaking, BIS published a withdrawal of advance notice of proposed rulemaking on May 31, 2006 (71 FR 30840). In that notice, BIS stated that it would maintain the current policy of using a foreign national's most recent country of citizenship or legal permanent residency when determining licensing requirements. BIS reasoned that a declarative assertion of affiliation was more significant than the geographical circumstances of birth when determining the home country of the foreign national. Comments submitted in response to the advanced notice of proposed rulemaking were reviewed by the DEAC. Following six public meetings held in Washington, DC and in cities around the country at which the committee heard from interested stakeholders in academia, industry, and government, the DEAC submitted its final report, “The Deemed Export Rule in the Era of Globalization,” to the Secretary of Commerce on December 20, 2007. The report contained several recommendations to improve and streamline BIS's deemed export rule. This notice of inquiry focuses on two of those recommendations. DEAC Recommendations Narrowing the Scope of Technologies on the Commerce Control List Subject to Deemed Export Licensing Requirements and Conducting an Outside Review of Technologies Among its recommendations, the DEAC urged that BIS narrow the scope of technologies on the Commerce Control List
(CCL)and involve an outside panel of experts to conduct an annual “zero-based” review of which technologies should be on the CCL, with an eye toward determining which technologies should be subject to deemed export licensing requirements. In its report, the DEAC recommended narrowing the scope of technologies on the CCL because it believed that BIS should concentrate on those technologies having the greatest national security concerns and should eliminate from the CCL those technologies having little national security concerns. By building higher walls around fewer technologies, the DEAC believed that BIS could more effectively protect U.S. national security interests while maintaining U.S. innovation. Partly in response to the DEAC's recommendation regarding the scope of technologies on the CCL, BIS announced the formation of the Emerging Technologies and Research Advisory Committee (ETRAC), a technical advisory committee that will be established under the terms of the EAA, IEEPA, and FACA, and will comprise representatives from research universities, government research labs, and industry. The ETRAC will make recommendations to BIS regarding emerging technologies on a regular basis as well as advise BIS on the conduct of a “zero-based” technology review envisioned by the DEAC. A zero-based review means determining what should be controlled without reference to what is currently controlled, rather than reviewing current controls and identifying what should be decontrolled. While BIS is already conducting a systematic review of the CCL to assess what controls should be retained or revised, many technologies on the CCL are subject to multilateral controls and thus cannot be changed unilaterally by the United States. However, deemed export licensing requirements are not multilateral and thus may be changed by the United States without agreement by other countries. Therefore, BIS is focusing this recommendation for a zero-based review only on those technologies that should be subject to deemed export licensing requirements. With this notice of inquiry, BIS is seeking comments from the public on the DEAC's recommendation to narrow the scope of technologies on the CCL in the specific context of BIS's deemed export licensing requirements. Comprehensive Assessment of Foreign National Affiliation Within the recommended environment of narrowing technologies subject to deemed export licensing requirements, the DEAC also recommended that BIS expand its analysis of determining the home country of the foreign national, for deemed export licensing purposes, in favor of a more comprehensive assessment of a foreign national's country of affiliation. Specifically, the DEAC recommended expanding the determination of national affiliation to include country of birth, prior countries of residence, current citizenship, and character of individual's prior and present activities to provide an increased level of assurance that technology subject to deemed export licensing requirements would not be diverted to unauthorized end-users or activities. The DEAC reasoned that using the most recent citizenship or legal permanent residency may not take into account the actual risk of diversion of export-controlled technology by the foreign national. For instance, the DEAC noted that most criminal cases of export control violations of which it had been made aware involve U.S. citizens and U.S. legal permanent residents, who are not even subject to deemed export licensing requirements under current BIS policy. Further, the DEAC stated that an adequate distinction has not been made for a foreign national residing in a specific country for the majority of his or her lifetime. For example, the risk of diversion posed by an individual recently attaining U.K. citizenship who was born and raised in Iran may be different from that of a native Iranian who became a citizen of the U.K. shortly after birth. BIS intends to consider the DEAC's recommendation of an expanded set of criteria in determining home country/national affiliation in the context of the DEAC's other recommendation that BIS narrow the scope of technologies on the CCL, in the context of deemed exports, to a few critical technologies. With this notice of inquiry, BIS is seeking comments on the DEAC's recommendation to expand the criteria for determining national affiliation of foreign nationals for deemed export licensing purposes. Requests for Comments To assist in developing a response to these two recommendations made by the DEAC, BIS is interested in comments from the public. BIS encourages all interested parties to submit comments in response to this notice of inquiry. With respect to the first recommendation for an outside, zero-based review of technologies, BIS is seeking comments on whether technologies on the CCL that are subject to deemed export licensing requirements should be narrowed to a few critical technologies (i.e., a narrower set of technologies than those on the current CCL). If so, BIS would like comments to address which technologies the commenter believes should be subject to deemed export licensing requirements and what criteria should be used to make that determination. Comments providing a description of the technology as well as the use of the technology would be particularly helpful. Moreover, comments identifying the Export Control Classification Number
(ECCN)of the technology would aid BIS in assessing whether the technology would rise to a level warranting deemed export control under the “higher walls, fewer fences” construct outlined by the DEAC. Comments made in response to this first DEAC recommendation will also be shared with the ETRAC for its analysis. Additionally, BIS is seeking comments with respect to the DEAC recommendation that a more comprehensive assessment of foreign national affiliation should be used in the context of making home country determinations in the deemed export licensing process. BIS is interested in public comments addressing the issue of making foreign national affiliation determinations in situations where a foreign national's ties may be easily established and in situations where it may be difficult to determine where a foreign national's ties lie (such as for a foreign national employed at a prohibited entity). Comments submitted in favor of a more comprehensive assessment will be particularly helpful if they address what information should be taken into account for such a comprehensive assessment. Comments submitted in opposition to a more comprehensive assessment will be particularly helpful if they suggest what parameter(s) should be used in determining the home country for foreign nationals. Parties submitting comments are asked to be as specific as possible. Comments including detailed statements of support will likely be more useful than comments that state a position without providing any support. BIS encourages interested persons who wish to comment to do so at the earliest possible date. The period for submission of comments will close August 18, 2008. BIS will consider all comments received before the close of the comment period in responding to the DEAC recommendations. Comments received after the end of the comment period will be considered if possible, but their consideration cannot be assured. BIS will not accept public comments accompanied by a request that a part or all of the material be treated confidentially because of its business proprietary nature or for any other reason. BIS will return such comments and materials to the persons submitting the comments and will not consider them in the development of a response. All public comments on this notice of inquiry must be in writing (including fax or e-mail) and will be a matter of public record, available for public inspection and copying. The Office of Administration, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce, displays these public comments on BIS's Freedom of Information Act
(FOIA)Web site at *http://www.bis.doc.gov/foia* . This office does not maintain a separate public inspection facility. If you have technical difficulties accessing this Web site, please call BIS's Office of Administration at
(202)482-0953 for assistance. Dated: May 14, 2008. Matthew S. Borman, Acting Assistant Secretary for Export Administration. [FR Doc. E8-11169 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-33-P DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE International Trade Administration A-533-809 Certain Forged Stainless Steel Flanges from India; Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Changed Circumstances Review AGENCY: Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce SUMMARY: On March 20, 2008, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published a notice of initiation of changed circumstances review of the antidumping duty order on certain forged stainless steel flanges (flanges) from India to determine whether India Steel Works, Ltd. (India Steel) is the successor-in-interest to Isibars, Ltd (Isibars). *See Notice of Initiation of Antidumping Duty Changed Circumstances Review: Certain Forged Stainless Steel Flanges from India* , 73 FR 14959 (March 20, 2008). We have preliminarily determined that India Steel is the successor-in-interest to Isibars for purposes of determining antidumping liability in this proceeding. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results. EFFECTIVE DATE: May 19, 2008. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Fred Baker or Robert James, AD/CVD Operations, Office 7, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone:
(202)482-2924 or
(202)482-0649, respectively. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background On February 26, 2008, India Steel requested that the Department conduct a changed circumstances review of the antidumping duty order on flanges from India pursuant to section 751(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Tariff Act), and 19 CFR 351.216. India Steel claims to be the successor-in-interest to Isibars, and, as such, argues that it is entitled to receive the same antidumping treatment as Isibars. On April 16, 2008, at the request of the Department, India Steel submitted additional information and documentation pertaining to its changed circumstances request. Scope of the Order The products covered by this order are certain forged stainless steel flanges, both finished and not finished, generally manufactured to specification ASTM A-182, and made in alloys such as 304, 304L, 316, and 316L. The scope includes five general types of flanges. They are weld-neck, used for butt-weld line connection; threaded, used for threaded line connections; slip-on and lap joint, used with stub-ends/butt-weld line connections; socket weld, used to fit pipe into a machined recession; and blind, used to seal off a line. The sizes of the flanges within the scope range generally from one to six inches; however, all sizes of the above-described merchandise are included in the scope. Specifically excluded from the scope of this order are cast stainless steel flanges. Cast stainless steel flanges generally are manufactured to specification ASTM A-351. The flanges subject to this order are currently classifiable under subheadings 7307.21.1000 and 7307.21.5000 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS). Although the HTS subheading is provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the merchandise under review is dispositive. Preliminary Results of Review In antidumping duty changed circumstances reviews involving a successor-in-interest determination, the Department typically examines several factors including, but not limited to, changes in:
(1)management;
(2)production facilities;
(3)supplier relationships; and
(4)customer base. *See Brass Sheet and Strip from Canada: Final Results of Antidumping Administrative Review* , 57 FR 20460, 20462 (May 13, 1992) and *Certain Cut-to-Length Carbon Steel Plate from Romania: Initiation and Preliminary Results of Changed Circumstances Antidumping Duty Administrative Review* , 70 FR 22847 (May 3, 2005) (unchanged in final, 70 FR 35624 (June 21, 2005)) ( *Plate from Romania* ). While no single factor or combination of factors will necessarily be dispositive, the Department generally will consider the new company to be the successor to the predecessor company if the resulting operations are “essentially similar” to those of the predecessor company. *See, e.g., Industrial Phosphoric Acid from Israel; Final Results of Antidumping Duty Changed Circumstances Review* , 59 FR 6944, 6945 (February 14, 1994), and Plate from Romania, 70 FR 22847. Thus, if the record evidence demonstrates that, with respect to the production and sale of the subject merchandise, the new company operates as the same business entity as the predecessor company, the Department may assign the new company the cash deposit rate of its predecessor. *See, e.g., Fresh and Chilled Atlantic Salmon from Norway; Final Results of Changed Circumstances Antidumping Duty Administrative Review* , 64 FR 9979, 9980 (March 1, 1999). In its February 26, 2008, submission India Steel stated it is the successor company to Isibars. The Department now has on the record various documents that support this claim, including:
(1)the minutes of a September 29, 2007, stockholders meeting showing the name change was voted upon and approved;
(2)a certified copy of a “Fresh Certificate of Incorporation Consequent upon Change of Name,” dated October 22, 2007, issued by the government of India;
(3)a list of the stockholders and board of directors before and after the name change, showing that they are identical;
(4)an organizational chart before and after the name change showing India Steel has the same organization structure as did Isibars;
(5)a list of suppliers and customers before and after the name change showing they are identical;
(6)sample copies of letters and e-mail sent to customers announcing the name change;
(7)documentation demonstrating that India Steel has the same taxpayer identification number (called the “permanent account number” in India) as did Isibars;
(8)documentation demonstrating that India Steel maintains the same bank account as did Isibars; and
(9)a certificate of importer and exporter codes for Isibars and India Steel issued by the government of India showing that the codes are identical. In sum, India Steel has presented evidence to establish a prima facie case of its successorship status. Isibars's name change to India Steel has not changed the operations of the company in a meaningful way. India Steel's management, production facilities, supplier relationships, and customer base are substantially unchanged from those of Isibars. Therefore, the record evidence demonstrates that the new entity essentially operates in the same manner as the predecessor company. Consequently, we preliminarily determine that India Steel should be assigned the same antidumping duty treatment as Isibars, *i.e.* , a 0.00 percent antidumping duty cash deposit rate. *See Certain Forged Stainless Steel Flanges from India; Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review* , 69 FR 10409 (March 5, 2004). The cash deposit determination from this changed circumstances review will apply to all entries of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of the final results of this changed circumstances review. *See Granular Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin from Italy; Final Results of Antidumping Duty Changed Circumstances Review* , 68 FR 25327 (May 12, 2003). This deposit rate shall remain in effect until publication of the final results of the next administrative review in which India Steel is reviewed. Public Comment Interested parties may submit case briefs or written comments no later than 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Rebuttal briefs and rebuttals to written comments, limited to issues raised in the case briefs and comments, may be filed no later than five days after the time limit for filing the case briefs. *See* 19 CFR 351.309(d). Parties who submit arguments in these proceedings are requested to submit with their arguments: 1) a statement of the issue; 2) a brief summary of the argument; and 3) a table of authorities. Further, parties submitting written comments should provide the Department an additional copy of the public version of any such comments on diskette. Any interested party may request a hearing within 30 days of publication of this notice. *See* CFR 351.310(c). Any hearing, if requested, will be held no later than two days after the scheduled due date for submission of rebuttal briefs, or the first business day thereafter, unless the Department alters the date per 19 CFR 351.310(d). Consistent with section 351.216(e) of the Department's regulations, we will issue the final results of this changed circumstances review no later than 270 days after the date on which this review was initiated. The current requirements for cash deposits of estimated antidumping duties on all subject merchandise shall remain in effect unless and until they are modified pursuant to the final results of changed circumstances review. We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(b) and 777(i)(1) of the Tariff Act, and section 351.221(c)(3)(i) of the Department's regulations. Dated: May 12, 2008. David M. Spooner, Assistant Secretary for Import Administration. [FR Doc. E8-11147 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-DS-S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary Board of Visitors Meeting AGENCY: Defense Acquisition University, DoD. ACTION: Board of Visitors Meeting. SUMMARY: The next meeting of the Defense Acquisition University
(DAU)Board of Visitors
(BoV)will be held at Defense Acquisition University, Fort Belvoir, VA. The purpose of this meeting is to report back to the BoV on continuing items of interest. DATES: May 22, 2008 from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. ADDRESSES: Packard Conference Center, Defense Acquisition University, Bldg. 184, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Christen Goulding at 703-805-5134. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The meeting is open to the public; however, because of space limitations, allocation of seating will be made on a first-come, first served basis. Persons desiring to attend the meeting should call Ms. Christen Goulding at 703-805-5134. Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11159 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary Defense Science Board Closed Meeting AGENCY: Department of Defense. ACTION: Notice of Advisory Committee Meeting. SUMMARY: The Defense Science Board Task Force on Nuclear Weapons Surety will meet in closed session. DATES: June 19-20, 2008. ADDRESSES: Institute for Defense Analyses, 4850 Mark Center Drive, Alexandria, VA. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. David McDarby, HQ DTRA/OP-CSNS, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Stop 6201, Ft. Belvoir, VA 22060; via e-mail at *david.mcdarby@dtra.mil;* or via phone at
(703)767-4364. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The mission of the Defense Science Board is to advise the Secretary of Defense and the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology & Logistics on scientific and technical matters as they affect the perceived needs of the Department of Defense. At the meeting, the Defense Science Board Task Force will: Assess all aspects of nuclear weapons surety; continue to build on the work of the former Joint Advisory Committee on Nuclear Weapons Surety, the Nuclear C2 System End-to-End Review and the Drell Panel; and review and recommend methods and strategies to maintain a safe, secure and viable nuclear deterrent. In accordance with section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C. App 2), it has been determined that these Defense Science Board Task Force meetings concern matters listed in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(1) and that, accordingly, these meetings will be closed to the public. The task force's findings and recommendations, pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165, will be presented and discussed by the membership of the Defense Science Board prior to being presented to the Government's decisionmaker. Pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.120 and 102-3.150, the Designated Federal Officer for the Defense Science Board will determine and announce in the **Federal Register** when the findings and recommendations of the June 19-20, 2008, meeting are deliberated by the Defense Science Board. Interested persons may submit a written statement for consideration by the Defense Science Board. Individuals submitting a written statement must submit their statement to the Designated Federal Official at the address detailed above, at any point, however, if a written statement is not received at least 10 calendar days prior to the meeting, which is the subject of this notice, then it may not be provided to or considered by the Defense Science Board. The Designated Federal Official will review all timely submissions with the Defense Science Board Chairperson, and ensure they are provided to members of the Defense Science Board before the meeting that is the subject of this notice. Dated: May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11122 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary DoD Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Board of Actuaries Meeting AGENCY: Department of Defense. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: Under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.150, the Department of Defense announces that the following Federal advisory committee meeting of the DoD Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Board of Actuaries. DATES: Friday, July 11, 2008 (1-5 p.m.). ADDRESSES: 4040 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 270, Arlington, VA 22203. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Margot Kaplan, DoD Office of the Actuary, 4040 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 308, Arlington, VA 22203; telephone: 703-696-7404. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: *Purpose of the Meeting:* The purpose of the meeting is to execute the provisions of Chapter 56, Title 10, United States Code (10 U.S.C. 1114 *et seq* .). The Board shall review DoD actuarial methods and assumptions to be used in the valuation of benefits under DoD retiree health care programs for Medicare-eligible beneficiaries. *Agenda:* *Meeting objective (Board):* Approve actuarial assumptions and methods needed for calculating: FY 2010 per capita full-time and part-time normal cost amounts. September 30, 2007 unfunded liability (UFL). October 1, 2008 Treasury UFL amortization payment and normal cost payment. Trust Fund Update (DFAS). Medicare Eligible Retiree Health Care Fund Update (TRICARE Management Activity). September 30, 2006 Actuarial Valuation Results (DoD Office of the Actuary). September 30, 2007 Actuarial Valuation (DoD Office of the Actuary). Decisions (Board). Approve actuarial assumptions and methods needed for calculating: FY 2010 per-capita full-time and part-time normal cost amounts. September 30, 2007 UFL. October 1, 2008 Treasury UFL amortization payment and normal cost payment. *Public's Accessibility to the Meeting:* Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b and 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165, and the availability of space, this meeting is open to the public. Seating is on a first-come basis. *Committee's Designated Federal Officer or Point of Contact:* Persons desiring to attend the DoD Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Board of Actuaries meeting or make an oral presentation or submit a written statement for consideration at the meeting, must notify Margot Kaplan at 703-696-7404 by June 24, 2008. Dated: May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11119 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary Missile Defense Advisory Committee Closed Meeting AGENCY: Department of Defense; Missile Defense Agency (MDA). ACTION: Meeting notice; correction. SUMMARY: The Department of Defense, Missile Defense Advisory Committee announced a closed meeting for May 13 and 14, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., in the **Federal Register** on March 24, 2008 (73 FR 15496). This notice is being published to announce a change in the meeting dates and agenda topics. There are no other changes to the original notice. DATES: Wednesday, May 14, 2008 (8 a.m. to 5 p.m.). Security clearance and visit requests are required for access. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Al Bready, Designated Federal Officer at *mdac@mda.mil,* phone/voice mail 703-695-6438, or mail at 7100 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-7100. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: *Agenda:* Topics tentatively scheduled for discussion include, but are not limited to administrative work; Background Information on the Virtual Warfare Center; MDA Engineering Capabilities and Responsibilities; the National Capital Region's Operations Center; and development of final outbrief to the Director, Missile Defense Agency. May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11121 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of Secretary [Docket ID: DoD-2008-OS-0056] Privacy Act of 1974; Systems of Records AGENCY: Defense Finance and Accounting Service, DoD. ACTION: Notice to Add a System of Records. SUMMARY: The Defense Finance and Accounting Service
(DFAS)is proposing to add a system of records notice to its inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. DATES: This action will be effective without further notice on June 18, 2008 unless comments are received that would result in a contrary determination. ADDRESSES: Send comments to the FOIA/PA Program Manager, Corporate Communications and Legislative Liaison, Defense Finance and Accounting Service, 6760 E. Irvington Place, Denver, CO 80279-8000. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Linda Krabbenhoft at
(303)676-6045. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Defense Finance and Accounting Service notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the **Federal Register** and are available from the address above. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on May 2, 2008, to the House Committee on Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records about Individuals,” dated December 12, 2000, 65 FR 239. Dated: May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. T-7340d System Name: Defense Military Pay Office Input and Reporting System. System location: Defense Accounting and Finance Service—Denver, 6760 East Irvington Place, Denver, CO 80279-3000. Defense Finance and Accounting Service—Indianapolis, 8899 E. 56th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46249-0001. Defense Finance and Accounting Service—Cleveland, 1240 East Ninth Street, Cleveland, OH 44199-2055. For a list of other sites, contact the systems manager at Defense Finance and Accounting Service, Defense Military Pay Project Office, System Manager, DFAS/DDMP—Cleveland, 1240 East Ninth Street, Cleveland, Ohio 44199-2055. Categories of individuals covered by the system: Army, Navy and Air Force, active duty, reserve, National Guard, military members, military academy cadets, and Armed Forces Health Professions Scholarship Program (AFHPSP) students. Categories of records in the system: Individual's name; Social Security Number (SSN); Master Military Pay Account records for Army, Navy, Air Force, active duty, reserve and National Guard military members; military academy cadets, and Armed Forces Health Professions Scholarship Program (AFHPSP) students; wage and tax summaries; leave and earnings statements; Basic Military Training
(BMT)master record; and other records generated substantiating or authorizing active component military pay and allowance entitlement, deduction, or collection actions. Authority for maintenance of the system: 5 U.S.C. 301, Departmental Regulations; 37 U.S.C. 37 U.S.C. 101-310, Pay and Allowances of the Uniformed Services; and E.O. 9397 (SSN). Purpose(s): To establish a user-friendly computer application that will provide input and reporting capabilities for the Defense Joint Military Pay Account Systems, Active, and Reserve Component. DFAS and the military Finance Offices will use this new system to input transactions, and pull report data from the Master Military Pay Account
(MMPA)record that is maintained for each military member. Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses: In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows: The “Blanket Routine Uses” published at the beginning of the DoD compilation of systems of records notices also apply to this system. Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system: Storage: Magnetic tapes, computer disks, and computer output products. Retrievability: Name and Social Security number (SSN). Safeguards: Records are located in office buildings on military installations, and Navy ships that are protected by guards controlled screening, use of visitor registers, electronic access, and/or locks. Access to records is limited to individuals who are properly screened and cleared on a need-to-know basis in the performance of their official duties. Passwords and digital signatures are used to control access to the systems data, and procedures are in place to deter and detect browsing and unauthorized access. Physical and electronic access are limited to persons responsible for servicing and authorized to use the record system. Retention and disposal: Records may be temporary in nature and destroyed when actions are completed, superseded, obsolete, or no longer needed. Other records may be cut off at the end of the payroll year or fiscal year, and destroyed 6 years and 3 months after cutoff. The records are destroyed by tearing, shredding, pulping, macerating, burning, or degaussing the electronic storage media. System manager(s) and address: Defense Finance and Accounting Service, Defense Military Pay Project Office, System Manager, DFAS/DDMP-Cleveland, 1240 East Ninth Street, Cleveland, Ohio 44199-2055. Notification procedure: Individuals seeking to determine whether information about them is contained in this record system should address written inquiries to the Defense Finance and Accounting Service, Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Program Manager, Corporate Communications and Legislative Liaison, 6760 E. Irvington Place, Denver, CO 80279-8000. Individuals should furnish full name, Social Security Number (SSN), current address, and telephone number. Record access procedures: Individuals seeking access to information about them contained in this system should address written inquiries to Defense Finance and Accounting Service, Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Program Manager, Corporate Communications and Legislative Liaison, 6760 E. Irvington Place, Denver, CO 80279-8000. Individuals should furnish full name, Social Security Number (SSN), current address, and telephone number. Contesting record procedures: The DFAS rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in DFAS Regulation 5400.11-R; 32 CFR part 324; or may be obtained from Defense Finance and Accounting Service, Freedom of Information/Privacy Act Program Manager, Corporate Communications and Legislative Liaison, 6760 E. Irvington Place, Denver, CO 80279-8000. Record source categories: Individual military members; Army, Navy, and Air Force military pay Finance Offices; Reserve and National Guard Finance Offices, military academies, and Armed Forces Health Professions Scholarship Program (AFHPSP) administrators. Exemptions claimed for the system: None. [FR Doc. E8-11115 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary [Docket ID: DoD-2008-OS-0055] Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records AGENCY: National Reconnaissance Office, DoD. ACTION: Notice; Add a System of Records. SUMMARY: The National Reconnaissance Office
(NRO)proposes to add a system of records to its inventory of system of records notice systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. DATES: This proposed action will be effective without further notice on June 18, 2008 unless comments are received, which result in a contrary determination. ADDRESSES: Send comments to the FOIA/Privacy Official, National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Contact the FOIA/NRO Privacy Official at
(703)227-9128. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The National Reconnaissance Office systems of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the **Federal Register** and are available from the address above. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on April 28, 2008, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I, ‘Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals’, to OMB Circular No. A-130, dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427). Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. QNRO-30 System name: Technology Fellowship and Enrichment Programs and Events. System location: National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), Advanced Systems and Technology Directorate, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Categories of individuals covered by the system: Government civilian, military, contractors, and other invited participants (from industry and/or academia). Categories of records in the system: Technology Fellowship Program record categories include: Individual's name, Social Security Number (SSN), parent organization, work telephone number, NMIS e-mail address, abstracts, room numbers, documents, orders, career biographical information, educational background information, employee photograph, clearance level, Single Scope Background Investigation
(SSBI)date, polygraph date, and briefing date. Technology Seminars record categories include: Name (speaker), title, topic, organization address, Social Security Number (SSN), requests for information (organizations and addresses), abstracts, room numbers, documents, orders, career biographical information, educational background information, employee photograph, clearance level, Single Scope Background Investigation
(SSBI)date, polygraph date and briefing date. Authority for maintenance of the system: 5 U.S.C. 301 Departmental Regulations; National Security Act of 1947, as amended, 50 U.S.C. 401 et seq.; E.O. 12333; DoDD 5240.1, Intelligence Activities; and E.O. 9397 (SSN). Purpose(s): To maintain a historical database of Technology Fellowship Program participants, projects and seminars. To organize and inform, record and administer organizational enrichment programs and events. As a management tool, this system will track dates, requests for information, presentation arrangements, event details and speaker's career biographical information. Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses: In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the NRO as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows: The DoD ‘Blanket Routines Uses’ published at the beginning of the NRO compilation of systems of records notices apply to this system. Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system: Storage: Electronic storage media. Retrievability: Individual's name, company, parent organization, organizational affiliation, work telephone number, dates, speaker's name and topic and/or title. Safeguards: Records are stored in a secure, gated facility with guard. Facility requires a badge and computer terminal access is password protected. Access to and use of these records is limited to staff whose official duties require such access. Privileged user records have restricted access. Retention and disposal: Earlier disposal is authorized if records are superseded, obsolete, or no longer needed. Hold files in current file area for 1 year before transferring to the Records Center. Cut off files at the end of the Calendar Year (CY). System manager(s) and address: The National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), Advanced Systems and Technology Directorate, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Notification procedure: Individuals seeking to determine whether this system of records contains information about themselves should address written inquiries to the National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release Center, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Requests should include full name and any aliases or nicknames, address, Social Security Number (SSN), current citizenship status, and date and place of birth, and other information identifiable from the record. In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format: If executed outside the United States: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). Record access procedures: Individuals seeking to access information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release Center, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Requests should include full name and any aliases or nicknames, address, Social Security Number (SSN), current citizenship status, and date and place of birth, and other information identifiable from the record. In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format: If executed outside the United States: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). Contesting record procedures: The NRO rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in NRO Directive 110-3b and NRO Instruction 110-3-1; 32 CFR part 326; or may be obtained from the Privacy Act Coordinator, National Reconnaissance Office, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Record source categories: From the individual, documents, or from persons other than the individual. Exemptions claimed for the system: Information specifically authorized to be classified under Executive Order 12958, as implemented by DoD 5200.1-R, may be exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1). An exemption rule for this exemption has been promulgated in accordance with requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(1), (2), and (3),
(c)and
(e)and published in 32 CFR part 326. For additional information contact the system manager. [FR Doc. E8-11125 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary [Docket ID: DoD-2008-OS-0054] Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records AGENCY: National Reconnaissance Office, DoD. ACTION: Notice to Alter a System of Records. SUMMARY: The National Reconnaissance Office is proposing to alter a system of records notice in its existing inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. DATES: This proposed action will be effective without further notice on June 18, 2008 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination. ADDRESSES: Send comments to the FOIA/Privacy Official, National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Contact the FOIA/NRO Privacy Official at
(703)227-9128. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The National Reconnaissance Office systems of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the **Federal Register** and are available from the address above. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on April 28, 2008, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I, ‘Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals’, to OMB Circular No. A-130, dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427). Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. QNRO-24 System name: Administrative Personnel Management Systems (October 3, 2006, 71 FR 58379). Changes: Categories of Records in the system: In the first paragraph, add “grade or equivalent, employee photo, personal e-mail address, military status, biometric data (to include hair color, eye color, weight, height, blood type, race), mother's maiden name and birth data, father's name and birth data, dependent names and birth data, and employee relationship.” In the fourth paragraph, add “loan data.” Purpose(s): After emergency recall rosters and contact information, add “to support records and information management programs;”. Safeguards: Delete entry and replace with “Records are stored in a secure, gated facility with guard and badge controls. Computer terminal access is password protected. Access to and use of these records are limited to staff whose official duties require such access.” QNRO-24 System name: Administrative Personnel Management Systems. System location: The National Reconnaissance Office, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Categories of individuals covered by the system: All NRO civilian, military, and contract personnel. Categories of records in the system: Personal Information such as name, aliases or nicknames, Social Security Number (SSN), date of birth, place of birth, home address, home telephone number, cell phone number, pager, education, spouse name, emergency contact information, vehicle and tag information, gender, nationality, citizenship, marital status, age, annual salary, grade or equivalent, wage type, ethnicity, disability, personal assignment code, employee photo, personal email address, military status, biometric data (to include hair color, eye color, weight, height, blood type, race), mother's maiden name and birth data, father's name and birth data, dependent names and birth data, and employee relationship. Work related information such as work e-mail address, accesses, parent organization, work telephone number, employee number, company, company address, position number and title, rank and date, agency/organization/office arrival and departure dates, assignment history, labor type, pay grade, network logon, location, career service, employee status (active/inactive), duty title, last assignment, badge numbers, personal classification number, space professional codes; employee timecards and leave records; and military specialty codes (job identifier). Performance related information such as awards, performance report due dates, raters, training history (course name, date, hours, course provider, certificate, program call), Contracting Officers Technical Representative
(COTR)certifications and date, and Individual Development Plan
(IDP)courses. Travel related information such as government credit card number and expiration date, airline/hotel/rental car information and frequent flyer/club numbers, airline seating preference, miles from home to office, miles from home to airport, and loan data. Safety related information such as workplace violence protection issues and reports. Other information such as property checked out to individual, report closeout dates, and any other information deemed necessary to manage personnel. Authority for maintenance of the system: 5 U.S.C. 301, Departmental Regulations; National Security Act of 1947, as amended, 50 U.S.C. 401, et seq.; and E.O. 9397 (SSN). Purpose(s): To manage, supervise, and administer NRO personnel support programs relating to personnel management, official travel, timecards and leave records, awards, training, loan of property, security, emergency recall rosters and contact information; to support records and information management programs; to support organizational and personnel reporting requirements; to support organizational and strategic planning and workforce modeling; to support workplace violence protection programs; to support diversity initiatives; and to respond to personnel or related taskings. Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses: In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the National Reconnaissance Office as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows: The DoD `Blanket Routines Uses' published at the beginning of the National Reconnaissance Office's compilation of systems of records notices apply to this system. Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system: Storage: Paper records in file folders and electronic storage media. Retrievability: Information may be retrieved by an individual's name, Social Security Number (SSN), employee number, home or work telephone number, parent organization, company, and/or position number. Safeguards: Records are stored in a secure, gated facility with guards, badges and password access. Computer terminal access is password protected. Access to and use of these records are limited to personnel whose official duties require access on a need-to-know basis. Retention and disposal: Office administrative files, tracking and control files, and property inventory records are temporary; they are kept for 2 years from the date of the list or date of the report. Training administrative files are temporary; they are kept for 3 years. Supervisory files are temporary; they are kept for 1 year. Security reports generated from information systems are temporary; they are kept for 5 years. Data files created consisting of summarized information are temporary; they are kept until no longer needed. Reports created in response to any tasking from Congress, Community Management Staff, DoD and other external agencies are temporary; they are kept until superseded or when no longer needed. Award related files such as recommendations, decisions, and announcements are temporary; they are kept for 25 years. Electronic documentation used to create the award related files is destroyed 180 days after the record copy has been produced. Timecard and leave records are destroyed after 6 years or GAO audit. Employee personal safety and violence protection records are destroyed after 3 years old unless retention is authorized for official purposes. System manager(s) and address: Director, The National Reconnaissance Office, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Notification procedure: Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release Center, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Requests should include full name and any aliases or nicknames, address, Social Security Number (SSN), current citizenship status, and date and place of birth, and other information identifiable from the record. In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format: If executed outside the United States: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). Record access procedures: Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the National Reconnaissance Office, Information Access and Release Center, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Requests should include full name and any aliases or nicknames, address, Social Security Number (SSN), current citizenship status, and date and place of birth, and other information identifiable from the record. In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format: If executed outside the United States: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature). Contesting record procedures: The National Reconnaissance Office rules for accessing records, for contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are published in National Reconnaissance Office Directive 110-3b and National Reconnaissance Office Instruction 110-3-1; 32 CFR part 326; or may be obtained from the Privacy Act Coordinator, National Reconnaissance Office, 14675 Lee Road, Chantilly, VA 20151-1715. Record source categories: Information is supplied by the individual, by persons other than the individual, and by documentation gathered in the background investigation, and other government agencies. Exemptions claimed for the system: None. [FR Doc. E8-11138 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of Secretary [Docket ID: DoD-2008-OS-0051] Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records AGENCY: National Security Agency/Central Security Service, DoD. ACTION: Notice to Add a System of Records. SUMMARY: The National Security Agency/Central Security Service is proposing to add an exempt system of records to its existing inventory of record systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. The exemptions enhance the importance of the system of records for law enforcement purposes. DATES: This proposed action would be effective without further notice on June 18, 2008 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination. ADDRESSES: Send comments to the National Security Agency/ Central Security Service, Office of Policy, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Anne Hill at
(301)688-6527. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The National Security Agency systems of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the **Federal Register** and are available from the address above. The proposed system report, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on April 4, 2008, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)pursuant to paragraph 4c of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” dated February 8, 1996 (February 20, 1996, 61 FR 6427). Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. GNSA 23 System name: NSA/CSS Operations Security Support Program and Training Files. System location: National Security Agency/Central Security Service, 9800 Savage Road, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6000. Categories of individuals covered by the system: DoD civilian employees, military personnel, government contractor personnel, and private individuals involved in activities relating to the National Operations Security Program. Categories of records in the system: Individual's name, Social Security Number (SSN), home and work address, home and work telephone numbers, fax number, security clearance information, conference material, training roster, training material, published articles, public source data and correspondence. Authority for maintenance of the system: National Security Agency Act of 1959, as amended; National Security Agency Act of 1959, as amended; E.O. 12333, United States Intelligence Activities; E.O. 12958, Classified National Security Information; DoD Directive 5100.20, The National Security Agency and the Central Security Service; DoD Directive 5200.39, Security, Intelligence, and Counterintelligence Support to Acquisition Program Protection; DoD Directive 5205.2, DoD Operations Security Program; National Security Decision Directive 298, National Operations Security Program; NSA Policy Number 5-12, NSA/CSS Operations Security Program; and E.O. 9397 (SSN). Purpose(s): To maintain records relating to the operations of the National Operations Security Program and the Interagency Operations Security Support Staff. This system will provide logistical support to conferences, symposia, training and is also used as a management tool for statistical research and program evaluations. Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses: In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows: The DoD `Blanket Routine Uses' published at the beginning of the NSA/CSS's compilation of record systems also apply to this record system. Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system: Storage: Paper records in files folders and electronic storage media. Retrievability: Individual's name, Social Security Number (SSN), address, organization and/or affiliation, dates of visit, type of badge issued, and conference name and date. Safeguards: Secured by a series of guarded pedestrian gates and checkpoints. Access to facilities is limited to security cleared personnel and escorted visitors only. With the facilities themselves, access to paper and computer printouts are controlled by limited access facilities and lockable containers. Access to electronic means is controlled by computer password protection. Retention and disposal: Records are periodically reviewed for retention. Records having no evidential, informational, or historical value or not required to be permanently retained are destroyed. Visitor passes and campus access files are destroyed when 15 years old. Training conference administrative materials are destroyed 5 years after conference. Training material is destroyed when no longer needed. Destruction is by pulping, burning, shredding, or erasure or destruction of magnetic media. System manager and address: Deputy Associate Director of Policy and Records, National Security Agency/Central Security Service, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248. Notification procedure: Individuals seeking to determine if records about themselves are contained in this record system should address written inquiries to the National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248. Written inquires should include individual's full name, address, and Social Security Number (SSN). Record access procedures: Individuals seeking access to records about themselves contained in this record system should address written inquiries to the National Security Agency/Central Security Service, Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act Office, 9800 Savage Road, Suite 6248, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6248. Written inquires should include individual's full name, address, and Social Security Number (SSN). Contesting record procedures: The NSA/CSS rules for contesting contents and appealing initial determinations are published at 32 CFR part 322 or may be obtained by written request addressed to the Deputy Associate Director for Policy and Records, National Security Agency/ Central Security Service, Ft. George G. Meade, MD 20755-6000. Record source categories: From individuals, U.S. agencies and organizations, media including periodicals, newspapers, and broadcast transcripts, public and classified reporting and correspondence. Exemptions claimed for the system: Records maintained solely for statistical research or program evaluation purposes and which are not used to make decisions on the rights, benefits, or entitlement of an individual except for census records which may be disclosed under 13 U.S.C. 8, may be exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(4). An exemption rule for this exemption has been promulgated in accordance with requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(1),
(2)and (3),
(c)and
(e)and published in 32 CFR part 322. For additional information contact the system manager. [FR Doc. E8-11157 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees AGENCY: Department of Defense. ACTION: Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee. SUMMARY: Under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, (5 U.S.C. Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.65, the Department of Defense gives notice that it is renewing the charter for the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee (hereafter referred to as the Committee). The Committee is a discretionary federal advisory committee established by the Secretary of Defense to provide the Department of Defense and the Director of the Defense Threat Reduction Agency independent advice and recommendations on reducing the threat to the United States, its military forces, and its allies and partners posed by nuclear, biological, chemical, conventional and special weapons. The Committee, in accomplishing its mission:
(a)Maintains a focus on broad S&T issues affecting DTRA;
(b)recommends DoD strategic posture, to include issues and considerations regarding possible resumption of nuclear testing;
(c)evaluating DoD's responsive infrastructure for strategic strike and a thorough analysis of mainstreaming of new triad nuclear capabilities into the DoD acquisition process; and
(d)made recommendation on the impact of nuclear weapons effects. The Committee shall be composed of not more than 25 members, who are distinguished authorities in the fields of national defense, geopolitical and national security affairs, or weapons of mass destruction. Committee members appointed by the Secretary of Defense, who are not federal officers or employees, shall be appointed as experts and consultants under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 3109 and with the exception of travel and per diem for official travel, shall serve without compensation, unless otherwise authorized by the Secretary of Defense. The Secretary of Defense shall renew the appointments of these Special Government Employees on an annual basis. The Under Secretary of Defense (Acquisition, Technology & Logistics) or designed representative shall select the Committee's Chairperson from the total Committee membership. The Committee shall be authorized to establish subcommittees, as necessary and consistent with its mission, and these subcommittees or working groups shall operate under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976, and other appropriate federal regulations. Such subcommittees or workgroups shall not work independently of the chartered Committee, and shall report all their recommendations and advice to the Committee for full deliberation and discussion. Subcommittees or workgroups have no authority to make decisions on behalf of the chartered Committee nor can they report directly to the Department of Defense or any federal officers or employees who are not Committee members. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jim Freeman, Deputy Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-601-6128. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Committee shall meet at the call of the Committee's Designated Federal Officer, in consultation with the Committee's chairperson. The Designated Federal Officer, pursuant to DoD policy, shall be a full-time or permanent part-time DoD employee, and shall be appointed in accordance with established DoD policies and procedures. The Designated Federal Officer or duly appointed Alternate Designated Federal Officer shall attend all committee meetings and subcommittee meetings. Pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.105(j) and 102-3.140, the public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee membership about the Committee's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee. All written statements shall be submitted to the Designated Federal Officer for the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration. Contact information for the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee's Designated Federal Officer can be obtained from the GSA's FACA Database— *https://www.fido.gov/facadatabase/public.asp.* The Designated Federal Officer, pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.150, will announce planned meetings of the Threat Reduction Advisory Committee. The Designated Federal Officer, at that time, may provide additional guidance on the submission of written statements that are in response to the stated agenda for the planned meeting in question. Dated: May 7, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. [FR Doc. E8-11117 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Department of the Air Force Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment for Disposal and Reuse of Buckley Annex, Colorado AGENCY: Department of the Air Force, Department of Defense. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The United States Air Force is issuing this notice to advise the public that the Air Force intends to prepare an Environmental Assessment
(EA)in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA)to assess the potential environmental impacts of the disposal and reuse of Buckley Annex, Colorado. This notice signifies the beginning of the Air Force's NEPA “scoping” and invites interested members of the public to participate in the NEPA process. The Council on Environmental Quality
(CEQ)regulations at 40 CFR 1501.7 require an early and open process for determining the scope of issues to be addressed in the environmental analysis and for identifying the significant issues related to the proposed action. The scope identifies the range of actions, alternatives, and impacts to be considered in detail in the environmental analysis. This process of soliciting public input is called “scoping.” Scoping ensures that any significant issues are identified early and studied properly, and that minor issues do not consume the agency's time and effort. *Site Description* . The Buckley Annex property consists of about 72 acres located just west of the former Lowry Air Force Base in Denver, CO. The land is improved with 6 buildings containing nearly 640,000 square feet. Environmental information about this site can be found in the environmental condition of property documents at the following Web sites: *http://www.airforcebrac2005.org/Buckley%20Docs2.htm* . *http://www.afcee.brooks.af.mil/products/ecp/default.asp* . *Need for the Proposed Action* . In accordance with the Base Closure and Realignment Act amendments contained in Title XXX of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2002 (Pub. L. 107-107), the Secretary of Defense submitted a consolidated Department of Defense
(DoD)list of recommended actions to an independent commission appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate. The 2005 Defense Base Closure and Realignment Commission (Commission) evaluated the recommendations and sent its findings to the President, who forwarded the recommendations to Congress on September 23, 2005. The Base Closure Act provides that, unless disapproved by Congress within a specified period, the recommendations are to be implemented. In the absence of Congressional disapproval, the Commission's recommendations became binding on November 9, 2005. Action with respect to Buckley Annex is being implemented as required by the Base Closure Act. In its 2005 report to the President, the Commission recommended closure of the Buckley Annex. Pursuant to that recommendation, all Air Force missions at Buckley Annex must cease or be relocated. Following closure, the property will be excess to the Air Force needs. Accordingly, the Air Force proposes to dispose of its real property interests at the Buckley Annex. The Base Closure Act requires the Air Force to treat the reuse plan of the local redevelopment authority as the Proposed Action for purposes of the environmental analysis if the plan is approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD)as meeting the requirements of the Base Closure Act. The redevelopment authority for the Buckley Annex property is the Lowry Redevelopment Authority. After conducting considerable public outreach, the redevelopment authority developed a proposed reuse plan and has submitted the plan to HUD for review and approval. HUD has not issued a final decision on whether the plan fulfills the requirements in the Base Closure Act. *Proposed Action.* As explained above, if the redevelopment authority's reuse plan is approved by HUD, the Air Force Proposed Action for purposes of NEPA environmental assessment will be the reuse plan. The redevelopment authority's reuse plan, dated February 2008, can be found at the following Web site: *http://www.lowry.org* . The reuse plan involves the demolition of all installation facilities to allow construction of mixed use commercial/residential (800 low- and medium-density residential units) with components involving a boulevard, open space, park, and storm water detention. *Alternatives to the Proposed Action.* The Higher Density Residential Alternative involves the demolition of all installation facilities to allow construction of a higher density residential use with commercial development and associated outdoor recreation areas and roadways. The Lower Density Residential Alternative involves the demolition of all installation facilities to allow construction of a lower density residential use with commercial development and associated outdoor recreation areas and roadways. The Facility Reuse Alternative involves the retention of Building 444 and associated Building 445 for reuse as an office complex. Other facilities on the property would be demolished to allow for recreation and open space uses. The No-Action Alternative involves the Air Force retaining the Buckley Annex property and maintaining it in caretaker status. *Scope of the EA.* The EA will address the potential environmental impacts of disposal of the property to public or private entities. In analyzing the environmental impacts of property disposal, the Air Force will consider the reasonably foreseeable environmental impacts associated with the likely reuse of the property, as well as the potential environmental impacts of reasonable reuse alternatives. Although NEPA does not require publication of a notice-of-intent
(NOI)to prepare an EA or formal scoping process, it encourages public input opportunities. The Air Force invites full public participation in the NEPA process to promote open communication and better decision-making. All persons and organizations that have a potential interest in the Proposed Action, including minority, low-income, disadvantaged, and Native American groups are urged to participate in the NEPA environmental analysis process. To ensure sufficient time to adequately consider public comments concerning environmental issues and disposal alternatives to be included in the EA, the Air Force recommends that comments and reuse proposals be forwarded to the address listed below at the earliest possible date. *NEPA and Scoping Process.* Public participation opportunities with respect to the Proposed Action and this EA are guided by the provisions of 32 Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR)Part 989, *Environmental Impact Analysis Process (EIAP)* for Air Force actions. If during the environmental review process the Air Force finds that no significant adverse environmental impacts are associated with the Proposed Action, then a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) would be issued. The draft EA and a draft Finding of No Significant Impact, if appropriate, will be made available for a 30-day comment period. During this time, the Air Force will consider any comments submitted by agencies, organizations, or members of the public on the Proposed Action, the draft EA, or the draft FONSI. The Air Force is issuing this NOI to facilitate the environmental review process by soliciting scoping comments in advance of the 30-day period for submission of written comments on the EA. At the conclusion of the comment period, the Air Force may, if appropriate, execute the FONSI and proceed with the Proposed Action. However, if the Air Force finds that significant adverse environmental impacts would be associated with the proposed redevelopment, an Environmental Impact Statement
(EIS)would be prepared. In that event, the Air Force would provide a forum for public officials and the community to provide information and comments; a scoping meeting would be held in Denver, Colorado, probably during the months of October or November 2008. Notice of the time and location of this meeting would be provided at a later date, and publicized in the community. The purpose of this meeting would be to help identify issues that need to be assessed and discussed in the EIS. During this meeting, the Air Force would discuss the proposal to close and dispose of Buckley Annex, describe the process involved in preparing an EIS, and ask your help in identifying alternative uses for Buckley Annex and any significant environmental impacts that may result from its closure and disposal. In soliciting disposal and reuse alternatives, the Air Force would consider reasonable alternatives offered by any federal, state, or local government agency, and any federally sponsored or private entity or individual. The resulting EIS would be considered in making disposal decisions documented in the Air Force's Final Disposal Plan and Record of Decision. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Direct written comments or requests for further information concerning the Buckley Annex disposal and reuse EA to: Robert L. Lopez, HQ AFCEE/BC, 3300 Sidney Brooks, Brooks City-Base, Texas 78235-5112, 210-536-4508. e-mail: *Robert.lopez@brooks.af.mil* . Bao-Anh Trinh, Air Force Federal Register Liaison Officer. [FR Doc. E8-11114 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-05-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Department of the Air Force U.S. Air Force Scientific Advisory Board Notice of Meeting AGENCY: Department of the Air Force, U.S. Air Force Scientific Advisory Board. ACTION: Meeting notice. SUMMARY: Under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.150, the Department of Defense announces that the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board meeting will take place on Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, June 25th, 26th and 27th, 2008 at the Arnold and Mabel Beckman Conference Center, 100 Academy, Irvine, CA 92617. The meeting on Wednesday, June 25th, will be from 8 a.m.-12 p.m. The meeting on Thursday, June 26th, will be from 3:30-4:45 p.m., and the meeting on Friday, June 27th, will be from 8 a.m.-12 p.m. The purpose of this meeting will be for the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board to reach a consensus and vote on the findings for the FY08 studies directed by the SECAF. The results will also be briefed to USAF senior leadership during the last two days of the meeting. This year's studies were: Airborne Tactical Laser Feasibility for Gunship Operations, Kinetic Precision Effects, Implications of Spectrum Management for the Air Force, and Defending and Operating in a Contested Cyber Domain. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended, and 41 CFR 102-3.155, the Administrative Assistant of the Air Force, in consultation with the Office of the Air Force General Counsel, has determined in writing that the public interest requires that all sessions of the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board meeting be closed to the public because they will be concerned with classified information and matters covered by sections 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(1), (4), and (9)(B). Any member of the public wishing to provide input to the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board should submit a written statement in accordance with 41 CFR 102-3.140(c) and section 10(a)(3) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act and the procedures described in this paragraph. Written statements can be submitted to the Designated Federal Officer at the address detailed below at any time. Statements being submitted in response to the agenda mentioned in this notice must be received by the Designated Federal Officer at the address listed below at least five calendar days prior to the meeting which is the subject of this notice. Written statements received after this date may not be provided to or considered by the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board until its next meeting. The Designated Federal Officer will review all timely submissions with the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board Chairperson and ensure they are provided to members of the United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board before the meeting that is the subject of this notice. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: The United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board Executive Director and Designated Federal Officer, Lt. Col. David J. Lucia, 703-697-8288, United States Air Force Scientific Advisory Board, 1080 Air Force Pentagon, Room 4C759, Washington, DC 20330-1080, *david.lucia@pentagon.af.mil* . Bao-Anh Trinh, Air Force Federal Register Liaison Officer. [FR Doc. E8-11108 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-05-P DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Department of the Navy [Docket ID: USN-2008-0044] Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records AGENCY: Department of the Navy, DoD. ACTION: Notice to Delete a System of Records. SUMMARY: The Department of Navy is deleting a system of records notice from its existing inventory of records systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended. DATES: This proposed action will be effective without further notice on June 18, 2008 unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination. ADDRESSES: Send comments to the Department of Navy, PA/FOIA Policy Branch, Chief of Naval Operations (DNS-36), 2000 Navy Pentagon, Washington, DC 20350-2000. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mrs. Doris Lama at
(202)685-6545. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Department of Navy systems of records notices subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the **Federal Register** and are available from the address above. The specific changes to the records system being amended are set forth below followed by the notice, as amended, published in its entirety. The proposed amendments are not within the purview of subsection
(r)of the Privacy Act of 1974, (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, which requires the submission of a new or altered system report. Dated: May 5, 2008. Patricia L. Toppings, OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. N04066-2 SYSTEM NAME: Commercial Fidelity Bond Insurance Claims (March 30, 2006, 71 FR 16130). REASON: Program discontinued. All responsive records now fall under N04066-7, NEXCOM Employee Benefit Records. [FR Doc. E8-11158 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request AGENCY: Department of Education. SUMMARY: The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, invites comments on the submission for OMB review as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. DATES: Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Written comments should be addressed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: Education Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street, NW., Room 10222, Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit responses electronically by e-mail to *oira_submission@omb.eop.gov* or via fax to
(202)395-6974. Commenters should include the following subject line in their response “Comment: [insert OMB number], [insert abbreviated collection name, e.g., “Upward Bound Evaluation”]. Persons submitting comments electronically should not submit paper copies. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section 3506 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) requires that the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)provide interested Federal agencies and the public an early opportunity to comment on information collection requests. OMB may amend or waive the requirement for public consultation to the extent that public participation in the approval process would defeat the purpose of the information collection, violate State or Federal law, or substantially interfere with any agency's ability to perform its statutory obligations. The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, publishes that notice containing proposed information collection requests prior to submission of these requests to OMB. Each proposed information collection, grouped by office, contains the following:
(1)Type of review requested, e.g., new, revision, extension, existing or reinstatement;
(2)Title;
(3)Summary of the collection;
(4)Description of the need for, and proposed use of, the information;
(5)Respondents and frequency of collection; and
(6)Reporting and/or Recordkeeping burden. OMB invites public comment. Dated: May 13, 2008. Angela C. Arrington, IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management. Federal Student Aid *Type of Review:* Revision. *Title:* Federal Stafford Loan Master Promissory Note
(MPN)and School Certification. *Frequency:* On occasion. *Affected Public:* Individuals or household. *Reporting and Recordkeeping Hour Burden:* *Responses:* 3,123,451. *Burden Hours:* 2,297,415. *Abstract:* The Federal Stafford Loan MPN serves as the means by which an individual agrees to repay a Federal Stafford Loan. The School Certification form serves as the means by which a school that participates in the FFEL Program certifies a borrower's eligibility for a Federal Stafford Loan if the school does not certify eligibility electronically. Requests for copies of the information collection submission for OMB review may be accessed from *http://edicsweb.ed.gov* , by selecting the “Browse Pending Collections” link and by clicking on link number 3551. When you access the information collection, click on “Download Attachments” to view. Written requests for information should be addressed to U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW., LBJ, Washington, DC 20202-4537. Requests may also be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* or faxed to 202-401-0920. Please specify the complete title of the information collection when making your request. Comments regarding burden and/or the collection activity requirements should be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* . Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf
(TDD)may call the Federal Information Relay Service
(FIRS)at 1-800-877-8339. [FR Doc. E8-11127 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4000-01-P DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request AGENCY: Department of Education. SUMMARY: The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, invites comments on the submission for OMB review as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. DATES: Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Written comments should be addressed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: Education Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street, NW., Room 10222, Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit responses electronically by e-mail to *oira_submission@omb.eop.gov* or via fax to
(202)395-6974. Commenters should include the following subject line in their response “Comment: [insert OMB number], [insert abbreviated collection name, e.g., “Upward Bound Evaluation”]. Persons submitting comments electronically should not submit paper copies. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section 3506 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) requires that the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)provide interested Federal agencies and the public an early opportunity to comment on information collection requests. OMB may amend or waive the requirement for public consultation to the extent that public participation in the approval process would defeat the purpose of the information collection, violate State or Federal law, or substantially interfere with any agency's ability to perform its statutory obligations. The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, publishes that notice containing proposed information collection requests prior to submission of these requests to OMB. Each proposed information collection, grouped by office, contains the following:
(1)Type of review requested, e.g., new, revision, extension, existing or reinstatement;
(2)Title;
(3)Summary of the collection;
(4)Description of the need for, and proposed use of, the information;
(5)Respondents and frequency of collection; and
(6)Reporting and/or Recordkeeping burden. OMB invites public comment. Dated: May 14, 2008. Angela C. Arrington, IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management. Federal Student Aid *Type of Review:* Extension. *Title:* Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). *Frequency:* Weekly, monthly, annually. *Affected Public:* Individuals or household; businesses or other for-profit; not-for-profit institutions. *Reporting and Recordkeeping Hour Burden:* *Responses:* 16,787,640. *Burden Hours:* 8,054,467. *Abstract:* The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) collects the data necessary to determine a student's eligibility for participation in the following federal student assistance programs identified in the Higher Education Act (HEA): the Federal Pell Grant Program; the Campus-Based Programs; the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program; the Federal Family Education Loan Program; the Academic Competitiveness Grant; and the National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) Grant. Requests for copies of the information collection submission for OMB review may be accessed from *http://edicsweb.ed.gov* , by selecting the “Browse Pending Collections” link and by clicking on link number 3585. When you access the information collection, click on “Download Attachments” to view. Written requests for information should be addressed to U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW., LBJ, Washington, DC 20202-4537. Requests may also be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* or faxed to 202-401-0920. Please specify the complete title of the information collection when making your request. Comments regarding burden and/or the collection activity requirements should be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* . Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf
(TDD)may call the Federal Information Relay Service
(FIRS)at 1-800-877-8339. [FR Doc. E8-11128 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4000-01-P DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Notice of Proposed Information Collection Requests AGENCY: Department of Education. SUMMARY: The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, invites comments on the proposed information collection requests as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. DATES: Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2008. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section 3506 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35) requires that the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)provide interested Federal agencies and the public an early opportunity to comment on information collection requests. OMB may amend or waive the requirement for public consultation to the extent that public participation in the approval process would defeat the purpose of the information collection, violate State or Federal law, or substantially interfere with any agency's ability to perform its statutory obligations. The IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management, publishes that notice containing proposed information collection requests prior to submission of these requests to OMB. Each proposed information collection, grouped by office, contains the following:
(1)Type of review requested, e.g. new, revision, extension, existing or reinstatement;
(2)Title;
(3)Summary of the collection;
(4)Description of the need for, and proposed use of, the information;
(5)Respondents and frequency of collection; and
(6)Reporting and/or Recordkeeping burden. OMB invites public comment. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues:
(1)Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department;
(2)will this information be processed and used in a timely manner;
(3)is the estimate of burden accurate;
(4)how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(5)how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Dated: May 14, 2008. Angela C. Arrington, IC Clearance Official, Regulatory Information Management Services, Office of Management. Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development *Type of Review:* New. *Title:* Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Regulatory Requirements. *Frequency:* On occasion; annually. *Affected Public:* State, Local, or Tribal Gov't, SEAs or LEAs. *Reporting and Recordkeeping Hour Burden:* *Responses:* 1,666,013. *Burden Hours:* 1,666,013. *Abstract:* The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) requires that subject educational agencies and institutions notify parents and students of their rights under FERPA and requires that they record disclosures of personally identifiable information from education records, with certain exceptions. *Additional Information:* A Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM)for the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act was published on March 24, 2008. The NPRM (Vol. 73, No. 57, page 15574) did not provide a comment period for the information collection activity; therefore, this notice provides the public with the appropriate comment period on the collection activity. Requests for copies of the proposed information collection request may be accessed from *http://edicsweb.ed.gov* , by selecting the “Browse Pending Collections” link and by clicking on link number 3693. When you access the information collection, click on “Download Attachments” to view. Written requests for information should be addressed to U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW., LBJ, Washington, DC 20202-4537. Requests may also be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* or faxed to 202-401-0920. Please specify the complete title of the information collection when making your request. Comments regarding burden and/or the collection activity requirements should be electronically mailed to *ICDocketMgr@ed.gov* . Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf
(TDD)may call the Federal Information Relay Service
(FIRS)at 1-800-877-8339. [FR Doc. E8-11129 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4000-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Project No. 13136-000] MARMC Enterprises, LLC; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Protests May 12, 2008. Take notice that the following hydroelectric applications have been filed with the Commission and are available for public inspection: a. *Type of Application:* Preliminary Permit. b. *Project No.:* P-13136-000. c. *Date Filed:* March 5, 2008. d. *Applicant:* MARMC Enterprises, LLC. e. *Name of the Project:* Point A La Hache Project. f. *Location:* The project would be located on the Mississippi River in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana. The project uses no dam or impoundment. g. *Filed Pursuant to:* Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791a-825r. h. *Applicants Contact:* Ms. Nicoline Marinovich, 722 Oak Lane, Thibodaux, LA 70301,
(986)705-2940. i. *FERC Contact:* Patricia W. Gillis,
(202)502-8735. j. *Deadline for filing comments, protests, and motions to intervene:* 60 days from the issuance date of this notice. All documents (original and eight copies) should be filed with: Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. Comments, protests, and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings. Please include the project number (P-13136-000) on any comments or motions filed. The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency. k. *Description of Project:* The proposed project would consist of:
(1)Up to 40 proposed Underwater Electric Kite generating units having a total installed capacity of 16-megawatts,
(2)a proposed transmission line, and
(3)appurtenant facilities. The project would have an average annual generation of 137.3-gigawatt-hours and be sold to a local utility. l. *Location of Application:* A copy of the application is available for inspection and reproduction at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, located at 888 First Street, NE., Room 2A, Washington, DC 20426, or by calling
(202)502-8371. This filing may also be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call toll-free 1-866-208-3676 or e-mail *FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov* . For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. A copy is also available for inspection and reproduction at the address in item h above. m. Individuals desiring to be included on the Commission's mailing list should so indicate by writing to the Secretary of the Commission. n. *Competing Preliminary Permit* —Anyone desiring to file a competing application for preliminary permit for a proposed project must submit the competing application itself, or a notice of intent to file such an application, to the Commission on or before the specified comment date for the particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). Submission of a timely notice of intent allows an interested person to file the competing preliminary permit application no later than 30 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing preliminary permit application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. o. *Competing Development Application* —Any qualified development applicant desiring to file a competing development application must submit to the Commission, on or before a specified comment date for the particular application, either a competing development application or a notice of intent to file such an application. Submission of a timely notice of intent to file a development application allows an interested person to file the competing application no later than 120 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing license application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. p. *Notice of Intent* —A notice of intent must specify the exact name, business address, and telephone number of the prospective applicant, and must include an unequivocal statement of intent to submit, if such an application may be filed, either a preliminary permit application or a development application (specify which type of application). A notice of intent must be served on the applicant(s) named in this public notice. q. *Proposed Scope of Studies Under Permit* —A preliminary permit, if issued, does not authorize construction. The term of the proposed preliminary permit would be 36 months. The work proposed under the preliminary permit would include economic analysis, preparation of preliminary engineering plans, and a study of environmental impacts. Based on the results of these studies, the Applicant would decide whether to proceed with the preparation of a development application to construct and operate the project. r. *Comments, Protests, or Motions to Intervene* —Anyone may submit comments, a protest, or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, .211, .214. In determining the appropriate action to take, the Commission will consider all protests or other comments filed, but only those who file a motion to intervene in accordance with the Commission's Rules may become a party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified comment date for the particular application. Comments, protests and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* under the “e-Filing” link. s. * Filing and Service of Responsive Documents* —Any filings must bear in all capital letters the title “COMMENTS”, “NOTICE OF INTENT TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION”, “COMPETING APPLICATION”, “PROTEST”, and “MOTION TO INTERVENE”, as applicable, and the Project Number of the particular application to which the filing refers. Any of the above-named documents must be filed by providing the original and the number of copies provided by the Commission's regulations to: The Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. An additional copy must be sent to Director, Division of Hydropower Administration and Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, at the above-mentioned address. A copy of any notice of intent, competing application or motion to intervene must also be served upon each representative of the Applicant specified in the particular application. t. *Agency Comments* —Federal, state, and local agencies are invited to file comments on the described application. A copy of the application may be obtained by agencies directly from the Applicant. If an agency does not file comments within the time specified for filing comments, it will be presumed to have no comments. One copy of an agency's comments must also be sent to the Applicant's representatives. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11097 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Project No. 13160-000] Red River Hydro, LLC; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Protests May 12, 2008. Take notice that the following hydroelectric applications have been filed with the Commission and are available for public inspection: a. *Type of Application:* Preliminary Permit. b. *Project No.:* P-13160-000. c. *Date Filed:* April 2, 2008. d. *Applicant:* Red River Hydro, LLC. e. *Name of the Project:* Overton Lock and Dam Hydroelectric Project. f. *Location:* The project would be located on the Red River in Rapides Parish, Louisiana. The Overton Lock and Dam is owned and maintained by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. g. *Filed Pursuant to:* Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791a-825r. h. *Applicant Contact:* Mr. Brent Smith, Symbiotics, LLC, P.O. Box 535, Rigby, ID 83442, Phone
(208)745-0834. i. *FERC Contact:* Patricia W. Gillis,
(202)502-8735. j. *Deadline for filing comments, protests, and motions to intervene:* 60 days from the issuance date of this notice. All documents (original and eight copies) should be filed with: Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. Comments, protests, and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and. the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings. Please include the project number (P-13160-000) on any comments or motions filed. The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency. k. *Description of Project:* The proposed project would utilize the existing U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' Overton Lock and Dam and would consist of:
(1)A proposed powerhouse containing four generating units with an installed capacity of 86-megawatts;
(2)a switchyard;
(3)a proposed 1-mile 69-kV transmission line; and
(4)appurtenant facilities. The proposed project would have an estimated annual generation of approximately 276 gigawatts and would be sold to a local utility. l. *Location of Application:* A copy of the application is available for inspection and reproduction at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, located at 888 First Street, NE., Room 2A, Washington, DC 20426, or by calling
(202)502-8371. This filing may also be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call toll-free 1-866-208-3676 or e-mail *FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov* . For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. A copy is also available for inspection and reproduction at the address in item h above. m. Individuals desiring to be included on the Commission's mailing list should so indicate by writing to the Secretary of the Commission. n. *Competing Preliminary Permit* —Anyone desiring to file a competing application for preliminary permit for a proposed project must submit the competing application itself, or a notice of intent to file such an application, to the Commission on or before the specified comment date for the particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). Submission of a timely notice of intent allows an interested person to file the competing preliminary permit application no later than 30 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing preliminary permit application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. o. *Competing Development Application* —Any qualified development applicant desiring to file a competing development application must submit to the Commission, on or before a specified comment date for the particular application, either a competing development application or a notice of intent to file such an application. Submission of a timely notice of intent to file a development application allows an interested person to file the competing application no later than 120 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing license application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. p. *Notice of Intent* —A notice of intent must specify the exact name, business address, and telephone number of the prospective applicant, and must include an unequivocal statement of intent to submit, if such an application may be filed, either a preliminary permit application or a development application (specify which type of application). A notice of intent must be served on the applicant(s) named in this public notice. q. *Proposed Scope of Studies Under Permit* —A preliminary permit, if issued, does not authorize construction. The term of the proposed preliminary permit would be 36 months. The work proposed under the preliminary permit would include economic analysis, preparation of preliminary engineering plans, and a study of environmental impacts. Based on the results of these studies, the Applicant would decide whether to proceed with the preparation of a development application to construct and operate the project. r. *Comments, Protests, or Motions to Intervene* —Anyone may submit comments, a protest, or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, .211, .214. In determining the appropriate action to take, the Commission will consider all protests or other comments filed, but only those who file a motion to intervene in accordance with the Commission's Rules may become a party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified comment date for the particular application. Comments, protests and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper. See 18 CFR 385.2001 (a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* under the “e-Filing” link. s. *Filing and Service of Responsive Documents* —Any filings must bear in all capital letters the title “COMMENTS”, “NOTICE OF INTENT TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION”, “COMPETING APPLICATION”, “PROTEST”, and “MOTION TO INTERVENE”, as applicable, and the Project Number of the particular application to which the filing refers. Any of the above-named documents must be filed by providing the original and the number of copies provided by the Commission's regulations to: The Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. An additional copy must be sent to Director, Division of Hydropower Administration and Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, at the above-mentioned address. A copy of any notice of intent, competing application or motion to intervene must also be served upon each representative of the Applicant specified in the particular application. t. *Agency Comments* —Federal, state, and local agencies are invited to file comments on the described application. A copy of the application may be obtained by agencies directly from the Applicant. If an agency does not file comments within the time specified for filing comments, it will be presumed to have no comments. One copy of an agency's comments must also be sent to the Applicant's representatives. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11098 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Project No. 12961-000] AER NY-Kinetics, LLC; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Motions To Intervene, Protests, and Comments May 12, 2008. Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection: a. *Type of Application:* Preliminary Permit. b. *Project No.:* 12961-000. c. *Date Filed:* August 13, 2007. d. *Applicant:* AER NY-Kinetics, LLC. e. *Name of Project:* Ogdensburg Kinetic Energy Project. f. *Location:* The project would be located in the St. Lawrence River in St. Lawrence County, New York. The project uses no dam or impoundment. g. *Filed Pursuant to:* Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)-825(r). h. *Applicant Contacts:* Mr. Joseph Klimaszewski, Jr., Regional Director, Alliance Energy Renewables, P.O. Box 585, Ogdensburg, NY 13669,
(315)393-9048, and Mr. Fred Springer, Hydropower Policy Advisor, Troutman Sanders LLP, 401 9th St., NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004,
(202)274-2836. i. *FERC Contact:* Kelly Houff,
(202)502-6393. j. *Deadline for filing comments, protests, and motions to intervene:* 60 days from the issuance date of this notice. All documents (original and eight copies) should be filed with: Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. Comments, protests, and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings. Please include the project number (P-12961-000) on any comments or motions filed. The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency. k. *Description of Project:* The proposed project consists of:
(1)11 arrays, each consisting of ten, 1 megawatt hydrokinetic turbine units, for a total installed capacity of 110 megawatts,
(2)a proposed underwater cable approximately 9 to 10 miles in length, which would transport the power generated from each array to shore,
(3)a 500-foot-long transmission line, which would connect the underwater cable to a substation,
(4)a cable anchoring system to anchor the turbine units to either a fixed structure or the riverbed, and
(5)appurtenant facilities. The project would have an average annual generation of 944.328 gigawatt-hours, which would be sold to a local utility. l. *Locations of Applications:* A copy of the application is available for inspection and reproduction at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, located at 888 First Street, NE., Room 2A, Washington DC 20426, or by calling
(202)502-8371. This filing may also be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call toll-free 1-866-208-3676 or e-mail *FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.* For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. A copy is also available for inspection and reproduction at the address in item h above. m. Individuals desiring to be included on the Commission's mailing list should so indicate by writing to the Secretary of the Commission. n. *Competing Preliminary Permit—* Anyone desiring to file a competing application for preliminary permit for a proposed project must submit the competing application itself, or a notice of intent to file such an application, to the Commission on or before the specified comment date for the particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). Submission of a timely notice of intent allows an interested person to file the competing preliminary permit application no later than 30 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing preliminary permit application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. o. *Competing Development Application* —Any qualified development applicant desiring to file a competing development application must submit to the Commission, on or before a specified comment date for the particular application, either a competing development application or a notice of intent to file such an application. Submission of a timely notice of intent to file a development application allows an interested person to file the competing application no later than 120 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing license application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. p. *Notice of Intent* —A notice of intent must specify the exact name, business address, and telephone number of the prospective applicant, and must include an unequivocal statement of intent to submit, if such an application may be filed, either a preliminary permit application or a development application (specify which type of application). A notice of intent must be served on the applicant(s) named in this public notice. q. *Proposed Scope of Studies under Permit* —A preliminary permit, if issued, does not authorize construction. The term of the proposed preliminary permit would be 36 months. The work proposed under the preliminary permit would include economic analysis, preparation of preliminary engineering plans, and a study of environmental impacts. Based on the results of these studies, the Applicant would decide whether to proceed with the preparation of a development application to construct and operate the project. r. *Comments, Protests, or Motions to Intervene* —Anyone may submit comments, a protest, or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, .211, .214. In determining the appropriate action to take, the Commission will consider all protests or other comments filed, but only those who file a motion to intervene in accordance with the Commission's Rules may become a party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified comment date for the particular application. Comments, protests and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; See 18 CFR 385.2001 (a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. s. *Filing and Service of Responsive Documents* —Any filings must bear in all capital letters the title “COMMENTS”, “RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TERMS AND CONDITIONS”, “PROTEST”, “COMPETING APPLICATION” or “MOTION TO INTERVENE”, as applicable, and the Project Number of the particular application to which the filing refers. Any of the above-named documents must be filed by providing the original and the number of copies provided by the Commission's regulations to: The Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. A copy of any motion to intervene must also be served upon each representative of the Applicant specified in the particular application. t. *Agency Comments* —Federal, state, and local agencies are invited to file comments on the described application. A copy of the application may be obtained by agencies directly from the Applicant. If an agency does not file comments within the time specified for filing comments, it will be presumed to have no comments. One copy of an agency's comments must also be sent to the Applicant's representatives. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11095 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Project No. 13115-000] BPUS Generation Development, LLC; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Motions To Intervene, Protests, and Comments May 12, 2008. Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection: a. *Type of Application:* Preliminary Permit. b. *Project No.:* 13115-000. c. *Date Filed:* February 15, 2008. d. *Applicant:* BPUS Generation Development, LLC. e. *Name of Project:* Mississippi River Lock and Dam No. 14 Hydroelectric Project. f. *Location:* The proposed project would be located on the Mississippi River in Scott County, Iowa. It would use the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' Mississippi Lock and Dam No. 14. g. *Filed Pursuant to:* Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791(a)-825(r). h. *Applicant Contact:* Mr. Jeffrey M. Auser, P.E., BPUS Generation Development, LLC, 225 Greenfield Parkway, Suite 201, Liverpool, NY 13088,
(315)413-2821. i. *FERC Contact:* Patricia W. Gillis,
(202)502-8735. j. *Deadline for filing comments, protests, and motions to intervene:* 60 days from the issuance date of this notice. All documents (original and eight copies) should be filed with: Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. Comments, protests, and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings. Please include the project number (P-13115-000) on any comments or motions filed. The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency. k. *Description of Project:* The proposed project using the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' Mississippi River Lock and Dam No. 14 would consist of:
(1)A new powerhouse;
(2)five turbine/generator units with a combined installed capacity of 26 megawatts;
(3)a new 13,100-foot-long 34 to 230-kilovolt transmission line; and
(4)appurtenant facilities. The proposed Mississippi River Lock and Dam No. 14 Hydroelectric Project would have an average annual generation of 145-gigawatt-hours, and would be sold to a local utility. l. This filing is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call toll-free 1-866-208-3676 or e-mail *FERCONLINESUPPORT@FERC.GOV.* For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. A copy is also available for inspection and reproduction at the address in item h above. m. *Competing Preliminary Permit* —Anyone desiring to file a competing application for preliminary permit for a proposed project must submit the competing application itself, or a notice of intent to file such an application, to the Commission on or before the specified comment date for the particular application (see 18 CFR 4.36). Submission of a timely notice of intent allows an interested person to file the competing preliminary permit application no later than 30 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing preliminary permit application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. n. *Competing Development Application* —Any qualified development applicant desiring to file a competing development application must submit to the Commission, on or before a specified comment date for the particular application, either a competing development application or a notice of intent to file such an application. Submission of a timely notice of intent to file a development application allows an interested person to file the competing application no later than 120 days after the specified comment date for the particular application. A competing license application must conform with 18 CFR 4.30 and 4.36. o. *Notice of Intent* —A notice of intent must specify the exact name, business address, and telephone number of the prospective applicant, and must include an unequivocal statement of intent to submit, if such an application may be filed, either a preliminary permit application or a development application (specify which type of application). A notice of intent must be served on the applicant(s) named in this public notice. p. *Proposed Scope of Studies Under Permit* —A preliminary permit, if issued, does not authorize construction. The term of the proposed preliminary permit would be 36 months. The work proposed under the preliminary permit would include economic analysis, preparation of preliminary engineering plans, and a study of environmental impacts. Based on the results of these studies, the Applicant would decide whether to proceed with the preparation of a development application to construct and operate the project. q. *Comments, Protests, or Motions to Intervene* —Anyone may submit comments, a protest, or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, .211, .214. In determining the appropriate action to take, the Commission will consider all protests or other comments filed, but only those who file a motion to intervene in accordance with the Commission's Rules may become a party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified comment date for the particular application. r. *Filing and Service of Responsive Documents* —Any filings must bear in all capital letters the title “COMMENTS”, “NOTICE OF INTENT TO FILE COMPETING APPLICATION”, “COMPETING APPLICATION”, “PROTEST”, and “MOTION TO INTERVENE”, as applicable, and the Project Number of the particular application to which the filing refers. Any of the above-named documents must be filed by providing the original and the number of copies provided by the Commission's regulations to: The Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. An additional copy must be sent to Director, Division of Hydropower Administration and Compliance, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, at the above-mentioned address. A copy of any notice of intent, competing application or motion to intervene must also be served upon each representative of the Applicant specified in the particular application. s. *Agency Comments* —Federal, state, and local agencies are invited to file comments on the described application. A copy of the application may be obtained by agencies directly from the Applicant. If an agency does not file comments within the time specified for filing comments, it will be presumed to have no comments. One copy of an agency's comments must also be sent to the Applicant's representatives. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11096 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Project No. 2582-027] Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation; Notice of Application Accepted for Filing, Soliciting Motions To Intervene and Protests, Ready for Environmental Analysis, and Soliciting Comments, Recommendations, Terms and Conditions, and Fishway Prescriptions May 12, 2008. Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection: a. *Type of Application:* Amendment of License. b. *Project No.:* 2582-027. c. *Date Filed:* April 3, 2008. d. *Applicant:* Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation. e. *Name of Project:* Station No. 2. f. *Location:* The project is located on the Genesee River in the City of Rochester, Monroe County, New York. g. *Filed Pursuant to:* Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791a-825r. h. *Applicant Contacts:* Cindy D. Witt, Hydro License Coordinator, Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation, 89 East Avenue, Rochester, New York 14649. Tel:
(585)771-2263 and Elizabeth W. Whittle, Nixon Peabody, LLC, 401 Ninth Street, Suite 900, Washington, DC 20004. Tel:
(202)585-8338. i. *FERC Contact:* Mr. Vedula Sarma, Telephone
(202)502-6190, and e-mail *vedula.sarma@ferc.gov.* j. Deadline for filing comments, protests, motions to intervene, recommendations, preliminary terms and conditions, and fishway prescriptions is due 60 days from the issuance date of this notice; reply comments are due 105 days from the issuance date of this notice. All documents (original and eight copies) should be filed with: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. Please include the project number (P-2582-027) on any comments or motions filed. The Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure require all intervenors filing documents with the Commission to serve a copy of that document on each person in the official service list for the project. Further, if an intervenor files comments or documents with the Commission relating to the merits of an issue that may affect the responsibilities of a particular resource agency, they must also serve a copy of the document on that resource agency. k. *Description of Request:* The licensee proposes to upgrade the existing 6.5 MW unit to 8.5 MW, and install a new 6.3 MW unit in a new powerhouse adjacent to the existing powerhouse. The hydraulic capacity of the project would increase from 1,250 cfs to 2,400 cfs. The project will continue to operate as run-of-river with no change to impoundment elevation. Proposed modifications include:
(a)Increasing the height of the needle dam,
(b)deepening of intake structure forebay and trashracks,
(c)new penstock with low-level bifurcation,
(d)modification to fish bypass, and
(e)new electric substation. l. *Locations of Applications:* A copy of the application is available for inspection and reproduction at the Commission in the Public Reference Room, located at 888 First Street NE., Room 2A, Washington, DC 20426, or by calling
(202)502-8371. This filing may also be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, call toll-free 1-866-208-3676 or e-mail *FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.* For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. A copy is also available for inspection and reproduction at the address in item h above. m. Individuals desiring to be included on the Commission's mailing list should so indicate by writing to the Secretary of the Commission. n. *Comments, Protests, or Motions to Intervene* —Anyone may submit comments, a protest, or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210, .211, .214. In determining the appropriate action to take, the Commission will consider all protests or other comments filed, but only those who file a motion to intervene in accordance with the Commission's Rules may become a party to the proceeding. Any comments, protests, or motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified comment date for the particular application. Comments, protests, interventions, recommendations, terms and conditions, and fishway prescriptions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. o. *Filing and Service of Responsive Documents:* All filings must
(1)bear in all capital letters the title “PROTEST,” “MOTION TO INTERVENE,” “COMMENTS,” “REPLY COMMENTS,” “RECOMMENDATIONS,” “ TERMS AND CONDITIONS,” or “ FISHWAY PRESCRIPTIONS;”
(2)set forth in the heading the name of the applicant and the project number of the application to which the filing responds;
(3)furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the person protesting or intervening; and
(4)otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 385.2001 through 385.2005. All comments, recommendations, terms and conditions or prescriptions must set forth their evidentiary basis and otherwise comply with the requirements of 18 CFR 4.34(b). All comments, recommendations, terms and conditions or prescriptions should relate to project works, which are the subject of the license amendment. Agencies may obtain copies of the application directly from the applicant. A copy of all other filings in reference to this application must be accompanied by proof of service on all persons listed in the service list prepared by the Commission in this proceeding, in accordance with 18 CFR 4.34(b) and 385.2010. p. As provided for in 18 CFR 4.34(b)(5)(i), a license applicant must file, no later than 60 days following the date of issuance of this notice of acceptance and ready for environmental analysis:
(1)A copy of the water quality certification;
(2)a copy of the request for certification, including proof of the date on which the certifying agency received the request; or
(3)evidence of waiver of water quality certification. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11092 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Docket Nos. CP05-45-002; CP06-401-002] TransColorado Gas Transmission Company, LLC; Notice of Application for Amendment May 12, 2008. Take notice that on May 8, 2008, TransColorado Gas Transmission Company, LLC (TransColorado), P.O. Box 281394, Lakewood, Colorado 80228-8304, filed an application pursuant to section 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act and the Commission's regulations to amend its application for certificates of public convenience and necessity requested in Docket Nos. CP05-45-001 and CP06-401-001. TransColorado seeks to substitute a new site for that one identified in the original application in which to relocate two compressor units. These filings are available for review at the Commission's Washington, DC offices or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov/* using the “e-Library” link. Enter the docket number, excluding the last three digits, in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at *ferconlinesupport@ferc.gov* or Telephone: 202-502-6652; Toll-free:1-866-208-3676; or for TTY, contact
(202)502-8659. Any questions regarding these applications should be directed to Skip George, Manager of Certificates, TransColorado Gas Transmission Company, LLC, P.O. Box 281304, Lakewood, Colorado 80228-8304, phone
(303)914-4969. Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment
(EA)and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement
(FEIS)or EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA. There are two ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this Project. First, any person wishing to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceeding for this project should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426, a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.10) by the comment date, below. A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties. A party must submit 14 copies of filings made with the Commission and must mail a copy to the applicant and to every other party in the proceeding. Only parties to the proceeding can ask for court review of Commission orders in the proceeding. However, a person does not have to intervene to have comments considered. The second way to participate is by filing with the Secretary of the Commission, as soon as possible, an original and two copies of comments in support of or in opposition to this project and/or associated pipeline. The Commission will consider these comments in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but the filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. The Commission's rules require that persons filing comments in opposition to the project provide copies of their protests only to the party or parties directly involved in the protest. Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commenters will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commenters will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commenters will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order. Protests and interventions may be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper; see 18 CFR 285.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site under the “e-Filing” link. The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings. If the Commission decides to set the application for a formal hearing before an Administrative Law Judge, the Commission will issue another notice describing that process. At the end of the Commission's review process, a final Commission order approving or denying a certificate will be issued. *Comment Date:* June 2, 2008. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11093 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Combined Notice of Filings #1 May 13, 2008. Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings: *Docket Numbers:* RP07-690-003. *Applicants:* Southern Natural Gas Company. *Description:* Southern Natural Gas Co submits Substitute Fifth Revised Sheet 123 to FERC Gas Tariff, Seventh Revised Volume 1, as an errata to its 4/30/08 compliance filing. *Filed Date:* 05/08/2008. *Accession Number:* 20080509-0013. *Comment Date:* 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, May 20, 2008. *Docket Numbers:* RP08-335-000. *Applicants:* Maritimes & Northeast Pipeline, L.L.C. *Description:* Maritimes & Northeast Pipeline, LLC submits Third Revised Sheet 5 to FERC Gas Tariff, First Revised Volume 1, to become effective on June 1, 2008. *Filed Date:* 04/30/2008. *Accession Number:* 20080501-0027. *Comment Date:* 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Monday, May 19, 2008. *Docket Numbers:* RP08-371-000. *Applicants:* Texas Gas Transmission, LLC. *Description:* Texas Gas Transmission, LLC submits Fourth Revised Sheet 1 et al., that will implement two new rate schedules, Rate Schedule NNL and Rate Schedule SGL, etc. *Filed Date:* 05/09/2008. *Accession Number:* 20080512-0267. *Comment Date:* 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Wednesday, May 21, 2008. Any person desiring to intervene or to protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. It is not necessary to separately intervene again in a subdocket related to a compliance filing if you have previously intervened in the same docket. Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant. In reference to filings initiating a new proceeding, interventions or protests submitted on or before the comment deadline need not be served on persons other than the Applicant. The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at *http://www.ferc.gov.* To facilitate electronic service, persons with Internet access who will eFile a document and/or be listed as a contact for an intervenor must create and validate an eRegistration account using the eRegistration link. Select the eFiling link to log on and submit the intervention or protests. Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 14 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First St., NE., Washington, DC 20426. The filings in the above proceedings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed dockets(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail *FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.* or call
(866)208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call
(202)502-8659. Nathaniel J. Davis, Sr., Deputy Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11090 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Docket No. AD08-9-000] Review of Wholesale Electricity Markets; Notice of Conference May 12, 2008. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) will hold a conference on July 1, 2008. The Commission has invited senior management and market monitors from the jurisdictional regional transmission organizations
(RTOs)and independent system operators
(ISOs)to provide a review of the current and future state of regional wholesale electricity markets. Members of the Commission's staff will provide an overview of the wholesale electricity markets outside of RTOs and ISOs. A future notice will provide greater detail. The conference will be held at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426, in the Commission Meeting Room (2-C) from 9:30 a.m. until 4 p.m. (EST). All interested persons are invited, and there is no registration fee to attend. This conference will be transcribed. Transcripts of the conference will be immediately available from Ace Reporting Company (202-347-3700 or 1-800-336-6646) for a fee. It will also be Web-cast. Capitol Connection offers the opportunity for remote listening and viewing of the conference. It is available for a fee, live over the Internet, by phone, or via satellite. Persons interested in receiving the broadcast, or who need information on making arrangements should contact David Reininger or Julia Morelli at the Capitol Connection (703-993-3100) as soon as possible or visit the Capitol Connection Web site at *http://www.capitolconnection.gmu.edu* and click on “FERC.” Commission conferences are accessible under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. For accessibility accommodations please send an e-mail to *accessibility@ferc.gov* or call toll free 1-866-208-3372 (voice) or 202-208-1659 (TTY), or send a FAX to 202-208-2106 with the required accommodations. Questions about the conference should be directed to Saida Shaalan by e-mail at *Saida.Shaalan@FERC.gov* or by phone at 202-502-8278. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11099 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Docket No. CP08-65-000] Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company; Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Concord Lateral Expansion Project May 12, 2008. The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared an environmental assessment
(EA)on the natural gas pipeline facilities proposed by Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company (Tennessee) in the above-referenced docket. The EA was prepared to satisfy the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act. The FERC staff concludes that approval of the proposed project, with appropriate mitigating measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The EA assesses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of Tennessee's proposed Concord Lateral Expansion Project (Project). The Project would involve construction of a new 6,130 horsepower compressor station in Pelham, New Hampshire and modifications to the station piping at the Laconia Meter Station in Concord, New Hampshire. The EA has been placed in the public files of the FERC. A limited number of copies of the EA are available for distribution and public inspection at: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Public Reference Room, 888 First Street, NE., Room 2A, Washington, DC 20426,
(202)502-8371. Copies of the EA have been mailed to federal, state, and local agencies, public interest groups; interested individuals and affected landowners; newspapers and libraries; and parties to this proceeding. Any person wishing to comment on the EA may do so. To ensure consideration prior to a Commission decision on the proposal, it is important that we receive your comments before the date specified below. Please note that the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing of any comments or interventions or protests to this proceeding. See 18 Code of Federal Regulations 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Internet Web site at *http://www.ferc.gov* under the link to “Documents and Filings” and “eFiling.” eFiling is a file attachment process and requires that you prepare your submission in the same manner as you would if filing on paper, and save it to a file on your hard drive. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “Sign up” or “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making. This filing is considered a “Comment on Filing.” In addition, there is a “ *Quick Comment* ” option available, which is an easy method for interested persons to submit text only comments on a project. The Quick-Comment User Guide can be viewed at *http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/quick-comment-guide.pdf.* Quick Comment does not require a FERC eRegistration account; however, you will be asked to provide a valid e-mail address. All comments submitted under either eFiling or the Quick Comment option are placed in the public record for the specified docket. If you are filing written comments, please carefully follow these instructions to ensure that your comments are received in time and properly recorded: • Send an original and two copies of your comments to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First St., NE., Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426; • Reference Docket No. CP08-65-000; • Label one copy of the comments for the attention of the Gas Branch 1, PJ-11.1; and • Mail your comments so that they will be received in Washington, DC, on or before June 11, 2008. Comments will be considered by the Commission but will not serve to make the commentor a party to the proceeding. Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (18 CFR 385.214). 1 Only intervenors have the right to seek rehearing of the Commission's decision. 1 Interventions may also be filed electronically via the Internet in lieu of paper. See the previous discussion on filing comments electronically. Affected landowners and parties with environmental concerns may be granted intervenor status upon showing good cause by stating that they have a clear and direct interest in this proceeding which would not be adequately represented by any other parties. You do not need intervenor status to have your comments considered. Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at 1-866-208-FERC or on the FERC Internet Web site ( *http://www.ferc.gov* ) using the eLibrary link. Click on the eLibrary link, click on “General Search” and enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the Docket Number field. Be sure you have selected an appropriate date range. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at *FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov* or toll free at 1-866-208-3676, or for TTY, contact
(202)502-8659. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings. In addition, the Commission now offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries and direct links to the documents. Go to *http://www.ferc.gov/esubscribenow.htm.* Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11094 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [EPA-HQ-OPP-2007-0299; FRL-8567-9] Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Worker Protection Standard Training and Notification; EPA ICR No. 1759.05, OMB Control No. 2070-0148 AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)(44 U.S.C. 3501 *et seq.* ), this document announces that an Information Collection Request
(ICR)has been forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB)for review and approval. This is a request to renew an existing approved collection. The ICR, which is abstracted below, describes the nature of the information collection and its estimated burden and cost. DATES: Additional comments may be submitted on or before June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OPP-2007-0299, to
(1)EPA online using *http://www.regulations.gov* (our preferred method), by e-mail to *opp.ncic@epa.gov* , or by mail to: OPP Regulatory Public Docket (7502P), Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460, and
(2)OMB by mail to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Attention: Desk Officer for EPA, 725 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20503. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joseph Hogue, Field and External Affairs Division, Office of Pesticide Programs, (7506P), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 703-308-9072; fax number: 703-305-5884; e-mail address: *hogue.joe@epa.gov* . SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EPA has submitted the following ICR to OMB for review and approval according to the procedures prescribed in 5 CFR 1320.12. On November 16, 2007 (72 FR 64611), EPA sought comments on this ICR pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.8(d). EPA received no comments. Any additional comments on this ICR should be submitted to EPA and OMB within 30 days of this notice. EPA has established a public docket for this ICR under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OPP-2007-0299, which is available for online viewing at *http://www.regulations.gov* , or in person viewing at the OPP Regulatory Public Docket in Rm. S-4400, One Potomac Yard (South Building), 2777 S. Crystal Drive, Arlington, VA. This docket facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The docket telephone number is
(703)305-5805. Use EPA's electronic docket and comment system at *http://www.regulations.gov* , to submit or view public comments, access the index listing of the contents of the docket, and to access those documents in the docket that are available electronically. Once in the system, select “docket search,” then key in the docket ID number identified above. Please note that EPA's policy is that public comments, whether submitted electronically or in paper, will be made available for public viewing at *http://www.regulations.gov* as EPA receives them and without change, unless the comment contains copyrighted material, Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose public disclosure is restricted by statute. For further information about the electronic docket, go to *http://www.regulations.gov* . *Title:* Worker Protection Standard Training and Notification. *ICR numbers:* EPA ICR No. 1759.05, OMB Control No. 2070-0148. *ICR Status:* This ICR is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2008. Under OMB regulations, the Agency may continue to conduct or sponsor the collection of information while this submission is pending at OMB. An Agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's regulations in title 40 of the CFR, after appearing in the **Federal Register** when approved, are listed in 40 CFR part 9, are displayed either by publication in the **Federal Register** or by other appropriate means, such as on the related collection instrument or form, if applicable. The display of OMB control numbers in certain EPA regulations is consolidated in 40 CFR part 9. *Abstract:* EPA is responsible for the regulation of pesticides under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). The Worker Protection Standard (WPS), codified at 40 Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR)part 170, established requirements to protect agricultural workers and pesticide handlers from hazards of pesticides used on farms, on forests, in nurseries and in greenhouses. 40 CFR part 170 contains the standard and workplace practices, which are designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to pesticides and establish procedures for responding to exposure-related emergencies. The practices include prohibitions against applying pesticides in a way that would cause exposure to workers and others; a waiting period before workers can return to areas treated with pesticides (restricted entry interval); basic safety training (and voluntary training verification) and posting of information about pesticide hazards, as well as pesticide application information; arrangements for the supply of soap, water, and towels in case of pesticide exposure; and provisions for emergency assistance. The training verification program facilitates compliance with the training requirements by providing a voluntary method for employers to verify that the required safety information has been provided to workers and handlers. This renewal ICR estimates the third party response burden from complying with the Worker Protection Standard requirements. Information is exchanged between agricultural employers and employees at farm, forest, nursery and greenhouse establishments to ensure worker safety. No information is collected by the Agency under this ICR. Responses to this ICR are mandatory. The authority for this information collection is provided under section 25 of FIFRA and 40 CFR part 170. *Burden Statement:* The annual public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 0.15 hours (about 9 minutes) per response, ranging from two minutes to 45 minutes for the various types of responses. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; develop, acquire, install, and utilize technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously applicable instructions and requirements which have subsequently changed; train personnel to be able to respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise disclose the information. *Respondents/Affected Entities:* Agricultural employers, including employers in farms as well as nursery, forestry, and greenhouse establishments. *Estimated Number of Respondents:* 3,245,393. *Frequency of Response:* On occasion. *Estimated Total Annual Hour Burden:* 1,776,131 *Estimated Total Annual Cost:* $76,574,607, includes $0 annualized capital or O&M costs. *Changes in the Estimates:* The total estimated annual respondent burden for this ICR renewal is 1,776,131 hours, a reduction of 517,233 from the 2,293,364 total estimated burden hours in the currently-approved ICR. This change is an adjustment and is the result of a correction to the estimated annual number of treatment-specific worker and handler notification events, both oral and posted. Although EPA had correctly explained the method of calculating the number of notifications in previous versions of this ICR, the figures presented in the supporting statement's corresponding tables that were used to tally the overall burden were inconsistent with EPA's explanation. EPA has clarified its explanation in the supporting statement. Dated: May 9, 2008. Sara Hisel-McCoy, Director, Collection Strategies Division. [FR Doc. E8-11154 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL-8567-8] Office of Research and Development; Ambient Air Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods: Designation of a New Reference Method AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice of the designation of a new reference method for monitoring ambient air quality. SUMMARY: Notice is hereby given that the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA)has designated, in accordance with 40 CFR part 53, on a new reference method for measuring concentrations of nitrogen dioxide (NO <sup>2</sup> ) in the ambient air. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Elizabeth Hunike, Human Exposure and Atmospheric Sciences Division (MD-D205-03), National Exposure Research Laboratory, U.S. EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711. Phone:
(919)541-3737, e-mail: *Hunike.Elizabeth@epa.gov.* SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In accordance with regulations at 40 CFR part 53, the EPA evaluates various methods for monitoring the concentrations of those ambient air pollutants for which EPA has established National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQSs) as set forth in 40 CFR part 50. Monitoring methods that are determined to meet specific requirements for adequacy are designated by the EPA as either reference methods or equivalent methods (as applicable), thereby permitting their use under 40 CFR part 58 by States and other agencies for determining attainment of the NAAQSs. The EPA hereby announces the designation of a new reference method for measuring concentrations of NO <sup>2</sup> in the ambient air. This designation is made under the provisions of 40 CFR part 53, as amended on December 18, 2006 (71 FR 61271). The new reference method for NO <sup>2</sup> is an automated method (analyzer) that utilizes the measurement principle (gas phase chemiluminescence) and the calibration procedure specified in Appendix F of 40 CFR part 50. The newly designated NO <sup>2</sup> reference method is identified as follows: RFNA-0508-171, “DKK-TOA Corporation Model GLN-314E Nitrogen Oxides Analyzer,” operated at any temperature in the range of 20 °C to 30 °C, on any of the following measurement ranges: 0-0.100 ppm, 0-0.200 ppm, 0-0.500 ppm. An application for a reference method determination for the candidate method was received by the EPA on December 13, 2007. The sampler is commercially available from the applicant, DKK-TOA Corporation, 29-10, 1-Chome, Takadanobaba, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 169-8648, Japan ( *http://www.toadkk.co.jp* ). A test analyzer representative of this method has been tested in accordance with the applicable test procedures specified in 40 CFR part 53 (as amended on December 18, 2006). After reviewing the results of those tests and other information submitted by the applicant in the application, EPA has determined, in accordance with part 53, that this method should be designated as a reference method. The information submitted by the applicant in the application will be kept on file, either at EPA's National Exposure Research Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711 or in an approved archive storage facility, and will be available for inspection (with advance notice) to the extent consistent with 40 CFR part 2 (EPA's regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act). As a designated reference method, this method is acceptable for use by states and other air monitoring agencies under the requirements of 40 CFR part 58, Ambient Air Quality Surveillance. For such purposes, the method must be used in strict accordance with the operation or instruction manual associated with the method and subject to any specifications and limitations ( *e.g.,* configuration or operational settings) specified in the applicable designation method description (see the identifications of the method above). Use of the method should also be in general accordance with the guidance and recommendations of applicable sections of the “Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume I,” EPA/600/R-94/038a and “Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II, part 1,” EPA-454/R-98-004 (available at *http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/qabook.html* ). Vendor modifications of a designated reference method used for purposes of part 58 are permitted only with prior approval of the EPA, as provided in part 53. Provisions concerning modification of such methods by users are specified under Section 2.8 (Modifications of Methods by Users) of Appendix C to 40 CFR part 58. In general, a method designation applies to any sampler or analyzer which is identical to the sampler or analyzer described in the application for designation. In some cases, similar samplers or analyzers manufactured prior to the designation may be upgraded or converted ( *e.g.* , by minor modification or by substitution of the approved operation or instruction manual) so as to be identical to the designated method and thus achieve designated status. The manufacturer should be consulted to determine the feasibility of such upgrading or conversion. Part 53 requires that sellers of designated reference or equivalent method analyzers or samplers comply with certain conditions. These conditions are specified in 40 CFR 53.9 and are summarized below:
(a)A copy of the approved operation or instruction manual must accompany the sampler or analyzer when it is delivered to the ultimate purchaser.
(b)The sampler or analyzer must not generate any unreasonable hazard to operators or to the environment.
(c)The sampler or analyzer must function within the limits of the applicable performance specifications given in 40 CFR parts 50 and 53 for at least one year after delivery when maintained and operated in accordance with the operation or instruction manual.
(d)Any sampler or analyzer offered for sale as part of a reference or equivalent method must bear a label or sticker indicating that it has been designated as part of a reference or equivalent method in accordance with part 53 and showing its designated method identification number.
(e)If such an analyzer has two or more selectable ranges, the label or sticker must be placed in close proximity to the range selector and indicate which range or ranges have been included in the reference or equivalent method designation.
(f)An applicant who offers samplers or analyzers for sale as part of a reference or equivalent method is required to maintain a list of ultimate purchasers of such samplers or analyzers and to notify them within 30 days if a reference or equivalent method designation applicable to the method has been canceled or if adjustment of the sampler or analyzer is necessary under 40 CFR 53.11(b) to avoid a cancellation.
(g)An applicant who modifies a sampler or analyzer previously designated as part of a reference or equivalent method is not permitted to sell the sampler or analyzer (as modified) as part of a reference or equivalent method (although it may be sold without such representation), nor to attach a designation label or sticker to the sampler or analyzer (as modified) under the provisions described above, until the applicant has received notice under 40 CFR part 53.14(c) that the original designation or a new designation applies to the method as modified, or until the applicant has applied for and received notice under 40 CFR 53.8(b) of a new reference or equivalent method determination for the sampler or analyzer as modified. Aside from occasional breakdowns or malfunctions, consistent or repeated noncompliance with any of these conditions should be reported to: Director, Human Exposure and Atmospheric Sciences Division (MD-E205-01), National Exposure Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711. Designation of this new reference method is intended to assist the States in establishing and operating their air quality surveillance systems under 40 CFR part 58. Questions concerning the commercial availability or technical aspects of the method should be directed to the applicant. Jewel F. Morris, Acting Director, National Exposure Research Laboratory. [FR Doc. E8-11155 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL-8567-3] Meeting of the Local Government Advisory Committee AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The Local Government Advisory Committee
(LGAC)and the Small Community Advisory Subcommittee
(SCAS)will meet on June 11-12th, 2008 in Seattle, Washington. The Committee and Subcommittee will be meet at The Red Lion Hotel, located at 1415 5th Avenue, Seattle, WA. The focus areas of the meeting(s) will be: climate change, green buildings, watersheds and coastline issues, small communities issues, military issues, and other environmental issues potentially affecting local governments. This is an open meeting and all interested persons are invited to attend. The Committee will hear comments from the public between 11:30 a.m. and 12 p.m. on Wednesday, June 11, 2008. Each individual or organization wishing to address the LGAC meeting will be allowed a maximum of five minutes to present their point of view. Also, written comments may be submitted electronically to *Eargle.Frances@epa.gov.* Please contact the Designated Federal Officer
(DFO)at the number listed below to schedule agenda time. Time will be allotted on a first come, first serve basis, and the total period for comments may be extended, if the number of requests for appearances require it. ADDRESSES: The LGAC meeting will be held at The Red Lions Hotel, located at 1415 5th Avenue, June 11-12. The Committee's and Subcommittee's Meeting Summaries will be available after the meeting online at *http://www.epa.gov/ocir/scas* and can be obtained by written request to the DFO. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Frances Eargle, DFO for the Local Government Advisory Committee (LGAC), at
(202)564-3115 or e-mail at *Eargle.Frances@epa.gov.* For those interested in participating in the Small Community Subcommittee meeting, contact Javier Araujo at
(202)564-2642 or by e-mail at *Araujo.Javier@epa.gov.* *Information on Services for Those With Disabilities:* For information on access or services for individuals with disabilities, please contact Frances Eargle at
(202)564-3115 or *Eargle.Frances@epa.gov.* To request accommodation of a disability, please request it 10 days prior to the meeting, to give EPA as much time as possible to process your request. Dated: May 8, 2008. M. Frances Eargle, Designated Federal Officer, Local Government Advisory Committee. [FR Doc. E8-11175 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL-8567-6] Meeting of the National Drinking Water Advisory Council—Notice of Public Meeting AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: Under Section 10(a)(2) of Public Law 92-423, “The Federal Advisory Committee Act,” notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Drinking Water Advisory Council (NDWAC), established under the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 300f *et seq.* ). The Council will consider various issues associated with drinking water and adaptation to climate change, including information about the EPA Office of Water's draft National Water Program Strategy: Response to Climate Change. The Council will receive updates about several on-going projects including the third Contaminant Candidate List, the Aircraft Drinking Water Rule, and the Total Coliform Rule/Distribution System Federal Advisory Committee. EPA will also consult with the Council on the upcoming rule-making for the geologic sequestration of carbon dioxide. DATES: The Council meeting will be held on June 3, 2008, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., and June 4, 2008, from 8:30 a.m. to noon, Mountain time. ADDRESSES: The meeting will be held in Tucson, Arizona. Information about the location will be made available in the near future on EPA's Web site at *http://www.epa.gov/safewater/ndwac/* . FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Members of the public who would like to attend the meeting, present an oral statement, or submit a written statement, should contact Veronica Blette, by e-mail at: *blette.veronica@epa.gov* , by phone, 202-564-4094, or by regular mail at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (MC 4601M), 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The meeting is open to the public. The Council encourages the public's input and will allocate one hour (3:30 p.m.-4:30 p.m.) on June 3, 2008, for this purpose. Oral statements will be limited to five minutes. It is preferred that only one person present the statement on behalf of a group or organization. To ensure adequate time for public involvement, individuals or organizations interested in presenting an oral statement should notify Veronica Blette by telephone at 202-564-4094 no later than May 23, 2008. Any person who wishes to file a written statement can do so before or after a Council meeting. Written statements received by May 23, 2008, will be distributed to all members of the Council before any final discussion or vote is completed. Any statements received after May 23, 2008, will become part of the permanent meeting file and will be forwarded to the Council members for their information. Special Accommodations For information on access or services for individuals with disabilities, please contact Veronica Blette at 202-564-4094 or by e-mail at *blette.veronica@epa.gov* . To request accommodation of a disability, please contact Veronica Blette, preferably at least 10 days prior to the meeting to give EPA as much time as possible to process your request. Dated: May 14, 2008. Cynthia C. Dougherty, Director, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water. [FR Doc. E8-11133 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL-8566-3] Proposed Agreement Pursuant to Section 122(h)(1) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act for the Lockformer Site AGENCY: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). ACTION: Notice; Request for public comment on proposed CERCLA 122(h)(1) agreement with Honeywell International, Inc. for the Lockformer Superfund Site. SUMMARY: In accordance with section 122(i)(1) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1984, as amended (“CERCLA”), notification is hereby given of a proposed administrative agreement concerning the Lockformer hazardous waste site in Lisle, Illinois (the “Site”). EPA proposes to enter into this agreement under the authority of section 122(h) and 107 of CERCLA. The proposed agreement has been executed by Honeywell International, Inc. (the “Settling Party”). Under the proposed agreement, the Settling Party will pay $775,000 to the Hazardous Substances Superfund to resolve EPA's claims against it for response costs incurred by EPA at the Site. EPA has incurred response costs investigating, and overseeing the response actions conducted by other potentially responsible parties under cleanup orders issued by EPA to investigate and mitigate, potential imminent and substantial endangerments to human health or the environment presented or threatened by hazardous substances present at the Site. For thirty days following the date of publication of this notice, the Environmental Protection Agency will receive written comments relating to this proposed agreement. EPA will consider all comments received and may decide not to enter this proposed agreement if comments disclose facts or considerations which indicate that the proposed agreement is inappropriate, improper or inadequate. DATES: Comments on the proposed agreement must be received by EPA on or before June 18, 2008. ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604-3590, and should refer to: In the Matter of Lockformer Site, Chicago, Illinois, U.S. EPA Docket No. V-W-08C-894. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Thomas J. Krueger, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Regional Counsel, C-14J, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604-3590,
(312)886-0562. A copy of the proposed administrative settlement agreement may be obtained in person or by mail from the EPA's Region 5 Office of Regional Counsel, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604-3590. Additional background information relating to the settlement is available for review at the EPA's Region 5 Office of Regional Counsel. Authority: The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9601-9675. Dated: May 7, 2008. Richard C. Karl, Director, Superfund Division, Region 5. [FR Doc. E8-11173 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES Notice of Open Special Meeting of the Advisory Committee of the Export-Import Bank of the United States (Ex-Im Bank) SUMMARY: The Advisory Committee was established by Public Law 98-181, November 30, 1983, to advise the Export-Import Bank on its programs and to provide comments for inclusion in the reports of the Export-Import Bank of the United States to Congress. *Time and Place:* Wednesday, May 28, 2008 from 9:30 a.m. to 12 p.m. The meeting will be held at Ex-Im Bank in the Main Conference Room 1143, 811 Vermont Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20571. *Agenda:* Agenda items include a focus on the congressionally mandated Competitiveness Report, which focuses on how Ex-Im Bank's programs compare with their major G-7 ECA counterparts during 2007. *Public Participation:* The meeting will be open to public participation, and the last 10 minutes will be set aside for oral questions or comments. Members of the public may also file written statement(s) before or after the meeting. If you plan to attend, a photo ID must be presented at the guard's desk as part of the clearance process into the building, and you may contact Susan Houser to be placed on an attendee list. If any person wishes auxiliary aids (such as a sign language interpreter) or other special accommodations, please contact, prior to May 22, 2008, Susan Houser, Room 1273, 811 Vermont Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20571, Voice:
(202)565-3232 or TDD
(202)565-3377. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For further information, contact Susan Houser, Room 1273, 811 Vermont Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20571,
(202)565-3232. Howard A. Schweitzer, General Counsel. [FR Doc. E8-11068 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6690-01-M FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Notice of Public Information Collection(s) Being Submitted for Review to the Office of Management and Budget May 12, 2008. SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burden invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection(s), as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520. An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)that does not display a valid control number. Comments are requested concerning:
(a)Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility;
(b)the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate;
(c)ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and
(d)ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. DATES: Written Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)comments should be submitted on or before July 18, 2008. If you anticipate that you will be submitting PRA comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the FCC contact listed below as soon as possible. ADDRESSES: Direct all PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of Management and Budget,
(202)395-5887, or via fax at 202-395-5167 or via Internet at *Nicholas_A._Fraser@omb.eop.gov* and to *Judith-B.Herman@fcc.gov* , Federal Communications Commission, or an e-mail to *PRA@fcc.gov* . To view a copy of this information collection request
(ICR)submitted to OMB:
(1)Go to the Web page *http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain* ,
(2)look for the section of the Web page called “Currently Under Review”,
(3)click on the downward-pointing arrow in the “Select Agency” box below the “Currently Under Review” heading,
(4)select “Federal Communications Commission” from the list of agencies presented in the “Select Agency” box,
(5)click the “Submit” button to the right of the “Select Agency” box, and
(6)when the list of FCC ICRs currently under review appears, look for the title of this ICR (or its OMB Control Number, if there is one) and then click on the ICR Reference Number to view detailed information about this ICR. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For additional information, contact Judith B. Herman at 202-418-0214 or via the Internet at *Judith-B.Herman@fcc.gov* . SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: *OMB Control Number:* 3060-1094. *Title:* Licensing, Operation, and Transition of the 2495-2690 MHz Band. *Form Nos.:* N/A. *Type of Review:* Revision of a currently approved collection. *Respondents:* Business or other for-profit, not-for-profit institutions, and state, local or tribal government. *Number of Respondents:* 2,500 respondents; 12,726 responses. *Estimated Time per Response:* 3.334 hours (average burden per response) and adds .50 hours for the new requirement for wireless service providers (see paragraph one of the supporting statement that will be submitted to OMB after this 60-day comment period). *Frequency of Response:* On occasion and one time reporting requirement, recordkeeping requirement, third party disclosure requirement. *Obligation to Respond:* Required to obtain or retain benefits. *Total Annual Burden:* 8,457 hours. *Total Annual Cost:* $266,666. *Privacy Act Impact Assessment:* N/A. *Nature and Extent of Confidentiality:* There is no need for confidentiality. *Needs and Uses:* In a Fourth Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 08-83, adopted on March 20, 2008, the Commission adopted Wireless Communications Association International, Inc's.
(WCA)modified proposal regarding the formula used to calculate height benchmarking and clarifying how non-contiguous licensees calculate their height benchmark. Because licensees are now required under 47 CFR 27.1221(f) to provide the geographic coordinates, the height above ground level of the center of radiation for each transmit and receive antenna, and the date transmissions commenced for each of the base stations in its geographic service area
(GSA)within 30 days of receipt of a request from a co-channel, neighboring Broadband Radio Service/Educational Broadband Service (BRS/EBS) licensee(s). The Commission is revising this information collection to add the requirement referenced above from the 4th MO&O and to eliminate the requirement for Multichannel Video Programming Distributors
(MVPD)Opt-Out (Waiver Requests) that sunset on April 30, 2007. That option is no longer available and is being removed from this information collection. The information will be used to notify third parties and to prevent harmful interference to licensees' BRS/EBS operations. Federal Communications Commission. Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11008 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6712-01-P FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Notice of Public Information Collection(s) Being Submitted for Review to the Office of Management and Budget May 13, 2008. SUMMARY: The Federal Communications Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burden invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection(s), as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520. An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)that does not display a valid control number. Comments are requested concerning
(a)whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility;
(b)the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate;
(c)ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and
(d)ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. DATES: Written Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA)comments should be submitted on or before July 18, 2008. If you anticipate that you will be submitting PRA comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the FCC contact listed below as soon as possible. ADDRESSES: Direct all PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, Office of Management and Budget,
(202)395-5887, or via fax at 202-395-5167 or via internet at *Nicholas_A._Fraser@omb.eop.gov* and to Judith-B.Herman@fcc.gov, Federal Communications Commission, or an e-mail to *PRA@fcc.gov.* To view a copy of this information collection request
(ICR)submitted to OMB:
(1)Go to the Web page *http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain,*
(2)look for the section of the web page called “Currently Under Review”,
(3)click on the downward-pointing arrow in the “Select Agency” box below the “Currently Under Review” heading,
(4)select “Federal Communications Commission” from the list of agencies presented in the “Select Agency” box,
(5)click the “Submit” button to the right of the “Select Agency” box, and
(6)when the list of FCC ICRs currently under review appears, look for the title of this ICR (or its OMB Control Number, if there is one) and then click on the ICR Reference Number to view detailed information about this ICR. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For additional information, contact Judith B. Herman at 202-418-0214 or via the Internet at *Judith-B.Herman@fcc.gov.* SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: *OMB Control Number:* 3060-XXXX. *Title:* International Special Projects
(ISP)Petitions for Declaratory Ruling. *Form Nos.:* N/A. *Type of Review:* New collection. *Respondents:* Business or other for-profit. *Number of Respondents:* 18 respondents; 18 responses. *Estimated Time per Response:* 1 hour. *Frequency of Response:* On occasion reporting requirement. *Obligation to Respond:* Voluntary. *Total Annual Burden:* 18 hours. *Total Annual Cost:* N/A. *Privacy Act Impact Assessment:* N/A. *Nature and Extent of Confidentiality:* In general, there is no need for confidentiality. *Needs and Uses:* The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) proposes to establish a new information collection
(IC)titled “International Special Projects
(ISP)Petitions for Declaratory Ruling.” The purpose of this information collection is to facilitate the public's voluntary filing of miscellaneous requests with the FCC, such as a waiver of the Commission's rules or foreign ownership matters, in an electronic module in the International Bureau's Filing System (IBFS). Filers have the option to upload paper copies of documents in IBFS in lieu of mailing documents to the FCC Secretary's Office. However, they may file documents in the FCC Secretary's Office by postal mail instead of filing them electronically in IBFS. The filing of documents in IBFS saves time and costs for the general public since they would save the cost of postage to mail the documents to the FCC. It also guarantees that when the respondents “submit” their documents in IBFS, those documents are received at the FCC on the same day. Furthermore, FCC staff and members of the public can track the receipt and status of documents received electronically in the IBFS. Federal Communications Commission. Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary. [FR Doc. E8-11018 Filed 5-16-08; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6712-01-P FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Sunshine Act Meeting; Deletion of Agenda Item From May 14, 2008, Open Meeting May 13, 2008. The following has been deleted from the list of Agenda items scheduled for consideration at the May 14, 2008, Open Meeting and previously listed in the Commission's Notice of May 7, 2008, 73 FR 26991, May 12, 2008. This item has been adopted by the Commission. Item No. Bureau Subject 1 Wireless Telecommunications *Title:* Implementation of Sections 309(j) and 337 of the Communications Act of 1934 as Amended (WT Docket No. 99-87); Promotion of Spectrum Efficient Technologies on Certain Part 90 Frequencies (RM-9332). *Summary:* The Commission will consider a Fourth Memorandum Opinion and Order addressing a petition for reconsiderations and a request for clarification of the Third Report and Order. Federal Communications Commission. Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary. [FR Doc. 08-1273 Filed 5-15-08; 12:34 pm]
Connectionstraces to 85
Traces to 85 documents
U.S. Code
CFR
95 references not yet in our index
  • 26 CFR 1
  • T.D. 9398
  • 33 CFR 165
  • 33 CFR 165.202
  • 33 CFR 165.914
  • 5 USC 601-612
  • Pub. L. 104-121
  • 44 USC 3501-3520
  • 2 USC 1531-1538
  • 42 USC 4321-4370f
  • Pub. L. 107-295
  • 41 CFR 61
  • Pub. L. 107-288
  • 116 Stat. 2033
  • 41 CFR 60
  • 5 CFR 1320
  • 41 CFR 302
  • 47 CFR 15
  • 50 CFR 679
  • 50 CFR 600
  • 50 CFR 300.62
  • Pub. L. 108-447
  • 12 CFR 230
  • 12 CFR 227
  • 12 CFR 707
  • 12 CFR 230.6(a)(3)
  • 12 CFR 229
  • Pub. L. 102-242
  • 105 Stat. 2236
  • 12 CFR 227.31(c)
  • 12 CFR 226
  • 14 CFR 39
  • 14 CFR 71
  • Pub. L. 108-357
  • 118 Stat. 1418
  • 32 CFR 322
  • Pub. L. 96-354
  • Pub. L. 95-511
  • Pub. L. 104-4
  • Pub. L. 93-579
+ 55 more
Citation graph
cites case law
Cites 180 · showing 12Cited by 0 across 0 sources
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.